excel catalogue 2013 2014

156
CALL EXCEL TODAY : +44 (0) 24 7636 5255 CNC MACHINES | GRINDERS | LATHES SHEARS | DRILLS | MILLS GUILLOTINES | SAWS | SHAPERS PLATE BENDING ROLLS | PRESS BRAKES & FOLDERS AND LOTS MORE! ‘ALWAYS EXCEL’ WIDE RANGE www.excelmachinetools.co.uk

Upload: claire-baker

Post on 21-Mar-2016

348 views

Category:

Documents


28 download

DESCRIPTION

Features a wide range of small/large industrial machinery and new products!!!

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

CALL EXCEL TODAY : +44 (0) 24 7636 5255

Machine Tools

2013/14 Catalogue Excel 19/0113

CNC MACHINES | GRINDERS | LATHES SHEARS | DRILLS | MILLS GUILLOTINES | SAWS | SHAPERS PLATE BENDING ROLLS | PRESS BRAKES & FOLDERS AND LOTS MORE!

‘ALWAYS EXCEL’

WIDE RANGE

www.excelmachinetools.co.uk

Page 2: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

PRODUCTAbrasive Saws 98 Adjustable Roller St. 99Angle Plates 119Angle Plates, Swivel 119Angling Machine 114 Arbors (Drill Chuck) 137Arbors (Mills) 51Arbor Presses 138Arm Shear 103

BANDSAWS 87-95Belt Disc Sanders 84-85Belt Sanders 83-85Bench Grinders 79-81Bending Rolls 109-112Bevel Protractors 146 Bordering Machines 108Bore Gauges 145Boring Bars 136,150,152Boring Heads 135Boring & Facing Heads 134 Box & Pan Brakes 104B T Tooling 132,133

Centre Drills 147Chamfering Machine 98CHUCKS Collet Chucks ER 131 Collet Chucks Posilock 130 Drill Chucks 139 Lathe Chucks 140-143 5C Lathe Chucks 113Circular Saws 95-98Clamp Sets 120CNC LATHES Slant Bed 9-11 Flat Bed 12-14CNC MILLS VMC 15-18 Vocational 19Collets 130Collet Chucks 130,131 Collet Chuck 5C 113Comb.Set Square 146Cone Drill Drifts 69Coolant Pumps 138Coolant System 113Cutting Off Saws 95-98

Depth Micrometers 145Dial Bore Gauges 145Dial Test Indicators 143 Dividing Heads 115 -116Diamond Dressers 75Drill Chucks 139Drill Chuck Arbors 137Drill Grinder 75Drill Grinding Att. 75 Drill Mill 52-55 Drill Vices 124-128

DRILLING MACHINES Belt Driven 63-65 Geared Head 56-58,60-62 Variable Speed 59-60 Radial 66-68 Drill Mills 52-55Drill Sets 147Drill Sleeves 136Drills Tapershank 147

Foot Shears 102Folders 104

Gauge Blocks 146GRINDERS Belt 83-85 Bench 79-81 Cylindrical 78 Drill 75 Surface 70-74 Tool & Cutter 76,77 Hacksaws 86Halogen Lamps 75Hand Notcher 102Hand Shear 103,104Height Gauge 145Horizontal Bandsaw 88-93Horizontal Mill.Attach. 42Hydraulic Press Brake 105Hydraulic Shears 100

Indexers 118Indexing Plates 117

Knurling Tools 113

LATHES CNC 9-14 Manual 22-40 Oil Country 20,21Lathe Chucks 140-143Lathe Chuck Keys 140,142Linishers 83-85

Machine Mounts 113 Machine Vices 120-124Magnetic Clock Stands 145Manual Bend Rolls 102-103,112Maxiform 30 102Mechanical Shears 101Micrometers 144MILLS Turret 43-46 Universal 47-51Milling Cutters 148,149Milling Machine Adap. 137Milling Tables 69

Notchers 102

Parallels 129Pipe Centres 136Polishers 82Power Bending Rolls 109-111Power Feeds 42Precision Levels 146Press Brakes 105Pull Down Saws 93-95

Quick Change Toolposts 41

Reversible Tapp. Heads 69Revolving Centres 136Right Angle Mill.Att. 42Ring Rollers 106,107 Roller Stands 99 Rotary Table 117

SAWS Abrasives 98 Circular 95-98 Hacksaw 86 Horizontal Bandsaw 88-92 Pull Down Saw 93-95 Vertical Saws 87

Shears 100-104Sheet Folders 104Shell End Mill Arbors 132,138Slotting Head 42Solid Centres 136Suds Pump 138Super Indexing Space 118Super Spacer 118Surface Grinders 70-74Swivel Angle Plates 119 Tailstock 117Telescopic Gauges 145Tilting Tables 119Tool Trolleys 69Taper Shank Drills 147Tapping Heads 69,133Turning Tools 150-154Turret Mills 43-46

Uni Boring & Fac. Hds 134Universal Mills 47-51 Vertical Bandsaw 87Vee Blocks 129Vernier Calipers 144VICES Bench 126 Drill 124-128 Machine 120-124 Multi Purpose 127 Wheel Dressers 75

ALPHABETICAL INDEX

Page 3: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

INDEXPRODUCT

Wide Range Excel Machines 4

Excellent Quality + Excellent 5Value + Excellent Service

Superior Products at 6Competitive Prices

Customer Focus 7 Supplying Education 8

CNC Lathes 9-14 CNC Mills 15-19Manual Lathes 20-40Manual Mills 43-55Drilling Machines 56-68Grinders 70-85Saws 86-98Shears/Press Brakes 100-105Ring Rollers 106-107Bordering/Bending Machines 108-112

INTRODUCTION

EXCEL’S MACHINES

EXCEL’S ACCESSORIES/TOOLS

Quick Change Tool Posts VMC Vices, General Accessories, Cutting & Measuring Tools.etc 41,42,69,99,113 115 -154

CNC Lathes 9-14

CNC Mills 15-19

Manual Lathes 20-40

Manual Mills 43-55

Drilling Machines 56-68

Grinders 70-85

Saws 86-98

Shears/Press Brakes100-105

Ring Rollers 106-107

Bending 108-112, 114

Accessories / Tools

41, 42, 69, 99113-154

Page 4: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Your search for the right machine is top of our priorityAlways Excellent Quality, Value and Service

Looking for solutions to the challenges you face in your everyday working environment? Or require further training to excel in your career? Your problems are our priority! With a wide range of small & large industrial products - Excel Machine Tools strives to provide your requirements with quality machinery & accessories at a competitive price.

Excel operates from a purpose built factory located in Coventry; the engineering heartland of the UK. It boasts a fully equipped assembly workshop staffed by skilled engineers and technicians. A part of the site is set aside as a working machine demonstration area. This has proved very popular with the customers who want the opportunity to test which machine best suits their application. By far and away the largest area of the factory is the main warehouse. This contains an impressive wide range of stock that includes standard and special machines ready for immediately delivery. CNC/manual lathes, CNC/manual Mills, Drilling machines, Grinders, Saws, Shearing machines, Ring Rollers, Hydraulic Plate Bending machines, Accessories and lots more. Many are awaiting modification to the customer’s specification. This extensive stock enables Excel to deliver a level of customer service that is the envy of our competitors. It enables Excel to respond quickly to each and every enquiry, irrespective of its size of complexity.

As we source products internationally we are able to provide up-to-the-minute, impartial advice & guidance on the best & best value for money solutions for our customers. Our commitment to support our customers extends to technical advice at the end of a phone our history in the industry has led to building very good relationships with one of the widest range of manufacturers in the world. Combined with our commitment to investment & warehousing, we are able to offer speedy delivery on all lines. We also offer same day collection or overnight delivery on spare parts & accessories from our comprehensive stores. We hold the international quality standard ISO 9001, this is possible only because we employ fully qualified technicians & engineers working to high standards, which are in-turn driven by stringent pre-delivery checks & testing. Excel machines and parts are covered by a full twelve months on-site parts and labour warranty for the UK and full 12 months parts warranty for overseas. After the initial twelve month period, Excel offers a continuing warranty service, which can include parts and labour, at highly competitive rates. We maintain a comprehensive stock of replacement parts for each of our machines. Excel also stocks a large range of accessories to fit Excel machines.

We also specialise in the supply and commissioning of teaching workshops for schools, colleges, polytechnics, universities and industry training establishments. The extensive range of Excel products fit exceptionally well to every teaching situation. The range of basic, low cost, manual machines provides excellent initial training. Cost effective CNC systems deliver you advanced instruction for students preparing to enter the workplace. (Training is available on-site on request).You receive training in programming as part of the supply of every new machine. Additional training or programming support is available to you at any time; after commissioning or when you take on new staff. Occasional software support is given free. Structured training and programming design is charged at very reasonable rates.

Having satisfied the requirements of schools, colleges, engineering & general workshops with sourcing, supplying, installing & commissioning, along with service back-up and continuous support . Why not view our product Catalogue on our website. Or pop over to our showroom and we will ensure you leave with concrete answers & solutions to all your issues & concerns. With a satisfied repeat consumer base, our existing customers save time & money with quality long life products.

Page 5: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

We offer a very wide range of standard and bespoke machines to the large part of the world.

Our machines are carefully selected from quality manufacturers. Preferences given to quality assured & accredited partners. Over 25 years’ membership of Coventry and

Warwickshire Chamber of Commerce, MTA and BSI

The Lord Mayor of Coventry unveils the ISO 9000 plaque with Excel Chairman Saroop Sokhi. Present at the award ceremony were Mr. Burton, President of Coventry Chamber of Commerce and Training Enterprise, Malcolm Taylor, President of Manufacturing Technologies association, dignitaries from banking, legal, accountancy and media.Excel were among the first to gain this Quality recognition.

In 1995 we achieved 9002 to supply quality machines and in January 2004 we achieved the ultimate 9001. Today, Excel is a notable company, listed among the world’s leading machine tool suppliers.

page 5

We offer installation & AFTER SALES SUPPORT on our machines!

EXCELLENT QUALITY + EXCELLENT VALUE + EXCELLENT SERVICE

Always Excel

Conce

pt |

Impa

rtial

Adv

ice | Supply | Install | Train |Back Up | Peace O

f Mind

Quality

Page 6: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Or perhaps it’s because we buy our components from one of the best manufacturers in the world, which means you operate some of the most accurate and reliable machines in the world, and without breaking the bank.You don’t pay for branch offices or showrooms either. We operate from one, cost effective, central location. So you only pay for, and get, top quality machines with first class installation and after sales service. For all these many reasons our customers return to buy again and again from Excel.We trust you will as well.

2. You can buy directly from us or from a local dealer. The price you pay is the true value of the machine; there’s no sales-person’s commission to add on.

1. We are one of the companies, that supply more high quality general purpose machines, than any other supplier in the UK. You receive the full benefit of our massive purchasing power.

EXCELLENT QUALITY + EXCELLENT VALUE + EXCELLENT SERVICE

For our marketing records please quote this catalogue

‘ALWAYS EXCEL’

How Excel gives you superior quality machines at the most competitive price

page 6

You don’t pay for branch offices or showrooms either. We operate from one, cost effective, central location. So you only pay for, and get, top quality machines with first class Installation and after sales service when required.

We supply an extensive range of high quality general purpose machines there is one to suit your individual requirements. You get the full benefit of our massive purchasing power.

Excel lathes in final assembly, being fitted with the

highest quality electrics.

Every machine is thoroughly tested prior to dispatch.

An electrical panel finished by competent engineers of Excel, featuring workmanship

hard to match.

Page 7: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

For our marketing records please quote this catalogue

How Excel gives you superior quality machines at the most competitive price

Impartial Advice and Guidance

A large number Excel machines are bought by an existing Excel customer. It’s a record of success we have achieved by offering truly impartial advice and sound guidance.

This is why we take great care to ensure that any new machine we recommend from our extensive range is closely matched to the work you plan to do.

We want you to also be a part of a growing number of delighted Excel customers who will buy from us time and time again.

Excel Operates from a Purpose Built Factory located in CoventryIt boasts a fully equipped workshop, staffed by skilled engineers and technicians for final preparations of the machine.

A dedicated working machine demonstration area is also included on site. This has proved very popular with customers who want the opportunity to test which machine best suits their application.

The largest area of the factory is set aside for the main warehouse. This contains an impressive stock of standard and special machines ready for immediate delivery. Many are awaiting modification according to the customer’s specification.

The extensive stock enables Excel to deliver a level of customer service that is the envy of our competitors. It enables us to respond quickly to each and every enquiry, irrespective of size and complexity.

Customer focus is key to our success

page 7

General Enquiries: [email protected]: [email protected]: [email protected] & Service: [email protected]

Useful contact details:

Showroom opens8.30am - 5.00pm Monday - Thursday.8.30am - 4.00pm Friday.

Tel: + 44 (0) 24 7636 5255 Fax: +44 (0) 24 7636 6666Web: www.excelmachinetools.co.ukColliery Lane, Exhall, Coventry. CV7 9NW. United Kingdom

* Weekend & after hours viewing by appointment only.

Page 8: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

NEW

Learn Something

We regularly work in partnership with various agencies around the world to deliver full factory installations.

We provide support and advice from conception to completion of the project to ensure the timely delivery and installation of all required machinery. Where necessary machines are specially tailored to the needs of the customer.

page 8

Partner in a Turnkey Project

Did you know one of Excel’s specialities is in the supply and commissioning of teaching workshops for schools, colleges, polytechnics, universities and industry training establishments?

The extensive range of Excel products fit exceptionally well to every teaching situation. The range of basic, low cost, manual machines provide excellent initial training. Cost effective CNC systems deliver you advanced instruction for students preparing to enter the workplace. (Training is available on-site on request).

New Today!

Page 9: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel CNC Lathes

• FANUC 0i-TD Controller• Levelling Bolts and Pads• Hydraulic Chuck: 15” • Grease Lubrication System • O.D. / I.D. Turning Tool Holders• Work Lamp• Boring Bar Holders• Foot Pedal for Chuck• Boring Bar Bushings• Tool Kit • Taper Sleeves• Grease Gun • Hydraulic Turret • Programable Tailstock

Included as standard:

Type Octagonal: Number Of Stations STD: 8 OPT: 12

Index time (T-T) (SEC)

Coolant Motor Drive Motor 1.62 Kw

Hydraulic Motor 2.25 kW (3 HP)Chip Conveyor Motor 0.2 kW (1/4 HP)

Accuracy Positioning (Z/X)

Repeatability (Z/X) ±0.004

Misc

Height 2572 mm

Floor Area (L × W ) 5675 × 2190 mmDims LxWxH (cm) (With Chip Conveyor) 607 × 229 × 256

Model ML 850

SLANT BED LATHEXtraTurn Top of the range Machine

Optional Tooling:

Specification

WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E. page 9

For Turning Tools, Boring Bars, Revolving Centre, Measuring Equipment etc. See pages 41, 113, 136, 137, 139, 140-147, 150 - 154

ML720 (ML 60A)

• End of Program Light (3 Colors)• Manual Body • Hydraulic Tailstock Quill • Operator’s Manual• Maintenance Manual • Coolant System• Programming Manual• Coolant Tank• Parts List• Chip Conveyor +Chip Bucket

1.5

32 × 32 mm Tool ShankTool Turret

11820 kg /12130 kgWeight Net

Power Requirement

208-220 Volts / 100 Amps / 30 KVA

±0.005

00-050-100

ML850 (ML 60A)

Capacity

Swing Over Bed Ø 850 mm Max. Diameter × Length STD: Ø 600× 1270 mmMax. Diameter Ø 720 mmSlant Angle Of Bed 45 °Max.Travel Range of Z/X-Axis 1350 / 380 mm

Bed Serv Motor of Z/X-Axis Z-Axis:4 kW X-Axis:4 kWRapid Traverse Z/X-Axis 20 / 12 m/min

Spindle Bore/Bar Cap. STD; 131/116 mmOPT: 218/200 mm

Spindle

Spindle Nose Type STD;ASA A2-11; OPT:A2-15

Taper Of Spindle Bore 1/20

Spindle Motor STD: 22/26 kW (30/35 HP)

Spindle Motor OPT: 30/37 kW (40/49.5 HP)

Spindle Speed 40-2000 rpm (4-Speed Gear)

Chuck Diameter STD: Ø 15” OPT: Ø 18”,

Hydraulic Tailstock

Quill Diameter Ø 125 mmTailstock Travel 1080 mmQuill Type LiveQuill Taper No.5 MTQuill Travel 160

Optional C AXIS LIVE TOOLING AVAILABLE NEW

New Today!

Page 10: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

page 10

• FANUC 0i-TD Controller• Leveling Bolts & Pads• Hydraulic Chuck: 10” • Grease Lubrication System • O.D. / I.D. Turning Tool Holders• Work Lamp• Boring Bar Holders• Foot Pedal For Chuck• Boring Bar Bushings•Tool Kit • Taper Sleeves

• Grease Gun• Hydraulic Turret • End of Program Light (3 Colours)• Manual Body Hydraulic Tailstock • Operator’s Manual• Maintenance Manual • Coolant System• Programming Manual• Coolant Tank• Parts List• Chip Conveyor + Chip Bucket

Capacity

Swing Over Bed Ø 580mmSwing In Gap

Max. Diameter × Length Ø 360 × 700mm

Max. Diameter Ø 410mm

Bed

Slant Angle Of BedMax. Travel Range Of Z/X-Axis 700 / 235 mm

Servo Motor of Z/X-Axis Z-axis: 3 kW X-axis: 3 kW

Rapid Traverse Rates of Z/X-Axis

30 / 30 m/min

Spindle

Spindle Bore/Bar Capacity STD:Ø 86/Ø75 OPT: Ø 105/Ø91

Spindle Nose Type STD;ASA A2-8

Taper Of Spindle Bore

Spindle Motor STD:15/18.5kW

Spindle Speed

STD: 10” chuck 3500 rpm

OPT: 12” chuck 3000 rpm

Chuck Diameter STD: Ø 10” ; OPT: Ø 12”

Hydraulic Tailstock

Quill Diameter Ø 85 mmTailstock Travel 550 mm

Quill Type Live

Quill Taper No.4 MTQuill Travel 150 mm

Tool Turret

Type STD: Hydraulic; OPT: Servo, Live Tooling

Number Of Stations STD: 12; OPT: 8 / 10Tool ShankIndex Time (T-T) (SEC)

25 × 25 mm0.6

Drive Motor

Coolant Motor 750 WHydraulic Motor 2.25 kW

Chip Conveyor Motor 0.2 kW

Accuracy Positioning (Z/X) ±0.004 mm

Repeatability (Z/X) ±0.003 mm

Misc

Height From Floor To Spindle Centre 980 mm

Floor Area (L × W ) 4085 × 1749 mm Dims LxWxH (cm) (With Chip Conveyor) 425×182×225 cm

Weight 5950 kg

XtraTurn Model ML 580 Included as standard:

Excel CNC LathesTop of the range Machine

Optional Tooling:

Specification

For Turning Tools, Boring Bars, Revolving Centre, Measuring Equipment etc.

See pages 41, 113, 136, 137, 139, 140-147, 150 - 154

BUY WITH CONFID

ENC

E

Factory Fitted Bar Feeder 00-050-111

Optional Accessories

208-220 Volts / 100 Amps / 26 KVA

WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

00-050-110

45 °

1/20

620mm

PowerReq.

ML-580 (ML-350)

Page 11: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

page 11

ML 480 (SL 200) Work Capacity

Swing Over Bed Ø 480 mmSwing Over Side Ø 321mmMax. Machining Diameter×Length Ø 210 × 508 mm

Machine Body

Slant Angle Of Bed 45 °

Max. Travel Range of Z/X-Axis 520 / 176 mm

Servo Motor of Z/X-Axis 1.8 / 1.8 kW

Rapid Traverse Rate of Z/X-Axis 30 / 30 m /min

Spindle

Spindle Bore/Bar Feeder Cap. Ø 62 / Ø 51 mm

Spindle Nose Type ASA A2-6

Taper Of Spindle Bore 1/20

Spindle Motor 11/15 kW

Spindle Speed 4500 rpm

Diameter Of Chuck 8” hydraulic

Tool Turret

Type VerticalNumber of Stations 10 pcsTool Shank Post 25 × 25 mm

Boring Diameter Post Ø 40 mm / 5 pcs

• FANUC 0i-Mate TC Controller• Spindle Speed 4500 prm• Spindle Motor11 / 15 Kw• 8” Hydraulic Chuck• Hydraulic 10-Tool Turret• 5 Wedge Type Tool Clamps (For OD Tools)• 5 Boring Bar Holders• Taper Sleeve (MT No. 1& MT No.2)xO.D.32mm (Ø8,10,12,16,20,25) x O.D. 32 mm

• Boring Bar Bushings• Hydraulic Tailstock with MT No.4 Quill• Coolant System• Levelling Bolts & Pads• Lubrication System• Work Lamp• End of Program Light• Tool Kit• Operator’s & Maintenance Manual• Programming Manual• Parts List

Hydraulic Tailstock

Quill Diameter Ø 65 mm

Tailstock Travel 425 mm

Centre Type LiveQuill Taper No. 4 MTQuill Travel 50 mm

Drive Motor

960 WHydraulic Motor 745 W

Chip Conveyor Motor 215 W

Positioning (Z/X)Repeatability (Z/X)

±0.005 mm±0.002 mm

Misc

Height From Floor To Spindle Centre

900 mm

Height From Bed To Spindle Centre 290 mm

Floor Area (L×W×H)

2778 × 2230 × 1690 mm

Dims L×W×H (cm) 293 × 227 × 174

Net Weight (Ind. Chip Conveyor)

2900 kg

Gross Weight (Incl. Chip Conveyor) 3120 kg

XtraTurn Included as standard: Model ML 480

Excel CNC Lathes

Included as standard:

Top of the range Machine Top of the range Machine

Optional Tooling:

Optional Tooling:

Specification

For Turning Tools, Boring Bars, Revolving Centre, Measuring Equipment etc. See pages 41, 113, 136, 137, 139, 140-147, 150 - 154

BUY WITH CONFID

ENC

E

Factory Fitted Bar Feeder 00-050-121Optional Accessories

WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

00-050-120

Accuracy

Coolant Motor

Power Req.

208-220 Volts / 15 KVA / 50 Amps

Page 12: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel CNC Lathes

page 12

Model L440

Specification

0351-4410

For Turning Tools, Boring Bars, Revolving Centre, Measuring Equipment etc.

See pages 41, 113, 136, 137, 139, 140-147, 150 - 154

Optional Tooling:

WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Opti-Premium0351-4420L460

• Siemens 828 Basic T Controller • 8 Station Turret • 200mm Hydraulic Chuck • Heat Exchanger • Tailstock • Headstock • Tool Change System • Hydraulic Unit • Coolant Equipment

L440 L460

Machine Data.

Centre Height 235 mm 235mmDistance between centre Max. 1’000 mm 1’500 mmTurning Ø over Cross Slide 240 mm 240 mmTurning Ø over Lathe Bed 475 mm 475 mmTurning Ø in the Bed Bridge 710 mm 710 mm

Spindle.

Spindle Speed (chuck-Ø160mm) 100- 4’500 rpm 100- 4’500 rpm

Spindle Seat Camlock D1-6 Camlock D1-6 Spindle Hole 65 mm 65 mmHydraulic Chuck Ø 200 mm Ø 200 mm Jaw Chuck Passage Ø 52 mm Ø 52 mm

Electrical Connection.

Total Connection 20 Kw 400V ~50 hZ 20 Kw 400V ~50HzPower of the Spindle Motor 12 Kw 12 KwPower of the Coolant Pump 375 W 375 WTank Capacity 100 Litres 100 Litres

Hydraulic System

Motor Power 750 W 750 WTank Capacity 50 Litres 50 Litres

Tool Changer

Hydraulic Type VDI 40 VDI 40 Number of Tools 8 8Seat Height, seat width max. 25x 25 mm 25 x 25 mm Seat diameter Max. 32 mm 32 mm

Accuracy Repeating Accuracy 0.005 mm 0.005 mm Positioning Accuracy ±0.005 mm ±0.005 mm

X Axis Travel 260 mm 260 mm Feed Speed 15’000 mm/min 15’000 min/min

Z Axis Travel 1’150 mm 1’680mm Feed Speed 15’000 mm/min 15’000 mm/min

Tailstock Tailstock Seat MT 4 MT4 Tailstock - sleeve diameter 65mm 65mmTailstock - sleeve travel 150mm 150mm

Dims. Length x Width x Height 3’030 x 1’952 x 2’022 mm

3’530 x 1’952 x 2’022 mm

Weight Weight 3’000 Kg 3’450 Kg

Optional Attachments:Internal Tool Cooling 0351-4410-01Joystick 0351-4410-02Fixed Steady 20-200mm 0351-4410-03Travel. Steady10-100mm 0351-4410-04Chip Conveyor L440 1.0M 0351-4410-05Chip Conveyor L460 1.5M 0351-4420-05Chip Carriage 0351-4410-06

NEW

Specification

Included as standard:

Page 13: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

page 13

Model L440

L44

Machine Data.

Centre Height 223 mmCentre Width 850 mmTurning Ø Over Cross Slide 240mmTurning Ø Over Lathe Bed 446 mmTurning Ø in the Bed Bridge 520 mm

Spindle.

Spindle Speed 3’500 rpm Spindle Taper MT 6 Spindle Hole 52mm Hydraulic Lathe Chuck Ø 160mmJaw Chuck Passage Ø40mm

Total Connection.

Total Connection. 18.5 Kw 400 V ~50 Hz Power of the Spindle Motor 8 Kw Coolant Pump. 270 W Tank Capacity 99 Litres

Hydraulic System.

Motor Power 750W Tank Capacity 50 Litres

Spindle Seat Camlock ASA 2-5”

Tool Changer

Hydraulic Type VDI 30 Number of Tools 8 Seat Height, Seal Width max. 20 x 20 mm Seat Diameter max. 25mm

Accuracy Repeating Accuracy 0.005 mm Positioning Accuracy ±0.005 mm

X Axis Travel 760mm Feed Speed 15,000 mm/min Ball Screw 40mm x P5 mm x C3

Z Axis Travel 760 mm Feed Speed 15’000 mm/min Ball Screw 40 mm x P5 mm x C3

Tailstock Tailstock Seat MT4Tailstock - Sleeve Diameter 52mmTailstock - Sleeve Travel 165mm

Dims. L x W x H (open) 2’432 x 2’232 x1’796Weight 2’100 Kg 2’100 Kg

Optional Tooling:

For Turning Tools, Boring Bars, Revolving Centre, Measuring Equipment etc.

See pages 41, 113, 136, 137, 139, 140-147, 150 - 154

WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Opti-Premium 0351-4330Model L44

NEW

BUY WITH CONFID

ENC

E

Optional Attachments:Hyd. Tailstock 0351-4330-01Fixed Steady 10 - 130 mm 0351-4330-02Travel. Steady 10-100mm 0351-4330-03Coolant & Lub. Separator 0351-4330-04Hard Jaws 0351-4330-05Soft Jaws 0351-4330-06

• Siemens 828 Basic T Controller • 8 Station Turret • 160 mm Hydraulic Chuck • Heat Exchanger • Tailstock • Hydraulic Unit • Central Lubrication System

Included as standard:

Page 14: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel CNC Lathes

page 14

SIEMENS 802 S CONTROL

L28 CNC

Machine Data

Centre Height 140mmCentre Distance 700mmTurning Ø Over Lathe Bed 266mmLength of Bed Bridge 180mmSpindle Speed 30 - 4000 rpmNumber of Steps 4 Steps, Infinitely Variable Step 1 3-300 rpm; 98 Nm Step 2 140-14000 rpm 21Nm Step 3 300-3000 rpm 98Nm Step 4 400-4000 rpm 7NmSpindle Taper MT4Spindle Hole 26mmQuadruple Tool Holder Auto Indexing Tool Shank 12 mm (Max)

Travel

X-Axis Travel 180mmZ-Axis Travel 465mmFeed Speed X-Axis 3000mm/minFeed Speed Z-Axis 2500mm/min

Tailstock Tailstock Holding Fixture MT2Tailstock Sleeve Travel 85mm

Electrical Connection

Connection 230V~50HzSpindle Motor Power 1.5kWCoolant Pump Power 40W

Net Weight

420 kg

Included as standard:

Specification

Optional Tooling:

For Turning Tools, Boring Bars, Revolving Centre, Measuring Equipment etc.

See pages 41, 113, 136, 137, 139, 140-147, 150 - 154 LxWxH 160 x 75 x 198 cm

WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

• Siemens 802 S Controller

• Central Lubrication

• Incremental Encoder for Spindle

Positioning (Thread Cutting)

• Ball Screw made by HIWIN

• Automatic 4-Fold Tool Changer

for Small Series

• Machine Lamp

• 3-Jaw Chuck, 125mm Diameter

• Operating Tools

0350-4110Model L28 CNC

Opti-CNC Lathe

NEW

• Precise Machining

• High Cutting Performance

• Braced Machine Bed made of Grey Cast Iron

• Inductively Hardened & Precision Ground Bed Slideways

• Complex Spindle Bearing

• Guaranteed Concentricity of the Spindle Nose less than 0.009mm

• Concentricity at the Lathe Chuck less than 0.04mm

• High-performance maintenance free Motor

• Brushless Infinitely Variable DC Drive

• Safety Housing is used to enclose the Lathe to protect the user. This Machine conforms to the EC standard EN2006/42

Dimensions

Page 15: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

page 15

Optional Tooling:

Included as standard:

• FANUC 0i-MC• Grease Lubrication System• BT40 10,000 rpm Spindle• Work Lamp• Cutting Coolant System• Tri-colour End of Program Light• Spindle Oil Cooling System• Tool Kit• Spindle Taper Cleaner • Levelling Bolts & Pads • Arm Type A.T.C 24 Tools• Rigid Tapping• T-Slot Table

• Operator’s Manual• M.P.G• Maintenance Manual• Rigid Tapping • Programming Manual • Heat Exchanger for Electrical Cabinet• Parts List• Fully Enclosed Splash Guard• M80 Auto Power off• Screw Type Chip Conveyor

Specification XM 1060 VMC

Table

Dimensions 1180 × 560

Working Area 1060 × 620

T-Slot CD125 × 18 × 4

Max. Loading Capacity 1000 kg

Travel Range

Max. Travel Range of X/Y/Z-Axis

1060 / 620 / 620

Distance from Spindle Nose to Table Surface

150-770

Distance from Spindle Centre to Column

680

Spindle

Spindle Taper BT 40Spindle Nose Outer Diameter Ø 70 mm

Spindle Speed STD: 10,000 rpm; OPT: 6,000 rpm; 12,000 rpm

Feed Rate Feed Rate of X /Y/Z-Axis 1 -6000 mm /min

Slideways of X /Y/Z-Axis Linear Guideway Rapid Traverse of X /Y/Z-Axis

30 m/min

Tool Magazine

Number of Stations STD: 24 OPT: 30 Tool Selection Bi-direction & shortest selectionMax. Adjacent Tool Diameter × Length

Ø 80 × 250 mm

Max. Tool Weight 6 kg Tool Shank BT 40

Drive Motor

Spindle Drive Motor STD: 11/15 kW OPT: 15/18.5 kW

Servo Motors of X /Y/Z-Axis 3.0 kw2.5 Kw

Coolant Motor 960 W Accuracy Chip Conveyor Motor 215 W

Positioning ± 0.005 mmRepeatability 0.003 mm

Floor Area (L×W×H) 2810 × 2603 × 2635 mm

Dims L×W×H (cm) 301 × 231 × 255

Misc Net Weight (approx.) 6130 kgs

Gross Weight (approx.) 6980 kgs

BUY WITH CONFID

ENC

E XtraMill Model XM 1060 VMC 00-100-050

Excel CNC Mills

For Collet Chucks, Face Mills, End Mills, Face Cutters, Vices, Drill Chuck & Arbors, Centre Drills etc.

See pages42, 113, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119,120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 129, 130, 131, 134, 135, 137, 138, 139, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149

Power Req. 208-220V / 75 Amps / 3 Phase

WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

0350-4110

Page 16: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

page 16

Excel CNC Mills

• Convincing arguments: quality, efficiency and price

• Mill PREMIUM-line

• F 410TC • Precision linear guidings in all axis• 24-fold magazine tool changer• Cast iron body made of quality “MEEHANITE” cast iron• Workpiece table precision ground with 5 T-slots• Heavily ripped, torsion-free machine basis• Precision ground pretensed high-

performance ball screws in all axis• Ø 40 x P12 X c3• Main spindle SK40 up to 10000 rpm,

with belt drive to minimise the• vibrations as well as heat and noise

development• Spindle oil cooler as standard• Table and machine basis made of

high quality Meehanite cast iron,• low-vibration• Powerful servo drives directly on

the ball screws in all 3 axis• Chip conveyor incl. chip flushing system• Cleaning gun• Coolant pump with 4 bars• Electronic handwheel• Cleaning gun• RJ45 plug connection, USB connection

and power connection (230V)• Including 2-year warranty

Model F410 TC 0351-1240

Included as standard:• Siemens 828 D Controller • Disc Type 24 Station Tool Changer • Heat Exchange & Air con.• Chip Conveyor• Chip Flushing System• Handwheel

For Collet Chucks, Face Mills, End Mills, Face Cutters, Vices, Drill Chuck & Arbors, Centre Drills etc.

See pages 42, 113, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 129, 130, 131, 134, 135, 137, 138, 139, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149

WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

F410TC

Cross Table

Distance Spindle - table 100 - 830mmTable Length x Width 1’700 x 600 mmT-Slot Size / number / distance 18mm / 5 / 100 mmLoad (max.) 1’000 kg

Travels X axis 1’300mmY axis 680mmZ axis 730mm

Torque MotorX axis 18 NmY axis 18NmZ axis 18Nm

Rapid TraverseX axis 30’000 mm/minY axis 30’000 mm/minZ axis 24’000 mm/min

Feed Drive of axis Milling Feed (X, Y, Z axis) 10’000 mm/min Speeds Speeds 10-10’000 rpm

Elec. Connection

Total Connection Load 35 Kw Driving Motor 13 KwTorque Driving Motor Coolant Pump 190 watts

Spindle Seat Spindle Seat ISO 40 DIN 69871Milling Head Dims. Max. Ø 63mmEnd Mill Dims. Max. Ø 32mm

Milling Accuracy.Repeating Accuracy. 0.005 mmPositioning Accuracy ± 0.005 mm

Tool Changer

Disc Type 24 tools Tool Size Max. 130 mmTool Length Max. 300 mmTool Weight Max. 8 kg Time - Tool changing tool to tool 4.9 seconds

Dims.

Length x Width x Height 4’080 x 2’252 x 2’675mmTank Capacity 210 Litres Weight 6’600kg

70 Nm

NEW

Opti-Premium

Specification

Optional Tooling:

Page 17: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

page 17 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

F410TC

Cross Table

Distance Spindle - table 100 - 830mmTable Length x Width 1’700 x 600 mmT-Slot Size / number / distance 18mm / 5 / 100 mmLoad (max.) 1’000 kg

Travels X axis 1’300mmY axis 680mmZ axis 730mm

Torque MotorX axis 18 NmY axis 18NmZ axis 18Nm

Rapid TraverseX axis 30’000 mm/minY axis 30’000 mm/minZ axis 24’000 mm/min

Feed Drive of axis Milling Feed (X, Y, Z axis) 10’000 mm/min Speeds Speeds 10-10’000 rpm

Elec. Connection

Total Connection Load 35 Kw Driving Motor 13 KwTorque Driving Motor Coolant Pump 190 watts

Spindle Seat Spindle Seat ISO 40 DIN 69871Milling Head Dims. Max. Ø 63mmEnd Mill Dims. Max. Ø 32mm

Milling Accuracy.Repeating Accuracy. 0.005 mmPositioning Accuracy ± 0.005 mm

Tool Changer

Disc Type 24 tools Tool Size Max. 130 mmTool Length Max. 300 mmTool Weight Max. 8 kg Time - Tool changing tool to tool 4.9 seconds

Dims.

Length x Width x Height 4’080 x 2’252 x 2’675mmTank Capacity 210 Litres Weight 6’600kg

70 Nm

NEW

Opti-Premium Excel CNC Mills

Model F150TC

Included as standard:• Siemens 828 D Controller • Disc Type 16 Station Tool Changer• Heat Exchanger • Chip Conveyor • Cleaning Gun • Chip Flushing System

Model F150TC 0351-1210

For Collet Chucks, Face Mills, End Mills, Face Cutters, Vices, Drill Chuck & Arbors, Centre Drills See pages 42, 113, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 129, 130, 131, 134, 135, 137, 138, 139, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149

Optional Tooling:

F150TC Cross Table.

Distance Spindle-table 102-562Projection 480mmTable length x width 9000 x 410 mmT-slot size/number/distance 16mm/ 4 / 102mmLoad (max.) 350kg

TravelsX axis 760mmY axis 430mmZ axis 460mm

Torque Motor.

X axis 6 NmY axis 6 NmZ axis 11 Nm

Feed Drive of Axis

Milling Feed (X, Y, Z axis) 10’000 mm/minRapid Feed (X, Y, Z axis) 24’000 mm/min

Speeds Speeds 10-10’000 rpm

Elec. Connection

Total Connection 25 Kw 400V~50 HzDriving Motor 12 KWTorque Driving Motor 57 NmCoolant Pump 1,27 Kw

Spindle Seat

Spindle Seat ISO 40 DIN 69871Milling Head Dims Max Ø63mmEnd Mill Dims Max Ø32mm

Milling Accuracy

Repeating Accuracy 0.005mmPositioning Accuracy ± 0.005

Tool Changer

Disc Type 16 Tools Tool Diameter max. 89mmTool Weight max. 8kgTime - tool changing tool to tool 3.5 seconds

Dims.Length x width x height 3’000 x2’050 x 2’420mmTank Capacity coolant 210 litres Weight 3’020 kg

Specification

NEW

Page 18: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel CNC Mills

Opti-Cnc Mill

page 18 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Convincing arguments: quality, efficiency and price

· Linear guiding in all axis· Al axis with Ball screw· Magazine disc for 10 tools· Solid, precise cross table, largely dimensioned and precisely machined surface with 3 nuts· Strong, torsion-ribbed machine base· Electronic handywheel· Cooling system· Central lubricating· Servo in all axis

Model F4 0351-0430

Optional Tooling:

For Collet Chucks, Face Mills, End Mills, Face Cutters, Vices, Drill Chuck & Arbors, Centre Drills etc.

See pages 42, 113, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 129, 130, 131, 134, 135, 137, 138, 139, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149

• Siemens 802 S Controller • Morse Taper MT2, B16 M10• Draw in Rod M10• Operating Tools

Included as standard:

F4

Cross Table.

Distance Spindle-table 90 - 390 mmTable length x width 690 x 210 mmT-slot size / number / distance 16 mm / 3 / 63 mm

Load (max.) 100 kg

TravelsX axis 310mmY axis 200mmZ axis 300mm

Rapid Traverse Rapid (X-, Y-, Z-axis) 10.000 mm/min.

Torque Motor

X axis 3,3 NmY axis 5 NmZ axis 5 Nm

Speeds Speeds 50 - 9.000 min-1

Elec. Connection

Total Connection 8,5 kW 400 V ~50 HzPower of the drive motor 2,2 NmTorque Driving Motor 14 NmCoolant Pump 95 watts

Spindle

Spindle Taper ISO 30/BT 30Milling Head Dims Max Ø mmEnd Mill Dims Max Ø 30 mm

Milling Accuracy

Repeating Accuracy 0,01 mmPositioning Accuracy ± 0,01 mm

Tool Changer

Disc Type 8 toolsTool size max. 50 mmTool Weight max. 6 kgTime - tool changing tool to tool 8 seconds

Connection Air Connection max. 6 bar

Dims.Length x width x height 1.800 x 1.720 x 2.000 mmTank Capacity coolant 50 LitresWeight 1.800 kg

Specification

· Slewable control· Siemens Sinumerik 808 D on PC for free (Computer workstation)· Sinumerik 808D in english language· Included 2 year warranty SIEMENS

NEW

Page 19: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel CNC Mills

SIEMENS 802 S CONTROL

• Re-circulating Ball Screws HIWIN in all 3 Axes

• Robust & precise Dovetail Guide including adjustable V-ledges free from play

• Extension Bellow as Guide Protection

• Electronic, Infinitely Variable Drive

• Compact Housing Design

• Electronic Handwheel reduces the time required for setting to a minimum.

• The working area is easily viewed from three sides thanks to transparent Makrolon Panels

• Double-sided Base. Front side allowing access to the Coolant Tank; rear side allowing access to the Electronic System & to the CNC Controller

• 2 Speed Changes (Low/High)

• Central Lubrication

• Signal Light

• Gear Speed is automatically designed with Gear Shifting based on the Siemens Control

Optional Tooling:

For Collet Chucks, Face Mills, End Mills, Face Cutters, Vices, Drill Chuck & Arbors, Centre Drills etc.

See pages 42, 113, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 129, 130, 131, 134, 135, 137, 138, 139, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149

Model M2 CNC 0350-0120

page 19 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Opti-Cnc Mill

NEWM2 CNC

Cross Table

Table Size 500mm x 180 mmY-Axis Travel 155mmFeed Speed Y-Axis 2000mm/minX-Axis Travel 280mmFeed Speed X-Axis 2000mm/minT-Slot Size/Distance 12mm/63mmLoad of Cross Table (Max.) 55kg

Elec. Connection Motor 850W 230V ~50HzCoolant Pump 40W

Spindle Holding Fixture

Spindle Holding Fixture MT2/M10Size Cutter Head Max. Ø52mmSize End Mill Cutter Max. Ø16mmWorking Range 185mm

Mill HeadSpeed Stages 2 steps, Cont. VariableZ-Axis Travel 280mmFeed Speed Z-Axis 2000mm/min

Speeds Gear Stage Slow 90-1480rpmGear Stage Fast 150-3000rpm

Dims.

Length 130cmWidth 75cmHeight 180cmWeight 340 kg

Specification• Siemens 802 S Controller • Morse Taper MT2, B16 M10• Draw in Rod M10• Operating Tools

Included as standard:

• Siemens 802 S Controller • Morse Taper MT2, B16 M10• Draw in Rod M10• Operating Tools

NEW

Page 20: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

XL HOLLOW SPINDLE COUNTRY LATHES Model XL12B Spindle Bore 315mm DBC 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000mm

Excel Manual Lathes

• Heavy Duty & Sturdy Machine is rated for continuous use and will give longer life expectancy.

• Headstock Spindle is supported by high precision large diameter Bearings giving the accuracy & repeatability.

• Headstock Gears are made of high quality Alloy Steel. These are hardened & Precision Ground to provide smooth running which gives a better finish on Machined Components. Hardness provides wear resistance.

• Gap-Bed: A generous Gap Bed lets you swing large components with ease.

• Hardened & ground “V” Guide Ways provide accuracy, rigidity & long working life.

• Large Spindle Hole is ideal for large diameter pipe work.

• Outboard Steadies provide support & safety for long components

• Universal Gearbox enables cutting of a large range of metric & imperial Threads without the need of changing any individual Gears. All this is achieved simply by shifting the Gear Levers.

• Magnetic Switch provides thermal overload & short circuit protection.

• Sigma Type Clutch & Electro-Dynamic Brake for controlled operation.

• Safety device to prevent simultaneous engagement of Feed & Screw Cutting Levers which safeguards against any damage to the system.

• Multi Start Screw Cutting facility enables cutting of Multi Start Threads with ease & precision.

• Foot Stop for safety & efficiency.

1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000

Length 3750 mm 4250 mm 5250mm 6250 mm 7250 mm 8250 mmWidth 1650 mm 1650 mm 1650 mm 1650 mm 1650 mm 1650mm Height 1660 mm 1660 mm 1660 mm 1660 mm 1660 mm 1660 mm Weight Kg NET 6120 Kg 6420 Kg 7000 Kg 7600 Kg 8250 Kg 8950 Kg

DIMENSIONS FOR PACKING WITH 2 OUTBOARD STEADIES:

Width 160 cm 160 cm 160 cm 160 cm 160 cm 160 cm Height 190 cm 190 cm 190 cm 190 cm 190 cm 190 cmLength 440 cm 490 cm 590 cm 6900 cm 790 cm 890 cm

XL12B

PACKING 1500 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000

page 20 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 21: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Specification XL12B

Capacity

Height of Centres 400mmSwing Over Bed 800mmSwing Over Cross Slide 560mmSwing in Gap 990mmTravelling Steady 20-200mmFixed Steady – Small 20-200mmFixed Steady - Large 180-430mmWidth of Bed 560mm

Distance between Centre 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000mm

Spindle

Spindle Nose DIN 55026 No A 20Spindle Bore 315mmSpindle Taper No. 318 MetricDiameter of Front Bearing 380mm

Headstock

Number of Spindle Speeds 12Spindle Speed Low Range 8-80 High Range 40-400Main Motor Power 11kW (option 15 kW)

Feeds

Number of Feeds 152Longitudinal Feed Range 0.039-15mm/revCross Feed Range 0.0195-7.5mm/revLongitudinal Rapid Traverse 3800mm/minCross Rapid Traverse 1900mm/min

Threads

Number of Threads 76 each type Metric Thread Range 0.5-150mmInch Thread Range 60-1/5 tpiModule Thread Range 0.125-37.5 ModuleDP Thread Range 240-4/5 DP

Carriage Cross Slide Travel 410mmTop Slide Travel 150mm

TailstockQuill Diameter 105mmQuill Taper 6MTQuill Travel 225Tool Shank 32mm

Optional Tooling:

For Turning Tools, Boring Bars, Revolving Centres, Drill Chuck & Arbors, Centre Drills, Drill Sets & Measuring Equipment etc. See pages 41, 113, 136, 137, 139, 140-147, 150 - 154

Included as standard:• Two Steadies 20-200 & 180-430mm Cap. • 4 Jaw Independent Chuck (2pcs) 320mm Bore, 630mm Diameter• Coolant • Lo Volt Machine Lamp• Taper Turning Attachment• Instruction Manual & Parts List• Outboard Steadies 120-320mm (2pcs)

Stock NumbersMachine Stock Num. XL12B 1500 DBC 1-012-150 XL12B 2000 DBC 1-012-200 XL12B 3000 DBC 1-012-300 XL12B 4000 DBC 1-012-400 XL12B 5000 DBC 1-012-500 XL12B 6000DBC 1-012-600

Length 3750 mm 4250 mm 5250mm 6250 mm 7250 mm 8250 mmWidth 1650 mm 1650 mm 1650 mm 1650 mm 1650 mm 1650mm Height 1660 mm 1660 mm 1660 mm 1660 mm 1660 mm 1660 mm Weight Kg NET 6120 Kg 6420 Kg 7000 Kg 7600 Kg 8250 Kg 8950 Kg

DIMENSIONS FOR PACKING WITH 2 OUTBOARD STEADIES:

Width 160 cm 160 cm 160 cm 160 cm 160 cm 160 cm Height 190 cm 190 cm 190 cm 190 cm 190 cm 190 cmLength 440 cm 490 cm 590 cm 6900 cm 790 cm 890 cm

page 21 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 22: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

HEAVY DUTY LATHES Model XL35M 35” Swing D.B.C. 1500, 3000, 4000, 5000 or 6000mm

Excel Manual Lathes• 700mm Bed Width.

• Heavy Duty & sturdy Machine is rated for continuous use & will give longer life expectancy.

• Headstock Spindle is supported by high precision large diameter Bearings giving the accuracy & repeatability.

• Headstock Gears are made of high quality Alloy Steel. These are hardened & precision ground to provide smooth running which gives a better finish on Machined components. Hardness provides wear resistance.

• Gap-Bed: A generous Gap Bed lets you swing large components with ease.

• Hardened & ground “V” Guide Ways provide accuracy, rigidity & long working life.

• Large Spindle Hole of 155 mm increases the capacity & efficiency of large Bar work.

• Motorised Tailstock: the Tailstock moves at the touch of a button to allow fast, easier set-up.

• Powered Compound Slide enables Tapers to be turned with ease.

• Universal Gearbox enables cutting of a large range of metric & imperial threads without the need of changing any individual Gears. All this is achieved simply by shifting the Gear Levers.

• Magnetic Switch provides thermal overload & short circuit protection.

• Sigma Type Clutch & Electro-Dynamic Brake for controlled operation.

• Safety device to prevent simultaneous engagement of Feed & Screw Cutting levers which safeguards against any damage to the system.

• Multi Start Screw Cutting Facility enables cutting of Multi Start Threads with ease & precision.

• Foot Stop for safety & efficiency.

page 22

Model XL43M 43” Swing D.B.C. 1500, 3000, 4000, 5000 or 6000mm

Model XL50M 50” Swing D.B.C. 1500, 3000, 4000, 5000 or 6000mm

Optional Accessories

270-520mm Fixed Steady for XL35M 1-025-900270-520mm Fixed Steady for XL43M 1-020-900470-720mm Fixed Steady for XL43M 1-020-901270-520mm Fixed Steady for XL50M 1-015-900470-720mm Fixed Steady for XL50M 1-015-901700-950mm Fixed Steady for XL50M 1-015-902Soft Jaws for 500mm Chuck 4-241-500Taper Turning Attachment 1-020-950760mm Dia Face Plate C15 XL35M 1-025-9111000mm Dia Face Plate C15 XL43/50M 1-020-910630mm Dia 4 Jaw Chuck C15 XL35M 4-263-635 800mm Dia 4 Jaw Chuck C15 XL35/43/50M 4-263-8151000mm Din 15 4 Jaw Chuck XL43M/50M 1-020-920Multifix D2 QCTP 1-193-600

ITEM Stock Number

XL35M XL43M XL50M

Width 1800 mm 1800 mm 1900 mm Height 1755 mm 1855 mm 1980 mm

Length 1500mm DBC 3700 mm 3700 mm 3700 mm 3000mm DBC 5200 mm 5200 mm 5200 mm 4000mm DBC 6200 mm 6200 mm 6200 mm 5000mm DBC 7200 mm 7200 mm 7200 mm 6000mm DBC 8200 mm 8200 mm 8200 mm

Weight 1500 mm DBC 6600 Kg 7400 Kg 7850 Kg (Net) 3000 mm DBC 8100 Kg 8900 Kg 9350 Kg 4000 mm DBC 9100 Kg 9900 Kg 10350 Kg 5000 mm DBC 10600 Kg 11400 Kg 11850 Kg 6000 mm DBC 11600 Kg 12400 Kg 12850 Kg

Dimensions & Weights PACKING XL35M XL43M XL50M

Width 225 cm 225 cm 225 cm Height 200 cm 210 cm 230 cm

Length 1500mm DBC 430 cm 430 cm 430cm 3000mm DBC 580 cm 580 cm 580 cm 4000mm DBC 680 cm 6800 cm 680 cm 5000mm DBC 780 cm 780 cm 780 cm 6000mm DBC 880 cm 880 cm 880 cm

Always excellent ....QualityAlways excellent ....Value

Always excellent ....Service#

ALWAYS EXCEL

WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 23: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Included as standard:

• Power Rapid in Longitudinal & Cross Feed

• Travelling Steady 80-300mm

• Fixed Steady 50-300mm

• Powered Compound Slide

• Coolant System • Lo Volt Machine Light

• 500mm 3 Jaw Self Centring Chuck with Back Plate

Model XL43M 43” Swing D.B.C. 1500, 3000, 4000, 5000 or 6000mm

Model XL50M 50” Swing D.B.C. 1500, 3000, 4000, 5000 or 6000mm

XL35M XL43M XL50M Distance Between Centres 1500, 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000mm Height of Centres 400mm 500mm 625mm Swing Over Bed 890mm 1090mm 1320mm Swing Over Cross Slides 490mm 690mm 940mm Swing Over Gap 1050mm 1250mm 1500mm Width of Bed 700mm Hole Through Spindle 155mm Spindle Nose DIN 55027 C15 No. of Spindle Speeds 24 Range of Spindle Speeds 5-1000rpm Travel of Cross Slide 525mm 525mm 685mm Travel of Compound Slide 270mm Travel of Tailstock Quill 260mm Taper of Tailstock Quill 6 MT Diameter of Tailstock Quill 125mm Number of Threads 80 each type Range of Threads Metric 0.5-480 mm Inch 60-1/16 TPI Module 0.125-120 DP 240-1/4 Number of Feeds 160 Range of Longitudinal Feeds 0.032/38.9mm/Rev Range of Cross Feeds 0.016/19.45mm/Rev Maximum Tool Shank 40mm Main Motor 30kw (40HP)

Machine Stock Numbers XL35M 1500mm DBC 1-025-150M XL35M 3000mm DBC 1-025-300M XL35M 4000mm DBC 1-025-400M XL35M 5000mm DBC 1-025-500M XL35M 6000mm DBC 1-025-600M

XL43M 1500mm DBC 1-020-150M XL43M 3000mm DBC 1-020-300M XL43M 4000mm DBC 1-020-400M XL43M 5000mm DBC 1-020-500M XL43M 6000mm DBC 1-020-600M

XL50M 1500mm DBC 1-015-150M XL50M 3000mm DBC 1-015-300M XL50M 4000mm DBC 1-015-400M XL50M 5000mm DBC 1-015-500M XL50M 6000mm DBC 1-015-600M

page 23

Optional Tooling:

Specification

PACKING XL35M XL43M XL50M

Width 225 cm 225 cm 225 cm Height 200 cm 210 cm 230 cm

Length 1500mm DBC 430 cm 430 cm 430cm 3000mm DBC 580 cm 580 cm 580 cm 4000mm DBC 680 cm 6800 cm 680 cm 5000mm DBC 780 cm 780 cm 780 cm 6000mm DBC 880 cm 880 cm 880 cm

UPTO 10,000 Between Centres Available

For Turning Tools, Boring Bars, Revolving Centres, Drill Chuck & Arbors, Centre Drills, Drill Sets & Measuring Equipment etc. See pages 41, 113, 136, 137, 139, 140-147, 150 - 154

Always excellent ....QualityAlways excellent ....Value

Always excellent ....Service#

ALWAYS EXCEL WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

XL35M x 5000

Page 24: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Manual Lathes

• Sigma Type Clutch & Electro-Dynamic Brake for controlled operation.

• Safety device to prevent simultaneous engagement of Feed & Screw Cutting Levers which safeguards against any damage to system.

• Multi Start Screw Cutting facility enabling cutting of Multi Start Threads with ease & precision.

• Foot Stop for safety & efficiency

page 24

XL760S XL860S

Capacity

Height of Centres 380mm 430mmSwing Over Bed 760mm 860mmSwing Over Cross Slide 520mm 620mmSwing in Gap 950mm 1050mmWidth of Bed 560mm

Distance between Centres 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000

SpindleSpindle Nose DIN55027 C11Spindle Bore 132mmSpindle Taper (metric) 140

Headstock

Number of Spindle Speeds 17Spindle Speed Range 7.5 -1015 rpmMain Motor Power 15kW

FeedsNumber of Feeds 150Longitudinal Feed Range 0.039-18mm/revCross Feed Range 0.02-9mm/rev

Threads

Number of Threads 76 of each typeMetric Thread Range Inch Rhread RangeModule Thread RangeDP Thread Range

Carriage Cross Slide Travel 410mm 435mmTop Slide Travel 150mm

TailstockQuill Diameter 105mmQuill Taper 6MTQuill Travel 225mmMaximum Tool Shank 32mm

Specification

• Heavy Duty & sturdy Machine rated for continuous use & longer life expectancy.

• Headstock Spindle supported by high precision large diameter bearings giving accuracy & repeatability.

• Headstock Gears are made of high quality Alloy Steel. These are hardened & precision ground to provide smooth running & wear resistance.

• A generous Gap Bed lets you swing large components with ease.

• Hardened & Ground “V” Guide Ways provide accuracy, rigidity & long working life.

• Large Spindle Hole increases the capacity & efficiency of large bar work.

Stock NumbersMachine Stock Num. XL760S 1500mm DBC 1-037-150 XL760S 2000mm DBC 1-037-200 XL760S 3000mm DBC 1-037-300 XL760S 4000mm DBC 1-037-400 XL760S 5000mm DBC 1-037-500 XL760S 6000mm DBC 1-037-600

XL860S 1500mm DBC 1-036-150 XL860S 2000mm DBC 1-036-200 XL860S 3000mm DBC 1-036-300 XL860S 4000mm DBC 1-036-400 XL860S 5000mm DBC 1-036-500 XL860S 6000mm DBC 1-036-600

Included as standard:

• Power Rapid in Longitudinal & Cross Feed

• Travelling Steady 20-200mm

• Fixed Steady 20-200mm for XL760S 50-250 mm for XL860S

• Coolant System • Lo Volt Machine Light

• 400mm 3 Jaw Self Centring Chuck.

0.5-180mm 60-1/6 TPI

0.125-45 Mod240-2/3 DP

WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

• Universal Gearbox enables cutting of a large range of metric & imperial threads without the need to change individual Gears.

• Magnetic Switch provides thermal overload & short circuit protection.

HEAVY DUTY LATHES Model XL760S | XL860S Both have DBC 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000

BUY WITH CONFIDEN

CE

Page 25: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

page 25

XL760S XL860S

Width 1650 mm 1700 mm Height 1600 mm 1730 mm

Length 1500mm DBC 3470mm 3470 mm 2000mm DBC 4970mm 4970mm 3000mm DBC 4970mm 4970mm 4000mm DBC 5970mm 5970 mm 5000mm DBC 6970mm 6970 mm 6000mm DBC 7970mm 7970mm

Weight 1500 mm DBC 4240 Kg 4490 Kg (Net) 2000 mm DBC 4490 Kg 4740 Kg 3000 mm DBC 5070 Kg 5320 Kg 4000 mm DBC 5640 Kg 5890 Kg 5000 mm DBC 6290 Kg 6540 Kg 6000 mm DBC 6990 Kg 7240 Kg

Dimensions & Weights PACKING XL760S XL860S

Width 160 cm 160 cm Height 180 cm 185 cm Length

1500mm DBC 380 cm 380 cm 2000mm DBC 430 cm 430 cm 3000mm DBC 530 cm 530 cm 4000mm DBC 630 cm 630 cm 5000mm DBC 730 cm 730 cm 6000mm DBC 830 cm 830 cm

Optional Accessories:

200-520mm Fixed Steady for XL760S 1-037-900220-450mm Fixed Steady for XL860S 1-036-900420-620mm Fixed Steady for XL860S 1-036-901760mm Face Plate C11 XL760/860S 1-036-920500mm 4 Jaw Chuck C11 4-263-511630mm 4 Jaw Chuck C11 4-263-631760mm 4 Jaw Ind Chuck C11 XL760/860S 1-036-930Taper Turning Attachment 1-036-950Set of Soft Jaws for 400mm Chuck 4-241-400XL4 QCTP 1-190-800

ITEM Stock Num.Optional Tooling:

For Turning Tools, Boring Bars, Revolving Centres, Drill Chuck & Arbors, Centre Drills, Drill Sets & Measuring Equipment etc. See pages 41, 113, 136, 137, 139, 140-147, 150 - 154

0.5-180mm

WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Both have DBC 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000

Both have DBC 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000, 5000, 6000

Page 26: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Manual Lathes

page 26

HEAVY DUTY LATHES Model XL630 630mm Swing | XL730 730mm Swing

XL630 XL730 Distance Between Centres 1000, 1500, 2000, 4000,

5000mm Height of Centres 315mm 365mm Swing Over Bed 630mm 730mm Swing Over Cross Slides 430mm 500mm Swing Over Gap 830mm 930mm Width of Bed 400mm Hole Through Spindle 103mm Spindle Nose DIN 55027 C11 No of Spindle Speeds 21 Range of Spindle Speeds 12.5-1250 rpm Travel of Cross Slides 315mm 390mm Travel of Compound Slide 130mm Travel of Tailstock Quill 230mm Taper of Tailstock Quill 5MT Number of Threads 64 each type Range of Threads: Metric 0.5-120mm Inch 60-1/4TPI Module 0.125-30 DP 240-1 Number of Feeds 120 Range of Longitudinal Feeds 0.04-12mm/Rev Range of Cross Feeds 0.02-6mm/Rev Motor 11KW (15HP) Maximum Tool Shank 25mm

• Power Rapid in Longitudinal

& Cross Feed

• Travelling Steady 15-200mm

• Fixed Steady 15-200mm

• Coolant System

• Lo Volt Machine Light

• 315mm 3 Jaw Self Centring Chuck

Stock NumbersMachine Stock Num. XL630 1000mm DBC 1-049-100 XL630 1500mm DBC 1-049-150 XL630 2000mm DBC 1-049-200 XL630 3000mm DBC 1-049-300 XL630 4000mm DBC 1-049-400 XL630 5000mm DBC 1-049-500

XL730 1000mm DBC 1-048-100 XL730 1500mm DBC 1-048-150 XL730 2000mm DBC 1-048-200 XL730 3000mm DBC 1-048-300 XL730 4000mm DBC 1-048-400 XL730 5000mm DBC 1-048-500

Included as standard:

Specification

WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 27: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Both have DBC 1000, 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000 and 5000mm

HEAVY DUTY LATHES Model XL630 630mm Swing | XL730 730mm Swing

page 27

• Heavy Duty & sturdy Machine rated for continuous use and longer life expectancy.

• Headstock Spindle supported by high precision large diameter Bearings giving accuracy & repeatability.

• Headstock Gears are made of high quality Alloy Steel. These are hardened & precision ground to provide smooth running & wear resistance.

• A generous Gap Bed lets you swing large components with ease.

• Hardened & Ground “V” Guide Ways provide accuracy, rigidity and long working life.

• Large Spindle Hole increases the capacity & efficiency of large bar work.

• Universal Gearbox enables Cutting of a large range of metric & imperial Threads without the need to change individual Gears.

• Magnetic Switch provides thermal overload and short circuit protection.

• Sigma Type Clutch & Electro-Dynamic Brake for controlled operation.

• Safety device to prevent simultaneous engagement of Feed & Screw Cutting Levers which safeguards against any damage to system.

• Multi Start Screw Cutting Facility enabling cutting of Multi Start Threads with ease & precision.

• Foot Stop for safety & efficiency

Optional Accessories:

180-340mm Fixed Steady for XL630 1-049-900 180-430mm Fixed Steady for XL730 1-048-900 600mm Face Plate C11 1-048-910 500mm 4Jaw Chuck C11 4-263-511 600mm 4 Jaw Independent Chuck C11 1-048-920 630mm 4Jaw Chuck C11 4-263-631 Taper Turning Attachment 1-048-930 Soft Jaws for 315mm Chuck 4-241-315 XL3 QCTP 1-190-600

ITEM Stock Num.Optional Tooling:

For Turning Tools, Boring Bars, Revolving Centres, Drill Chuck & Arbors, Centre Drills, Drill Sets & Measuring Equipment etc. See pages 41, 113, 136, 137, 139, 140-147, 150 - 154

XL630 XL730

Width 1250 mm 1300 mm Height 1495 mm 1545 mm

Length 1000mm DBC 2600 mm 2600 mm 1500mm DBC 3100 mm 3100 mm 2000mm DBC 3600 mm 3600 mm 3000mm DBC 4600 mm 4600 mm 4000mm DBC 5600 mm 5600 mm 5000mm DBC 6600 mm 6600 mm

Weight 1000 mm DBC 3100 Kg 3210 Kg (Net) 1500 mm DBC 3250 Kg 3360 Kg 2000 mm DBC 3470 Kg 3580 Kg 3000 mm DBC 3820 Kg 3930 Kg 4000 mm DBC 4180 Kg 4290 Kg 5000 mm DBC 4550 Kg 4660 Kg

Dimensions & Weights PACKING XL7630 XL730

Width 120 cm 120 cm Height 185 cm 190 cm Length

1000mm DBC 300 cm 300 cm 1500mm DBC 350 cm 350 cm 2000mm DBC 400 cm 400 cm 3000mm DBC 500 cm 500 cm 4000mm DBC 600 cm 600 cm 5000mm DBC 700 cm 700 cm

WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 28: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Manual Lathes

page 28

Stock NumbersMachine Stock Num. XL440 1000mm DBC 1-070-100 XL440 1500mm DBC 1-070-150 XL440 2000mm DBC 1-070-200 XL440 3000mm DBC 1-070-300 XL440 4000mm DBC 1-070-400 XL440 5000mm DBC 1-070-500

XL500 1000mm DBC 1-060-100 XL500 1500mm DBC 1-060-150 XL500 2000mm DBC 1-060-200 XL500 3000mm DBC 1-060-300 XL500 4000mm DBC 1-060-400 XL500 5000mm DBC 1-060-500

XL580 1000mm DBC 1-050-100 XL580 1500mm DBC 1-050-150 XL580 2000mm DBC 1-050-200 XL580 3000mm DBC 1-050-300 XL580 4000mm DBC 1-050-400 XL580 5000mm DBC 1-050-500

XL440 XL500 XL580 Distance Between Centres 1000mm, 1500mm, 2000mm,

3000mm, 4000mm, 5000mm Height of Centres 220mm 250mm 290mm Swing Over Bed 440mm 500mm 580mm Swing Over Cross Slides 240mm 300mm 380mm Swing Over Gap 640mm 700mm 780mm Width of Bed 400mm Hole Through Spindle 72mm Spindle Nose DIN 55027 C8 No of Spindle Speeds 21 Range of Spindle Speeds 20-2000rpm Travel of Cross Slide 315mm Travel of Compound Slide 130mm Travel of Tailstock Quill 230mm Taper of Tailstock Quill 5MT Number of Threads 64 each type Range of Threads:- Metric 0.5-120mm Inch 60-1/4TPI Module 0.125-30 DP 240-1 Number of Feeds 120 Range of Longitudinal Feeds 0.04-12mm/Rev Range of Cross Feeds 0.02-6mm/Rev Motor 11KW (15HP) Tool Shank size

Specification

XL440 XL500 XL580

25mm 25mm 25mm

WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

HEAVY DUTY LATHES Model XL440 440mm Swing DBC 1000, 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000 or 5000mm

Page 29: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

page 29

• Heavy Duty & sturdy machine rated for continuous use & longer life expectancy.

• Headstock Spindle supported by high precision large diameter Bearings giving accuracy & repeatability.

• Headstock Gears are made of high quality Alloy Steel. These are hardened & precision ground to provide smooth running & wear resistance.

• A generous Gap Bed lets you swing large components with ease.

• Hardened & ground “V” Guide Ways provide accuracy, rigidity & long working life.

• Large Spindle Hole increases the capacity & efficiency of large bar work.

• Universal Gearbox enables cutting of a large range of metric & imperial Threads without the need to change individual Gears.

• Magnetic Switch provides thermal overload & short circuit protection.

• Sigma Type Clutch & Electrodynamic Brake for controlled operation.

• Safety device to prevent simultaneous engagement of Feed& Screw Cutting Levers which safeguards against any damage to system.

• Multi-Start Screw Cutting Facility enabling cutting of Multi-Start Threads with ease & precision.

• Foot Stop for safety & efficiency

400mm Face Plate XL440 1-070-900480mm Face Plate XL500/580 1-060-900140-280mm Fixed Steady XL500 1-060-910180-340mm Fixed Steady XL580 1-050-910400mm 4 Jaw Chuck C8 XL440 4-263-408500mm 4 Jaw Chuck C8 XL500/580 4-263-508Taper Turning Attachment 1-070-950Soft Jaws for 250mm Chuck 4-241-250XL3 QCTP 1-190-600

Optional Accessories:ITEM Stock Num.

Optional Tooling:

For Turning Tools, Boring Bars, Revolving Centres, Drill Chuck & Arbors, Centre Drills, Drill Sets & Measuring Equipment etc. See pages See pages 41, 113, 136, 137, 139, 140-147, 150 - 154

XL440 XL500 XL580

Width 1250 mm 1250 mm 1250 mm Height 1400 mm 1430 mm 1470 mm

Length 1000mm DBC 2600 mm 2600 mm 2600 mm 1500mm DBC 3100 mm 3100 mm 3100 mm 2000mm DBC 3600 mm 3600 mm 3600 mm 3000mm DBC 4600 mm 4600 mm 4600 mm 4000mm DBC 5600 mm 5600 mm 5600 mm 5000mm DBC 6600 mm 6600 mm 6600 mm

Weight 1000 mm DBC 2670 Kg 2750 Kg 2820 Kg (Net) 1500 mm DBC 2820 Kg 2900 Kg 2970 Kg 2000 mm DBC 3040 Kg 3120 Kg 3190 Kg 3000 mm DBC 3390 Kg 3470 Kg 3540 Kg 4000 mm DBC 3750 Kg 3830 Kg 3900 Kg 5000 mm DBC 4120 Kg 4200 Kg 4270 Kg

Dimensions & Weights PACKING XL440 XL500 XL580

Width 120 cm 120 cm 120 cm Height 170 cm 175 cm 180 cm Length 1000mm DBC 300 cm 300 cm 300 cm 1500mm DBC 350 cm 350 cm 350 cm 2000mm DBC 400 cm 400 cm 400 cm 3000mm DBC 500 cm 500 cm 500 cm 4000mm DBC 600 cm 600 cm 600 cm 5000mm DBC 700 cm 700 cm 700 cm

Included as standard:

• Power Rapid in Longitudinal & Cross Feed• Travelling Steady• Coolant

• Fixed Steady 15-160mm for XL440/500 & 15-200mm for XL580 • Lo Volt Machine Light• 250mm 3 Jaw Self Centring Chuck.

WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

HEAVY DUTY LATHES Model XL440 440mm Swing DBC 1000, 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000 or 5000mm

Model XL500 500mm Swing DBC 1000, 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000 or 5000mm

Model XL580 580mm Swing DBC 1000, 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000 or 5000mm

Page 30: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Manual Lathes

page 30 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

HEAVY PRECISION LATHES Model TU8020 | TU8030

Model TU8020 800mm Swing x 2000mm DBC 0340-2782

Model TU8030 800mm Swing x 3000mm DBC 0340-2783

• Camlock Spindle Nose ASA D1-8

• Hardened & ground Spindle with 3 adjustable precision Taper Roller Bearings

• Guaranteed concentricity precision of the Spindle Nose less than 0.015mm

• Sealed Quick Change Gear box mechanism running in oil with precision bearings. All Gearwheels & Shafts are hardened & ground.

• Substructure & Lathe Bed made from a single block of Meehanite Cast Iron

• Removable Gap-Bed

• Hardened & ground Bed Slide Ways

• Central lubrication system in the tool slide

• Bumper Bar with 4 trip dogs for longitudinal movement of the slide

• Lateral adjustable Tailstock for exact adjusting & Taper Turning

• Right-left hand rotation can be switched with the help of the Indexing Lever

• Cover for Lead Screw

• Lo Volt release, emergency stop button & protective Motor Switch

• Manufactured according to DIN 8606 (Toolmakers Precision).

TU8020 TU8030 Between Centres 2000mm 3000mm Centre Height 400mm Turning Diameter Over Bed 800mm

Turning Ø Over Saddle 570mm Turning Ø Over Gap 1035mm Length of Gap 250mm Bed Width 400mm Spindle Hole 105mm Spindle Nose D1-8 Spindle Taper MT7 No of Spindle Speed Range 16

Spindle Speed Range 25-1600rpm Pitch Metric (54) 0.45 -120mm/rev Pitch Inch (60) 7/16 – 80 TPI Modular Threads (46) 0.25 – 60 M.P. Diametric Threads (42) 7/8 – 160 D.P. Longitudinal feeds (25) 0.044-1.48mm/rev Cross Feeds (25) 0.022-0.74mm/rev Top Slide Travel 230mm Cross Slide Travel 420mm Tailstock Taper 5MT Tailstock Quill Travel 235mm Max Tool Shank 32mm Motor 9KW Dims LxWxH (cm) 374x123x160 471x123x160 Weight 3500Kg 3870Kg

Optional Tooling:

Specification

*Guide ways travel are briefer during use of measuring gibs for digital displays

Taper Turning Attachment 0344-0958Soft Jaws for 315mm 3 Jaw Chuck 0344-2566180-380 Steady Rest 0344-4140XL 4 QCTP 1-190-800

For Turning Tools, Boring Bars, Revolving Centres, Drill Chuck & Arbors, Centre Drills, Drill Sets & Measuring Equipment etc.

See pages 41, 113, 136, 137, 139, 140-147, 150 - 154

• 325mm 3 Jaw Chuck

• 400mm 4 Jaw Chuck

• 450mm Face Plate

• 20-190mm Steady Rest

• 16-80mm Follow Rest • Coolant System

• Rear Splash Guard

• Dial Indicator

• Operating Tools.

• Spindle Footbrake

• Electrically Interlocked Chuck Guard

• Toolpost Chip Guard

• 2 Axis DRO

Included as standard:

• Machine Lamp

Optional Accessories:ITEM Stock Num.

NEW

Page 31: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

page 31

Excel Manual Lathes

WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

HEAVY PRECISION LATHES Model D660 x 1500 | D660 x 2000 | D660 x 3000

Model D660 x 1500 660mm Swing x 1500mm DBC 0340-2715

Model D660 x 2000 660mm Swing x 2000mm DBC 0340-2720

Model D660 x 3000 660mm Swing x 3000mm DBC 0340-2730

• Camlock Spindle Nose ASA D1-8

• Hardened & ground Spindle with 3 adjustable precision Taper Roller Bearings

• Guaranteed concentricity precision of the Spindle Nose less than 0.015mm

• Sealed Quick Change Gear box mechanism running in oil with precision bearings. All Gearwheels & Shafts are hardened & ground.

• Substructure & Lathe Bed made from a single block of Meehanite Cast Iron

• Removable Gap-Bed• Hardened & ground Bed Slide Ways

• Central lubrication system in the tool slide

• Bumper Bar with 4 trip dogs for longitudinal movement of the slide

• Lateral adjustable Tailstock for exact adjusting & Taper Turning

• Right-left hand rotation can be switched with the help of the Indexing Lever

• Cover for Lead Screw

• Lo Volt release, emergency stop button & protective Motor Switch

• Manufactured according to DIN 8606 (Toolmakers Precision).

1500 2000 3000 Between Centres 1500mm 2000mm 3000mm Centre Height 330mm Turning Diameter Over Bed 660mm

Turning Ø Over Saddle 440mm Turning Ø Over Gap 900mm Length of Gap 250mm Bed Width 400mm Spindle Hole 105mm Spindle Nose D1-8 Spindle Taper MT7 No of Spindle Speed Range 16

Spindle Speed Range 25-1600rpm Pitch Metric (54) 0.45 -120mm/rev Pitch Inch (54) 7/16 – 80 TPI Modular Threads (46) 0.25 – 60 M.P. Diametric Threads (42) 7/8 – 160 D.P. Longitudinal feeds (25) 0.044-1.48mm/rev Cross Feeds (25) 0.022-0.74mm/rev Top Slide Travel 230mm Cross Slide Travel 368mm Tailstock Taper 5MT Tailstock Quill Travel 235mm Max Tool Shank 25mm Motor 9KW Dims LxWxH (cm) 321x123x160 371x123x160 471x123x160 Weight 2700Kg 2900Kg 3800Kg

Optional Tooling:

Specification

*Guide ways travel are briefer during use of measuring gibs for digital displays

Optional Accessories:

Taper Turning Attachment 0344-0958Soft Jaws for 315mm 3 Jaw Chuck 0344-2566Soft Top Jaws for old 315mm Chuck 0344-4056180-380mm Fixed Steady 0344-4137XL 4 QCTP 1-190-800Bolt for XL 4 QCTP to suit D660 1-190-994

ITEM Stock Num.

For Turning Tools, Boring Bars, Revolving Centres, Drill Chuck & Arbors, Centre Drills, Drill Sets & Measuring Equipment etc.

See pages 41, 113, 136, 137, 139, 140-147, 150 - 154

• 315mm 3 Jaw Chuck

• 400mm 4 Jaw Chuck

• 450mm Face Plate

• 20-190mm Steady Rest

• 16-80mm Follow Rest

• Coolant System

• Rear Splash Guard

• Dial Indicator • Operating Tools.

• Spindle Footbrake

• Electrically Interlocked Chuck Guard

• Toolpost Chip Guard

• 2 Axis DRO

Included as standard:• Machine Lamp

Model TU8020 800mm Swing x 2000mm DBC 0340-2782

Model TU8030 800mm Swing x 3000mm DBC 0340-2783

*Guide ways travel are briefer during use of measuring gibs for digital displays

NEW

Page 32: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Manual Lathes

page 32

Model D560 x 1000 | D560 x 1500 Model D560 x 2000 | D560 x 3000

WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Model D560 x 1000 560mm Swing x 1000mm DBC 0340-2610

Model D560 x 1500 560mm Swing x 1500mm DBC 0340-2615

Model D560 x 2000 560mm Swing x 2000mm DBC 0340-2620

Model D560 x 3000 560mm Swing x 3000mm DBC 0340-2630

• Camlock Spindle Nose ASA D1-8

• Hardened & ground Spindle with 3 adjustable precision Taper Roller Bearings

• Guaranteed concentricity precision of the Spindle Nose less than 0.015mm

• Sealed Quick Change Gear box mechanism running in oil with precision bearings. All gearwheels & shafts are hardened & ground.

• Substructure & Lathe Bed made from a single block of Meehanite Cast Iron

• Removable Gap-Bed• Hardened & ground Bed Slide Ways

• Central lubrication system in the tool slide

• Bumper Bar with 4 trip dogs for longitudinal movement of the slide

• Lateral adjustable Tailstock for exact adjusting & Taper Turning

• Right-left hand rotation can be switched with the help of the Indexing Lever

• Cover for Lead Screw

• Lo Volt release, emergency stop button & protective motor switch

• Manufactured according to DIN 8606 (Toolmakers Precision).

Included as standard:• 315mm 3 Jaw Chuck• 400mm 4 Jaw Chuck• 450mm Face Plate• 20-170mm Steady Rest

• 16-80mm Follow Rest• Coolant System• Rear Splash Guard

• Machine Lamp• Threading Gauge.• Spindle Footbrake• Electrically Interlocked Chuck Guard• Toolpost Chip Guard• 2 Axis DRO

*Gui

de w

ays

trave

l are

brie

fer d

urin

g us

e of

mea

surin

g gi

bs fo

r dig

ital d

ispl

ays

For Turning Tools, Boring Bars, Revolving Centres, Drill Chuck & Arbors, Centre Drills, Drill Sets & Measuring Equipment etc. See pages 41, 113, 136, 137, 139, 140-147, 150 - 154

Optional Accessories:ITEM Stock Num.Taper Turning Attachment 0344-0956Soft Jaws for 315mm 3 Jaw Chuck 0344-2566Soft Top Jaws for 315mm Old Chuck 0344-4056140-270mm Fixed Steady 0344-4134XL 3 QCTP 1-190-600Bolt for XL 3 QCTP to suit D560 1-190-993 Optional Tooling:

1000 1500 2000 3000 Between Centres 1000mm 1500mm 2000mm 3000mm Centre Height 280mm Turning Diameter Over Bed 560mm

Turning Ø Over Saddle 355mm Turning Ø Over Gap 790mm Length of Gap 270mm Bed Width 350mm Spindle Hole 80mm Spindle Nose D1-8 Spindle Taper MT7 No of Spindle Speeds 12 Spindle Speed Range 25-1600rpm Pitch Metric (47) 0.2-14mm/rev Pitch Inch (60) 2-112TPI Modular Threads (34) 0.1-7 MP Diametrical Threads (50) 4-112 DP Longitudinal Feeds (35) 0.059-1.646mm/rev Cross Feeds (35) 0.020-0.573mm/rev Top Slide Travel 130mm Cross Slide Travel 315mm Tailstock Taper 5MT Tailstock Quill Travel 180mm Max. Tool Shank 25mm Motor 7.5KW Weight 1800Kg 2300Kg 2720Kg 3520Kg

Specification

279x115x146 284x115x146 334x115x146 434x115x146Dims LxWxH (cm)

Page 33: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

page 33

Excel Manual Lathes

WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

*Gui

de w

ays

trave

l are

brie

fer d

urin

g us

e of

mea

surin

g gi

bs fo

r dig

ital d

ispl

ays

434x115x146

HEAVY PRECISION LATHESModel D460 x 1000 | D460 x 1500 | D460 x 2000

Model D460 x 1000

460mm Swing x 1000mm DBC 0340-2100

Model D460 x 1500 460mm Swing x 1500mm DBC 0340-2150

Model D460 x 2000 460mm Swing x 2000mm DBC 0340-2200

• Camlock Spindle Nose ASA D1-6

• Hardened and ground Spindle with 3 adjustable precision Taper Roller Bearings

• Guaranteed concentricity precision of the Spindle Nose less than 0.015mm

• Sealed Quick Change Gear Box mechanism running in oil with Precision Bearings. All Gears & Shafts are hardened & ground.

• Substructure & Lathe Bed made from a single block of Meehanite Cast Iron

• Removable Gap-Bed

• Hardened & ground Bed Slide Ways

• Stop rod with four stop pins for longitudinal movement of the Saddle

• Tailstock adjustable for Taper Turning

• Emergency stop button, protective motor switch, lockable main switch

• Right-left hand rotation can be switched with the help of the indexing lever

• Cover for Lead Screw

• Lo volt release, emergency stop button & protective motor switch

• Manufactured according to DIN 8606 (Toolmakers Precision).

D460 x 1000 D460 x 1500 D460 x 2000 Between Centres 1000mm 1500mm 2000mm Centre Height 230mm Turning Diameter Over Bed 460mm

Turning Ø Over Saddle 270mm Turning Ø Over Gap 690mm Length of Gap 240mm Bed Width 300mm Spindle Hole 58mm Spindle Hose D1-6 Spindle Taper MT6 No of Spindle Speeds 12 Spindle Speed Range 25-2000rpm Pitch Metric (53) 0.1-14mm/rev Pitch Inch (40) 2-112TPI Modular Threads (34) 0.1-7 MP Diametrical Threads (50) 4-112 DP Longitudinal Feeds (40) 0.031-1.7mm/rev Cross Feeds (40) 0.014-0.784mm/rev Top Slide Travel 128mm Cross Slide Travel 285mm Tailstock Taper 4MT Tailstock Quill Travel 130mm Max. Tool Shank 25mm Motor 5.5KW Dims LxWxH (cm) 220x108x137 275x108x137 325x108x137 Weight 1720Kg 1977Kg 2400Kg

Specification

For Turning Tools, Boring Bars, Revolving Centres, Drill Chuck & Arbors, Centre Drills, Drill Sets & Measuring Equipment

See pages 41, 113, 136, 137, 139, 140-147, 150 - 154

Optional Tooling:

Taper Turning Attachment 0344-0946

Soft Jaws for 250mm Chucks 0344-2561

Soft Jaws for 250mm Old Chucks 0344-0825

140-270mm Fixed Steady 0344-4132

XL 2T QCTP 1-190-500

Bolt for XL 2T to suit D460 1-190-992

Optional Accessories:ITEM Stock Num.

Included as standard:• 250mm 3 Jaw Chuck

• 300mm 4 Jaw Chuck

• 350mm Face Plate

• Coolant System• Rear Splash Guard

• 20-160mm Steady Rest• 20-100mm Follow Rest

• Machine Lamp• Threading Gauge.• Spindle Foot Brake• Electrically Interlocked Chuck Guard• Toolpost Chip Guard• 2 Axis DRO

*Guide ways travel are briefer during use of measuring gibs for digital displays

Page 34: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Manual Lathes

page 34

Model D420 x 1000 420mm Swing x 1000mm DBC

Model D420 x 1500 420mm Swing x 1500mm DBC

D420 x 1000 D420 x 1500 Between Centres 1000 1500 Centre Height 210mm Max Turning Diameter Over Bed 420mm

Max Turning Ø Over Saddle 255mm Max Turning Ø Over Gap 590mm Length of Gap 260mm Bed Width 250mm Spindle Hole 52mm Spindle Taper 6MT Tailstock Taper 4MT Spindle D1-6 No of Spindle Speeds 16 Spindle Speed Range 45-1800rpm Longitudinal Feeds 0.05-1.7mm/rev Cross Feeds 0.025-0.85mm/rev Pitch Metric (39) 0.2-14mm Pitch Inch (45) 2-72 TPI Diametrical Thread (18) 0.3-3.5 MP Trapezoid Thread (21) 8-44 DP Top Slide Travel 140mm Cross Slide Travel 230mm Tailstock Quill Travel 120mm Max. Tool Shank 20mm Main Motor Power 4.5KW Coolant Pump 0.1KW Dims LxWxH (cm) 195x91x135 245x91x135 Weight 1570Kg 1950Kg

• Induction hardened & precision ground heavily ribbed Prismatic Bed

• Substructure & Lathe Bed made from a single block of Meehanite Cast Iron

• Camlock Spindle Nose D1-6

• Hardened & ground Spindle with two adjustable Precision Taper Roller Bearings

• Guaranteed concentricity precision of the Spindle Nose > 0.015mm

• Smooth running work Spindle Gearwheels hardened & precision ground

• Leadscrew & Feed Shaft Drive easily switchable via Feed Gear

• Adjustable safety coupling of the Feed Shaft

Included as standard:

Optional Turning Tools for Manual Lathes:

Specification

• Steady Rest 20-145mm

• Follow Rest 20-75mm

• Coolant System

• Rear Splash Guard

• 2 Step Drive Motor

• Electrically Interlocked

Chuck Guard

• Toolpost Chip Guard

• 2 Axis DRO

• 200mm 3 Jaw Chuck

• 250mm 4 Jaw Chuck

• Turret Limit Stop with fine adjustment acting as End Stop on Lathe Saddle

• Foot Brake• Machine Lamp• Threading Gauge• Operating Tools.

For Turning Tools, Boring Bars, Revolving Centres, Drill Chuck & Arbors, Centre Drills, Drill Sets and Measuring Equipment etc.

See pages 41, 113, 136, 137, 139, 140-147, 150 - 154

Taper Turning Attachment 0344-0942Soft Jaws for 200mm 3 Jaw Old Chuck 0344-0820Soft Jaws for 200mm 3 Jaw Chuck 0344-2551XL 2 QCTP 1-190-400Bolt for XL 2 QCTP to suit D420 1-190-992

ITEM Stock Num.Optional Accessories:

• The Tailstock may be shifted + / - for Taper Turning

• Right – left – hand rotation can be switched with the help of the Indexing Lever

• Emergency stop mushroom switch, lockable main switch

• Removable Gap Bed

• 350mm Face Plate

• Adjustable dial of the Threading Gauge

• Manufactured to DIN 8606 (Toolmakers Precision).

WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

0340-1160

0340-1165

Page 35: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Manual Lathes

page 35 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Model D360 x 1000 3ph

MEDIUM DUTY PRECISION LATHES0340-1150

• Rigid hardened & ground Cast Iron Base with “V” Guide Ways

• Camlock Spindle Nose ASA D1-4

• Hardened oil running Headstock Spindle with high precision, re-alignable Tapered Bearings

• Guaranteed Spindle Nose run out >0.015mm

• Easy Feed & Screw Cutting Spindle drive through oil running switched geared head

• Simultaneous application of lead & Screw Drive is prevented by blocking

• Adjustable Slip Clutch of the Lead Screw

Included as standard:

Optional Turning tools for Manual Lathes:

Between Centres 1000mm Centre Height 180mm Max Swing Over Bed 356mm Max Swing Over Saddle 220mm Max Swing Over Gap 516mm Length of Gap 240mm Bed Width 205mm Spindle Bore 38mm Spindle Taper 5 MT Tailstock Taper 3 MT Spindle Nose D1-4 No of Spindle Speeds 16 Spindle Speed Range 45-1800rpm Longitudinal Feed (42) Cross Feed (42) 0.015-0.220mm/rev Metric Threads (37) 0.45-7.5mm/rev Imperial Threads (28) 4-112 TPI Long. Leadscrew dia/pitch 22mm/4mm Tailstock Quill Travel 120mm Top Slide Travel 95mm Cross Slide Travel 180mm Max. Tool Shank 16mm Motor Power 1.5/2.4KW Coolant Motor 0.04KW Dims. LxWxH (cm) 193x80x158 Weight 880Kg

Specification

• 160mm 3 Jaw Chuck

• 200mm 4 Jaw Chuck

• 320mm Face Plate

• Steady Rest 20-100mm

• Follow Rest 20-100mm

• Coolant System

• Rear Splash Guard

• 2 Step Drive Motor

• Electrically Interlocked Chuck Guard

• Toolpost Chip Guard

• Footbrake

• Machine Lamp

• Operating Tools.

For Turning Tools, Boring Bars, Revolving Centres, Drill Chuck & Arbors, Centre Drills, Drill Sets and Measuring Equipment etc.

See pages 41, 113, 136, 137, 139, 140-147, 150 - 154

ITEM Stock Num.Optional Accessories:

Taper Turning Attachment 0344-0932Soft Jaws for 160mm 3 Jaw Old Chuck 0344-0816Soft Jaws for 160mm 3 Jaw Chuck 0344-25415” Dia. 5C Collet Chuck. Key Op. D1-4 1-117-952XL 1X QCTP 1-190-300Bolt for XL 1X QCTP to suit D360 1-190-991X

• Tailstock can be shifted + / - for Taper Turning

• Forward / reverse Spindle Switch

• Safety Switch with no Volt release, emergency stop & motor protection

• Spindle Foot Brake.

• 2 Axis DRO

0.043-0.653mm/rev

Model D360 x 1000 360mm Swing x 1000mm DBC

Page 36: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Manual Lathes

page 36

Model D330x1000 1ph 3ph

Between Centres 1000mm Centre Height 165mm Max Swing Over Bed 330mm Max Swing Over Saddle 198mm Max Swing in Gap 515mm Length of Gap 210mm Width of Bed 187mm Spindle Bore 38mm Spindle Nose D1-4 Spindle Taper MT 5 Tailstock Taper MT 3 No of Spindle Speeds 8 Range of Spindle Speeds 70 – 2000 rpm Leadscrew Dia/Pitch. 22mm, 3mm Cross Feed (40) 0.014 – 0.380mm/rev Longitudinal Feed (40) 0.052– 1.392mm/rev Metric Threads (32) 0.4 – 7mm Imperial Threads (40) 4 – 56 TPI Diametral Threads (32) 8 – 120 DP Module Threads (27) 0.2 – 3.5 MP Cross Slide Travel 170mm Top Slide travel 85mm Motor Power 1.5Kw Tool Section 16mm Dims LxWxH (cm) 193 x 75 x 151 Weight 600 Kg

• Rigid heavily ribbed, hardened & precision ground Cast Iron Bed with V Guideways

• Camlock Spindle Nose D1-4

• Hardened oil running Headstock Spindle with high precision, realignable Tapered Bearings.

• Guaranteed Spindle Nose runout less than 0.015mm

• Closed Quick Action Feed & Screw Cutting Gears running in oil bath

• Simultaneous engagement of Lead Screw & Power Feed Levers is prevented by interlocking

• Adjustable Slip Clutch of Lead Screw

• Forward/reverse Spindle Switch

• Safety Switch with no-Volt release, emergency stop & motor protection

• Spindle Foot Brake

• Gap Bed

• Manufactured to DIN 8606 (Toolmakers Precision).

Specification

Included as standard:• 3 Jaw Chuck (160mm)

• 4 Jaw Chuck (200mm)• Face Plate 250mm

• Fixed Steady 20-100mm

• Travelling Steady 20-95mm

• Electrically Interlocked Chuck Guard

• Lo Volt machine Light

• Chip Guard for Toolpost.

• Rear Splash Guard

• Thread Dial Indicator

• Change Gear Kit

• 2 Axis DRO

• 4 Way Indexing Toolpost • Stand• Footbrake

• Toolbox

• Siemens Electrics

• Complete Coolant System

Optional Tooling:

For Turning Tools, Boring Bars, Revolving Centres, Drill Chuck & Arbors, Centre Drills, Drill Sets and Measuring Equipment etc.

See pages 41, 113, 136, 137, 139, 140-147, 150 - 154

ITEM Stock Num.Optional Accessories:

Taper Turning Attachment 0344-0932Soft Jaws for 160mm 3 Jaw Old Chuck 0344-0816Soft Jaws for 160mm 3 Jaw Chuck 0344-2541Micro Bed Stop 0344-15245” Dia. 5C Collet Chuck. Key Op. D1-4 1-117-952XL 1 QCTP 1-190-200 Bolt for XL 1 QCTP to suit D360/D330 1-190-991X

WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

0340-1006 0340-1007

Page 37: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Manual Lathes

page 37 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Model D320 x 630 Model D320 x 9200340-0626

0340-0627

0340-09260340-0927

MEDIUM DUTY PRECISION LATHES1ph

3ph1ph

3ph

• Rigid heavily ribbed, hardened & precision ground Cast Iron Bed with V Guideways

• Camlock Spindle Nose D1-4

• Hardened oil running Headstock Spindle with high precision, realignable Tapered Bearings.

• Guaranteed Spindle Nose run out less than 0.015mm

• Closed Quick Action Feed & Screw Cutting Gears running in oil bath

• Simultaneous engagement of Lead Screw & Power Feed Levers is prevented by interlocking

• Adjustable Slip Clutch of Lead Screw

• Forward/reverse Spindle Switch

• Safety Switch with no-Volt release, emergency stop & motor protection

• Spindle Foot Brake

• Gap Bed

• Manufactured to DIN 8606 (Toolmakers Precision).

Optional Tooling:

Included as standard:• 3 Jaw Chuck (160mm)• 4 Jaw Chuck (200mm)

• 4 Way Indexing Toolpost

• Stand

• Foot Brake

• Rear Splash Guard

• Thread Dial Indicator

• Lo Volt Machine Light

• Fixed Steady 15-70mm

• Travelling Steady 15-50mm

• Electrically Interlocked Chuck Guard

• Toolpost Chip Guard

• Toolbox • 2 Axis DRO

• Siemens Electrics

• Complete Coolant System

• Face Plate 250mm

Part Stock Code

For Turning Tools, Boring Bars, Revolving Centres, Drill Chuck & Arbors, Centre Drills, Drill Sets and Measuring Equipment etc.

See pages 41, 113, 136, 137, 139, 140-147, 150 - 154

Optional Accessories:

Taper Turning Attachment 0344-0931Soft Jaws for 160mm 3 Jaw Old Chuck 0344-0816Soft Jaws for 160mm 3 Jaw Chuck 0344-2541Micro Bed Shop 0344-15245” Dia. 5C Collet Chuck. Key Op. D1-4 1-117-952XL 1 QCTP 1-190-200Bolt for XL 1 QCTP to suit D320 1-190-991

ITEM Stock Code

D320 x 630 D320 x 920 Centre Height 160mm Max Swing Over Bed 320mm Max Swing Over Saddle 190mm Max Swing in Gap 430mm Length of Gap 230mm Distance between Centres 630mm 920mm Width of Bed 180mm Spindle Bore 38mm Spindle Nose D1-4 Spindle Taper MT 5 Tailstock Taper MT 3 No of Spindle Speeds 18 Range of Spindle Speeds 65-1800 rpm Cross Feed (32) Longitudinal Feed (32) 0.052 – 1.392mm/rev Metric Threads (26) 0.4 – 7mm Imperial Threads (34) 4 – 56 TPI Leadscrew Dia/Pitch 22/3mm Travel of Compound Slide 85mm Travel of Cross Slide 165mm Tailstock Quill Travel 100mm Motor Power 1.5Kw Tool Section 16mm Dims LxWxH (cm) 142 x 76 x 142 170 x 76 x 142 Weight 495Kg 540Kg

Specification

0.014 – 0.380mm/rev

Page 38: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Manual Lathes

• Hardened & ground Bed Guide Ways

• Guaranteed true running accuracy of the Spindle Nose of less than 0.009mm

• Vario type with smooth running & powerful DC drive with excellent control characteristics

• True running accuracy of the Lathe Chuck of less than 0.04mm

• Emergency stop push button & low-voltage release

• Includes Leading Spindle for Threading or Automatic Longitudinal Turning

• Handwheels on the slide with adjustable precision scaling of 0.04/0.01mm

• Wide threading range due to change gear kit

• Smooth feed box with rounded tooth gears, running in the oil.

• High quality Lathe Chuck Guard.

• With change Gears for Threading.

• Thrust bearing.

• Headstock Spindle runs on two self lubricating Bearings.

• Right/left handed rotation switchable on the control panel

• High-performance, maintenance free motor

• Chip Guard for top slide.

• Heavily ribbed machine bed made of grey cast, inductively hardened and precision ground

• Automatic longitudinal Feed.

• Rolled trapezoid Spindles

Included as standard:

Optional Tooling:• 3 Jaw Chuck 125mm

• 2MT Dead Centre

• 4MT Dead Centre

• Splash Guard

• Lathe Chuck Guard

• 4 Way Tool Post

• Chip Tray

• Change Gears

For Turning Tools, Boring Bars, Revolving Centres, Drill Chuck & Arbors, Centre Drills, Drill Sets and Measuring Equipment etc.

See pages 41, 113, 136, 137, 139, 140-147, 150 - 154

Shown here with optional stand 0344-0408

D240 x 500 D280 x 700 Motor 750W ~ 50Hz 850W ~ 50Hz Motor Vario Machines 1.5kW ~ 50Hz Centre Height 125mm 140mm Centre Width 550mm 700mm Turning Ø Over Lathe Bed 250mm 266mm Bed Width 135mm 180mm Spindle Speed 125 - 2000rpm Number of Steps 6 Spindle Speed DC Vario machines 30 - 4000rpm Number of steps DC Vario machines 4 steps, infinitley variable Spindle Taper MT 4 Spindle Hole 26mm Travel Top Slide 70mm 60mm Travel Cross Slide 110mm 160mm Tailstock Seat MT2 Tailstock - Sleeve Travel 65mm 85mm Longitudinal feed 0.07 - 0.2 mm/rev Pitch (metric) 0.2 - 3.5mm/rev Pitch (inch) 56-8 threads per inch Tool Shank Size LxWxH (cm) 125 x 59 x 48 137 x 64 x 54 LxWxH DC Vario (cm) 125 x 65 x 42 137 x 66 x 44 Weight 125kg 180kg

Specification

12mm

Model D240 x 500 1ph 3ph Model D280 x 700 1ph 3ph

0342-5001 0342-5003

0342-7001 0342-7003

page 38 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 39: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Manual LathesModel D210x400 1 Phase 6 step Belt Change 0342-0321

Model D210x400 Vario Vario 1 Phase Stepless - Variable 0342-0324

Model D250x550 1 Phase 6 Step Belt Change 0342-0550

Model D250x550 Vario Vario 1 Phase Stepless - Variable 0342-0554

D210x400 D210x400 Vario D250x550 D250x550 Vario Centre Height 105mm 125mm Max Swing Diameter 210mm 250mm Distance Between Centres 400mm 550mm Spindle Bore 21mm Spindle Taper 3MT No of Spindle Speeds 6 Stepless 6 Stepless Range of Spindle Speeds 125-2000rpm 150-2200rpm 125-2000rpm 20-2500rpm Metric Threads 0.4 – 3.5mm Imperial Threads 10 – 44 TPI Tailstock Taper 2MT Feed Rate 0.1-0.2mm Travel of Compound Slide 70mm Travel of Cross Slide 110mm Tailstock Quill Travel 70mm Motor Power 50HZ 750 W Dims LxWxH (cm) 88x50x48 102x50x50 Weight 80Kg 125KgTool Shank Size

Included as standard:

Optional Machine Stand 0344-0408 to suit D210, 240, 250. 280

Optional Tooling:

Specification

• Chip Tray

• 100mm 3 Jaw Chuck for D210. 125mm 3 Jaw Chuck for D250

• 4 Way Indexing Toolpost

• Splash Guard • Speed Change Pulleys

• 2MT & 3MT Centres

• Toolbox

• Set of 10 Gears for Metric & Imperial Threading

For Turning Tools, Boring Bars, Revolving Centres, Drill Chuck & Arbors, Centre Drills, Drill Sets and Measuring Equipment etc.

See pages 41, 113, 136, 137, 139, 140-147, 150 - 154

12mm

LIGHT DUTY SMALL PRECISION LATHES Model D210x400 | D210x400 Vario | D250x550 | D250x550 Vario

page 39 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 40: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Model D140 x 250 Vario | D180 x 300 Vario el D660 x 1500

Model D140 x 250 Vario 1Ph Variable Speed 0342-0251

Model D180 x 300 Vario 1Ph Variable Speed 0342-0301

High precision & powerful Lathe, ideal for model makers. For facing, straight Turning, Taper Turning & Threading.

• Electronic continuous speed regulation with dynamically readjusting control, with exceptionally high capacity from 120rpm upwards

• D.C. motor with permanent speed monitoring

• High concentricity precision, thanks to high manufacturing precision

• Guaranteed concentricity precision of the main Spindle less than 0.015mm

• Spindle Bedding with precision ball Bearings

• Completely equipped with automatic Feed & extensive accessories

• Prismatic Bed made from ground Grey Cast Iron, hardened & super finished

• Feed Shaft for Threading or automatic straight Turning

• CE – compliant safety regulations

• Automatic off-switch for easy operation

Included as standard:

Optional Tooling:

• 80mm 3 Jaw Chuck for D140X250• 100mm 3 Jaw Chuck for D180X300• 1MT Dead Centre for D140x250• 2MT & 3MT Dead Centre for D180X300• Lathe Chuck Guard • Rear Splash Guard• Change Gear Set.• Chip Tray• 2 Way Toolpost for D140X250• 4 Way Toolpost for D180X300

For Turning Tools, Boring Bars, Revolving Centres, Drill Chuck & Arbors, Centre Drills, Drill Sets and Measuring Equipment etc.

See pages 41, 113, 136, 137, 139, 140-147, 150 - 154

D140x250 Vario D180x300 Vario Centre Height 70mm 90mm Max. Turning Diameter 140mm 180mm Distance between Centres 250mm 300mm Bed Width 70mm 100mm Spindle Bore 11mm 21mm Spindle Taper 1MT 3MT Spindle Speeds 120-3000rpm 150-2500rpm Pitch – Metric 0.5-1.5mm 0.5-3.0mm Tailstock Taper 1MT 2MT Longitudinal Feeds 0.05-0.1mm/rev 0.1-0.2mm/rev Top Slide Travel 40mm 55mm Cross Slide Travel 70mm 75mm Tailstock Sleeve Travel 30mm 65mm Motor Power 50Hz 450Watt 600Watt Dims (LxWxH) cm 55x32x26 74x39x27 Tool Shank Size 10mm Weight 19Kg 45Kg

Specification

page 40 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Excel Manual Lathes

Page 41: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Model D140 x 250 Vario | D180 x 300 Vario el D660 x 1500

QUICK CHANGE TOOLPOST

HIGH PRECISION HARDENED & GROUND

Excel Q.C.T. enables the operator to set up the tool height exactly & quickly. One can change the tool in seconds thus increase the productivity.

XL.O To suit Lathes up to 114mm centre height 1-190-100 XL.1 To suit Lathes of 114 to 127mm centre height 1-190-200 S.1X To suit Lathes of 114 to 127mm centre height 1-190-300 XL.2 To suit Lathes of 127 to 203mm centre height 1-190-400 XL.2T To suit Lathes of 127 to 203mm centre height 1-190-500 XL.3 To suit Lathes of 203 to 292mm centre height 1-190-600 XL.3X To suit Lathes of 203 to 292mm centre height 1-190-700 XL.4 To suit Lathes of 292 to 381mm centre height 1-190-800

QUICK CHANGE TOOL POSTS/TAPPING HEADS

page 41 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Excel Manual Lathes

Spare Toolholders

Model Stock Number

Standard Toolholders for XL0 1-190-900Standard Toolholders for XL.1 & 1X 1-190-901Standard Toolholders for XL.2 1-190-902Standard Toolholders for XL.2T 1-190-903Standard Toolholders for XL.3 & 3X 1-190-904Standard Toolholders for XL.4 1-190-905

Vee Toolholder for XL.0 1-190-910Vee Toolholder for XL.1 & 1X 1-190-911Vee Toolholder for XL.2 1-190-912Vee Toolholder for XL.2T 1-190-913Vee Toolholder for XL.3 &.3X 1-190-914Vee Toolholder for XL.4 1-190-9151MT Toolholders for XL.1 & 1X 1-190-9212MT Toolholders for XL.2 & 2T 1-190-9233MT Toolholders for XL.3 & 3X 1-190-924

Standard Set All sets complete with 4 Standard, 1 Vee, 1 Morse Taper Toolholders. Key. Wrench & Washer (Except XL.0 – 2 Standard Toolholders only, XL4 – 4 Standard, 1 Vee Toolholders only).

Square Key

Hex Wrench

Square Key for XL.1/1X 1-190-951Square Key for XL.2/2T 1-190-952Square Key for XL.3/3X 1-190-953Square Key for XL.4 1-190-954

Hex Wrench for XL1/1X 1-190-961Hex Wrench for XL2/2T 1-190-962Hex Wrench for XL3/3X 1-190-963Hex Wrench for XL.4 1-190-964

Spare Keys Stock No.Main Block

Standard Holders

Morse Taper Boring Bar Holder

Page 42: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

ALIGN POWER FEEDS INFINITELY VARIABLE FEED & RAPID

HORIZONTAL MILLING ATTACHMENTHORIZONTAL MILLING ARBOR SUPPORT

RIGHT ANGLE MILLING ATTACHMENTRIGHT ANGLE HEAD

SLOTTING HEAD (Motorised)

Features• Special design makes it

suitable to mount it on any type of milling machine

• Vice type clamping flange for mounting and removing

• Ram adaptors to suit any type of milling machine

• Stroke length can be changed very easily

• Easy adjusting this head to make any type of key or groove

• Quick stroke speed. Move your project forward by getting in touch today.

page 42 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Excel Manual Mills

Slotting head stroke 0-102mmStroke steps No 34 kindsSlotting ram speeds rpm 50 Hz 58-85-120-164 60 Hz 70-102-144-197Motor 50 Hz 3⁄4 HP 960rpm 60 Hz 3⁄4 HP 1160rpm

Specification

Spindle Taper Quill Diameter To Suit Machine Model Stock No.

R8 86mm 2VS & 3VS 1-200-930ISO 40 100mm 4VS & 5VS 1-200-940

Longitudinal Power feed unit 1-200-980Cross Power feed unit 1-200-981Vertical Power feed unit 1-200-982

Specification Spindle Taper Quill Diameter To Suit Machine Model Stock No.

R8 86mm 2VS & 3VS 1-200-909ISO 40 100mm 4VS & 5VS 1-200-941

MSH-100 1-200-990

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

Page 43: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Move your project forward by getting in touch today.

Excel Manual Mills

VARI-TURRET MILLS Model ETM 5VS Variable Speed

• Versatile Machine for Drilling - Milling & Boring operations.

• Heavy duty & sturdy Machine is made with a generous size Meehanite Casting. It is one of the heaviest in the market.

• Rated for continuous use & long life expectancy.

• Made to accurate engineering tolerances by highly skilled engineers during manufacture.

• 5HP Motor allows larger cuts to be taken during production runs.

• 40 Int Spindle allows a large selection of standard tooling to be used.

• Angular positioning to left/right through worm & Gear for ease.

• Reversible Switch allows the Spindle to be run clockwise & anti-clockwise.

• Centralised one shot lubrication ensures lubrication to all parts that are otherwise inaccessible.

• DRO allows you to work in either imperial or metric calibrations.

Optional Tooling/Accessories:

For Collet Chuck, Machine Vice, Clamping Kit, Milling Cutters, Magnetic Clock Stand, Boring Heads, Micrometer, Rotary Table, Centre Drills, Drill Sets etc

See pages 42, 113, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 129, 130, 131, 134, 135, 137, 138, 139, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149

Optional Attachments:Horizontal Mill Attachments 40 int 4VS/5VS 1-200-940Right Angle Attachments 40 int 4VS/5VS 1-200-941

• Hardened slide ways give the Machine a much longer production life.

• Quill has 3 Feed rates. It gives the option to select the correct Feed to Quill to suit your individual production requirements.

• Servo type variable & rapid Feeds are provided for both Longitudinal & Cross Feeds.

• Motorised knee movement has been designed with the user in mind.

• Electrically Interlocked Spindle Guard conforms to the latest CE regulations & Health & Safety.

• Large Size Steel Tray.

• Electrically Interlocked Spindle Guard

• Large Size Base Tray

• Low Volt Machine Light

• 3 Axis DRO

• Power Feed to Quill-3 rates

• Servo Type Feed & Rapid for Longitudinal & Cross. • Motorised Up & Down Movement

• One Shot Lubrication

• Coolant System

Included as standard:

ETM 5VS Table Size 305 x 1500mm Table Slot Size 16mm / 3 Table Travel (Long) 900mm Saddle Travel (Cross) 380mm Knee Travel (Vertical) 430mm Quill Travel 127mm Ram Travel 650mm Spindle Motor 3.75KW (5HP) Spindle Taper MT 40 Quill Power Feed 0.04, 0.08, 0.15mm/rev Spindle Speeds 60 - 3600rpm Variable Speed Spindle to Table Min 20mm, Max 450mm Spindle to Column Min 113mm, Max 760mm Dims LxWxH (cm) 194x208x224 Weight 1700Kg

Specification

1-199-500

page 43 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 44: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Manual Mills

Model ETM 3VS R8 Variable Speed

Model ETM 4VS 40 Int Variable Speed

• Versatile Machine for Drilling - Milling & Boring operations.

• Heavy duty & sturdy Machine made with a generous-size Meehanite Casting.

• Rated for continuous use & long life expectancy.

• Made to accurate engineering tolerances by highly skilled engineers during manufacture.

• 3 HP & 5HP Motors allow larger cuts to be taken during production runs.

• R8 & 40 Int Spindle allows a large selection of standard Tooling to be used.

• Angular positioning to left/right through worm & Gear for ease.

• Reversible Switch allows the Spindle to run clockwise & anti-clockwise.

• Centralised one shot lubrication ensures lubrication to all parts that are otherwise inaccessible.

• DRO allows you to work in either imperial or metric calibrations.

• Hardened Slide Ways give the Machine a much longer production life.

• Quill has 3 Feed rates. It gives the option to select the correct Feed to Quill to suit your individual production requirements.

• Servo Type Variable & rapid Feeds are available for both Longitudinal & Cross Feeds.

• Motorised Up/Down Knee Movement.

• Electrically Interlocked Spindle Guard conforms to the latest CE regulations & Health & Safety Standards.

Specification

Optional Tooling/Accessories:

For Collet Chuck, Machine Vice, Clamping Kit, Milling Cutters, Magnetic Clock Stand, Boring Heads, Micrometer, Rotary Table, Centre Drills, Drill Sets etc

See pages 42, 113, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 129, 130, 131, 134, 135, 137, 138, 139, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149

Optional Attachments:Horizontal Mill Attachments R8 2VS/3VS 1-200-908Horizontal Mill Attachments 40 int 4VS/5VS 1-200-940Right Angle Attachments R8 2VS/3VS 1-200-909Right Angle Attachments 40 int 4VS/5VS 1-200-941

ETM-3VS ETM-4VS Table Size 254 x 1370mm Table Slot Size 16mm / 3 Table Travel (Long) 850mm Saddle Travel (Cross) 420mm Knee Travel (Vertical) 420mm Quill Travel 127mm Ram Travel 470mm Spindle Motor 2.2KW (3HP) 3.75KW (5HP) Spindle Taper R8 ISO 40 Quill Power Feed 0.04, 0.08, 0.15mm/rev

Spindle Speed 70 - 4200 Variable Speed

70 - 3800 Variable Speed

Spindle to Table Spindle to Column Dims. LxWxH (cm) 180x201x217 Weight 1400Kgs 1590Kg

Min 0mm, Max 455mmMin 140mm, Max 610mm

Included as standard:• Power Feed to Quill - 3 Rates

• Servo Type Longitudinal & Cross Powerfeed. • Motorised Knee Movement.

• One Shot Lubrication

• Coolant System

• Low Volt Machine Light

• 3 AXIS DRO.

• Electrically Interlocked Spindle Guard

Specification

1-199-300

1-199-400

page 44 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 45: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Model ETM 3VS R8 Variable Speed

Model ETM 4VS 40 Int Variable Speed

Optional Tooling/Accessories:

Excel Manual Mills

Model ETM 2VS R8 Variable Speed

• Hardened Slide Ways give the machine a much longer production life.

• Quill Feed at 3 rates of Feed give you the option to select the correct Feed to Quill to suit your individual production requirements.

• Servo Type Variable & Rapid Feeds are available for both Longitudinal &Cross Feeds.

• Electrically Interlocked Spindle Guard conforms to the latest CE Regulations & health & safety standards.

• 3 Axis DRO

• Versatile Machine for Drilling - Milling & Boring operations.

• Heavy duty & sturdy Machine made with a generous size meehanite casting.

• Rated for continuous use & long life expectancy.

• Made to accurate engineering tolerances by highly skilled engineers during manufacture.

• 3 HP Motor allows larger cuts to be taken during production runs.

• R8 Spindle allows a large selection of standard Tooling to be used.

• Automatic stop to up/down Feed at the end of the preset travel.

• Angular positioning to left/right through worm & Gear for ease.

• Reversible Switch allows the Spindle to run clockwise & anti-clockwise.

• Centralised one shot lubrication ensures lubrication to all parts that are otherwise inaccessible.

• DRO allows you to work in either imperial or metric calibrations.

ETM-2VS Table Size 228 x 1245mm Table Slot Size 16mm / 3 Table Travel (Long) 838mm Saddle Travel (Cross) 300mm Knee Travel (Vertical) 400mm Quill Travel 127mm Ram Travel 315mm Spindle Motor 2.2KW (3HP) Spindle Taper R8 Quill Power Feed 0.04, 0.08, 0.15mm/rev Spindle Speeds 70 - 4200 Variable Speed Spindle to Table Min 0mm, Max 415mm Spindle to Column Min 170mm, Max 485mm Dims (LxWxH) cm 170x160x213 Weight 1100Kgs

SpecificationIncluded as standard:• Power Feed to Quill – 3 Rates• Servo Type Longitudinal, Cross & Vertical Feed & Rapid• One Shot Lubrication• Coolant System

• Electrically Interlocked Spindle Guard• Low Volt Machine Light.• 3 Axis DRO.

Optional Attachments:

Horizontal Mill Attachments R8 2VS/3VS 1-200-908Right Angle Attachments R8 2VS/3VS 1-200-909

For Collet Chuck, Machine Vice, Clamping Kit, Milling Cutters, Magnetic Clock Stand, Boring Heads, Micrometer, Rotary Table, Centre Drills, Drill Sets etcSee pages 42, 113, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 129, 130, 131, 134, 135, 137, 138, 139, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149

Optional Tooling/Accessories:

1-199-200

VARI-TURRET MILL

page 45 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 46: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Manual Mills

JUNIOR VARI-TURRET MILL Model ETM 1VS 3 Ph Variable Speed

• Versatile Machine for Drilling – Milling operations

• Heavy duty & sturdy Machine made with a generous-size Meehanite Casting.

• Rated for continuous use and long life expectancy.

• Made to accurate engineering tolerances by highly skilled engineers during manufacture.

• 3HP Motor allows for heavier cuts

• R8 Spindle allows a large selection of standard Tooling to be used.

• Angular positioning to left and right through worm & gear for ease of use.

• Reversible Switch allows the Spindle to run clockwise & anti-clockwise.

• Centralised one shot lubrication ensures lubrication to all parts that are otherwise inaccessible.

• DRO allows you to work in either imperial or metric calibrations.

• Electrically Interlocked Spindle Guard conforms to the latest CE regulations & Health & Safety Standards.

ETM-1VS Table Size 200 x 914mm Table Slot Size 16mm / 3 Table Travel (Longitudinal) 600mm Saddle Travel (Cross) 240mm Knee Travel 350mm Ram Travel 300mm Quill Travel 127mm Quill Diameter 85.7mm Spindle Taper R8 Quill Power Feed 0.04, 0.08, 0.16mm/rev Spindle Speeds 60-3500 rpm (Variable) Main Motor 3 HP Head Movement L/R 90° Spindle to Table Max 358mm, Min 0mm Spindle to Column Max 410mm, Min 130mm Dims LxWxH (cm) 140x115x195 Weight 900Kg

Specification

Included as standard:• Servo Type Longitudinal Feed & Rapid

• One Shot Lubrication

• Coolant System

• Electrically Interlocked Spindle Guard

• Low Volt Machine Light

• Steel Base Tray

• 2 Axis DRO.

Optional Tooling/Accessories:

For Collet Chuck, Machine Vice, Clamping Kit, Milling Cutters, Magnetic Clock Stand, Boring Heads, Micrometer, Rotary Table, Centre Drills, Drill Sets etc

See pages 42, 113, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 129, 130, 131, 134, 135, 137, 138, 139, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149

1-225-200

page 46 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 47: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

JUNIOR VARI-TURRET MILL Model ETM 1VS 3 Ph Variable Speed

Excel Manual Mills

UNIVERSAL MILLS Model PUH 1 | PUH 2

• Versatile Horizontal & Vertical Mill.

• Swivelling Table helps to Mill long Tapers with ease

• Powerful 5 HP Motor for both Horizontal & Vertical Milling

• Heavy duty & sturdy construction of the Machine is of ribbed & close grain casting

• Controls are easily accessible which have been designed for the comfort of the operator.

• Dual dials allow you to work in both metric and inch calibrations with relative ease

• Centralised one shot lubrication ensures lubrication to all parts.

• Servo Type Variable Feed & Rapid for Longitudinal.

PUH 1 PUH 2 Working Surface of Table 250 x 1100mm 300 x 1200mm Table Slot Size 16mm / 3 Number of Speeds 6 Range of Spindle Speeds 58-1100 rpm Spindle Taper 40 Int Spindle Centre to Table 0-390mm Spindle Centre to Overarm 115mm Longitudinal Travel 650mm 700mm Cross Travel 260mm 300mm Vertical Travel 390mm 420mm Swivel (R & L) 45° Motor Power 3.75KW (5HP) Coolant Pump 1/8 HP Dims LxWxH (cm) 115 x 152 x 145 125x152x145 Weight 1100Kg 1200Kg

Specification

• Coolant Equipment • Cutter Arbor

• Cutter Sleeve • Draw Bar

• Tool Box • Steel Base Tray.

• Vertical Head ISO40 • Multijust Guard

• Low Volt Machine Light • Steel Base Tray.

• Power Feed to Table (Longitudinal)

Included as standard:

Optional Tooling/Accessories:

For Collet Chuck, Machine Vice, Clamping Kit, Milling Cutters, Magnetic Clock Stand, Boring Heads, Micrometer, Rotary Table, Centre Drills, Drill Sets etcSee pages 42, 113, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 129, 130, 131, 134, 135, 137, 138, 139, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149

Model PUH 1 1-250-100

Model PUH 2 1-250-150

page 47 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 48: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Manual Mills

• Heavy Duty Compact Mills made of High Grade Cast Iron.

• Spindle Feed Via Star Grip for Drilling or Fine Feed with Hand Wheel for Milling.

• Power Feed for Table in X & Y.

• 3 Axis Digital Readout.

Included as standard:

• Coolant System

• Cutter Arbor

• Machine Lamp

• Power Feed to Table

• Draw Bars • Cutter Guards

• 3 Axis DRO

Model MT50

Optional Tooling/Accessories:For Collet Chuck, Machine Vice, Clamping Kit, Milling Cutters, Magnetic Clock Stand, Boring Heads, Micrometer, Rotary Table, Centre Drills, Drill Sets etcSee pages 42, 113, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 129, 130, 131, 134, 135, 137, 138, 139, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149

MT50Cross Table Table Length x Width 1’120 x 280 mmT-Slot Size/ Number 14mm / 4 Load Capacity (Max.) 160 KGDistance Spindle - Crosstable 90-400 mmTravelTravel X-axis Automatic 600 mmTravel Y-axis Automatic 270 mmTravel Z-axis Manual 300 mmElectrical ConnectionMotor Horizontal Spindle 1,5 KWMotor Vertical Spindle 0,85/ 1,5 KWCooling Pump 40WDrilling Capacity Drilling Capacity in Steel (S235JR) 30mmContinuous Drilling Cap. Steel (S235JR) 21MMMilling Capacity Milling Head Max. 100mmMilling Capacity End Mill 20mmTapping Capacity Steel (S235JR) M16Spindle TaperQuill Travel 120mmSpindle Taper 1SO - 40Throat (Vertical) 160-610mmThroat (Horizontal) 0-300mmSpindle SpeedSpindle Speed (Vertical) 115 - 1’750 rpmGear Stages (Vertical) 8 Steps Spindle Speed (Horizontal) 58-1’355 rpmGear Stages (Horizontal) 9 Steps Swivel Range Spindle Head Left/Right ± 90°Swivel Range Spindle Head Carrier ± 90°Dims & Weight LxWxH (cm) 171x148x 210Weight 1’400 kg

Specification

Model MT50 0333-6005

UNIVERSAL MILLS

page 48 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

NEW

Page 49: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Model MT50

Optional Tooling/Accessories:

UNIVERSAL MILLS

Excel Manual Mills

page 49 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

UNIVERSAL MILLS Model HVM 320

• Versatile Mill, suitable for Milling Horizontal & Vertical

• Rigid construction

• Rectangular Table Guideways

• Automatic Feed on X & Y Axis

• Motorised Up/Down travel of Z Axis

• Hardened & ground table surface

• Centralised Lubrication

HVM 320 Table Size 1320 x 320mm Number of T Slots 5 T Slot Size 14mm Spindle to Table 0-400mm Spindle to Ram 175mm No of Spindle Speeds 12 Spindle Speed Range 58-1800rpm Spindle Taper - Horizontal ISO 50 Spindle Taper - Vertical ISO 40 Table Travel 800 x 300mm Main Spindle Motor 4kW Longitudinal/Cross Feed Motor 0.55kW

Knee Up/Down Movement Motor 0.75kW

Coolant Pump 0.09kW Dims. LxWxH (cm) 190x172x175 Weight 2200Kg

Specification

For Collet Chuck, Machine Vice, Clamping Kit, Milling Cutters, Magnetic Clock Stand, Boring Heads, Micrometer, Rotary Table, Centre Drills, Drill Sets etc

See pages 42, 113, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 129, 130, 131, 134, 135, 137, 138, 139, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149

Optional Tooling/Accessories:

• Vertical Head

• Coolant System

• Machine Light

• Centralised Lubrication

• Table Guard

• 3 Axis DRO.

Included as standard:

Model HVM 320 1-250-300

Page 50: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Manual Mills

page 50 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

UNIVERSAL MILL Model MT200 0333-6120

Cross Table Table Length x Width 1’600 x 360 mmPower Feed Motor 1.1 KwTable Feed (9 Steps) 22-420 mm/minLoad Capacity (Max.) 450 KgT-Slot Size/ Distance/Number 14mm/ 63mm / 3Rotation Range 35°X -AxisTravel X-axis Automatic 1’000 mmTravel X-axis Manual 1’000 mmTable Feed X-axis 22-420 mm/minTable Feed Rapid X-axis 1’290 mm/minY-Axis Travel Y-axis Automatic 280 mmTravel Y-axis Manual 268 mmTable Feed Y-axis 22-393 mm/minTable Feed Rapid Y-axis 1’205 mm/minZ-AxisTravel Z-axis Automatic 400 mmTable Feed Z-axis Automatic 10-168 mm/minTable Feed Rapid Z-axis 513 mm/minElectrical ConnectionTotal Connection Motor 9.2 KW 400 V/ 3PH ~ 50 HZMotor Vertical Spindle 4KW 400 V/ 3PH ~ 50 HZMotor Horizontal Spindle 4KW 400V / 3PH ~ 50 HZ Spindle Seat Vertical Spindle Seat ISO 50 Draw-in rod M24Drilling Cap.in Steel (S235JR) Ø30mmContinuous Drilling Cap. Steel Ø 28mmMilling Head Max. Ø 100mmEnd Mill Max. Ø 20mmSpindle Speed Vertical rpm 60 - 1’750 Gear Stages Vertical Spindle 12 Steps Swivel Range Vertical Spindle 360° Rotation Range Vertical Spindle 360°Spindle Seat Horizontal Spindle Seat ISO 50 Draw-in Rod M24Drilling Cap. in Steel (S235JR) Ø30mmContinuous Drilling Cap. Steel Ø28mmMilling Head Max. Ø100mmEnd Mill Max. Ø20mmSpindle Speed Horizontal Spindle 58-1’800rpmGear Stages Horizontal Spindle 12 StepsCoolant Equipment Motor Pump 100 WattDimensionsLxWxH (cm) 198 x 202 x 190Weight 2’220 Kg

• Powerfeed in X,Y & Z• Complete Coolant System• Universal Head

• Arbor Support for Horizontal Milling• Machine Light

Included as standard:

• A Versatile Machine Suitable for many applications.

• Robust Construction of High Quality Meehanite Cast Iron.

• Hardened Moving Surfaces.

• Centralised Lubrication System

• Main Switch, left-right rotation & E Stop Switch.

• Machine Light

• Coolant System

• Simple System to change speed.

• Controls & Digital Display moveable for better viewing.

• DRO with 5 microns accuracy

• Ground gears run very quiet in oil bath.

• Automatic mode in X, Y & Z.

Specification MT200

NEW

For Collet Chuck, Machine Vice, Clamping Kit, Milling Cutters, Magnetic Clock Stand, Boring Heads, Micrometer, Rotary Table, Centre Drills, Drill Sets etc

See pages 42, 113, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 129, 130, 131, 134, 135, 137, 138, 139, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149

Optional Tooling/Accessories:

Page 51: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

page 51 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Excel Manual Mills

UNIVERSAL MILL Model MT200 0333-6120 NEW

UNIVERSAL MILL Model EUM 250 | EUM 320 | EUM 400

Optional Attachments:

Optional Tooling/Accessories:

For Collet Chuck, Machine Vice, Clamping Kit, Milling Cutters, Magnetic Clock Stand, Boring Heads, Micrometer, Rotary Table, Centre Drills, Drill Sets etc

See pages 42, 113, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 129, 130, 131, 134, 135, 137, 138, 139, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148,149

Specification

NEW

250 320 400 Working Surface of Table 250x1120mm 320x1350mm 400x1600mm Table Swivel Left/Right 45° Number of T Slots in Table 3 Width of T Slots 14mm 18mm Max Dist. Table Top to Spindle Axis 440mm 490mm Longitudinal Travel (Hand) 820mm 1000mm 1250mm Longitudinal Travel (Power) 80mm 980mm 1230mm Cross Travel (Hand) 280mm 360mm Cross Travel (Power) 260mm 340mm Vertical Travel (Hand) 410mm 460mm Vertical Travel (Power) 390mm 440mm Feed Rate Longitudinal 12.5 - 630mm/min Feed Rate Cross 12.5 - 630mm/min Feed Rate Vertical 5 - 262mm/min Rapid Feed Rate Longitudinal 2500mm/min Rapid Feed Rate Cross 2500mm/min Rapid Feed Rate Vertical 1040mm/min Spindle Nose ISO 40 ISO 50 Number of Spindle Speeds 18 Speed Range 40-2000rpm 32-1600rpm Spindle Motor 4.5kW 7.5kW Dims LxWxH (cm) 179x168x165 211x199x178 236x199x178 Weight 1975kg 2850kg 2925kg

Specification

Slotting Head 320/400 1-260-900Slotting Head 250 1-260-910Universal Head 250 1-260-920Universal Head 320/400 1-260-921Uni. Div. Hd. UDA 130 250 1-260-930Uni. Div. Hd. UDA 170 for 320/400 1-260-93127mm Hor.Arbor 250 1-260-95032mm Hor. Arbor 250 1-260-95127mm Hor.Arbor 320/400 1-260-96032mm Hor.Arbor 320/400 1-260-961

• Power Feed & Rapid in All Directions (X,Y,Z)

• Complete Coolant System

• Vertical Head & Arbor

• Horizontal Arbor & Supports

• Cutter Guards for Horizontal & Vertical Milling

• Low Volt Machine Light.

Included as standard:

• Extra heavy duty construction of the Machine enables you to take large cuts.

• Auto cycles reduce the production time & increases profitability.

• Power Feed & rapid in all directions i.e. X,Y & Z for speed & ease of use.

• Controls are positioned for easy accessibility & operator use.

• Centralised auto lubrication ensures lubrication to all parts.

Model EUM 250 1-260-200

Model EUM 320 1-260-100

Model EUM 400 1-260-000

Page 52: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Manual Drill Mill

UNIVERSAL PRECISION DRILL/MILL TILTING HEAD VARIABLE SPEED

Optional Tooling/Accessories:

• Heavy solid casting

• Infinitely Variable Drive

• High concentricity precision due to Taper Roller Bearings, less than 0.015mm measured in the Spindle Sleeve

• Head rotates ± 60° (Tilt left/right)

• Solid Dovetail Slideway, hand-scraped, provides for highest stability & optimum precision.

• Drill depth stop

• Threading mode

• Good value for money

BF46 Vario Table Size 850mm x 240 mm T Slot Size 18mm / 3 X Axis Travel 500mm Y Axis Travel 250mm Z axis Travel 470mm Motor Power 2.2kw 1ph Drilling Cap. In cast 28mm Drilling Cap. In steel 24mm Milling Cap Face Mill 80mm Milling Cap End Mill 25mm Throat Depth 260mm Spindle Taper ISO40 Quill Travel 115mm Draw Bar 16mm Head Swivel ± 90° Gear Positions 3 Low 155 – 600 rpm Medium 270 – 1400 rpm High 590 – 3000 rpm Dims. LxWxH (cm) 123 x 95 x 152 Weight 480Kg

Specification

For Collet Chuck, Machine Vice, Clamping Kit, Milling Cutters, Magnetic Clock Stand, Boring Heads, Micrometer, Rotary Table, Centre Drills, Drill Sets etcSee pages 42, 113, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 129, 130, 131, 134, 135, 137, 138, 139, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149

Model BF46 VARIO 0333-8453

A Robust Steel Fabricated Stand available as an optional accessory.Dimensions (LxWxH): 124 x 75 x 89 cm0335 - 3005

page 52 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 53: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Manual Drill Mill

UNIVERSAL PRECISION DRILL/MILL TILTING HEAD VARIABLE SPEED

page 53 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

DRILL/MILL TILTING HEAD GEARED HEAD

F 40ETable Size 750 x 210 mm T Slot 12 mm / 3 Travel X Axis 450mm Travel Y Axis 200mm Travel Z Axis 480mm Motor 1.1/1.5 kW 400 V ~50 Hz Drilling Capacity in Steel 28mm Cont. Drilling Capacity Steel 24mm Spindle Taper MT 3 Face Mill Capacity 63mm End Mill Capacity 20mm Quill Travel 120mm Throat Depth 265mm Head Swivel ± 60° Travel Z Axis 480mm Gear Positions 2 x 6 steps Spindle Speeds (12) 95 - 3,200rpm Dims. LxWxH (cm) 112 x80 x135 Weight 350kg

Specification

A Robust Steel Fabricated Stand available as an optional accessory.

Dimensions (LxWxH): 94 x 65 x 78 cm 0335 - 3004

Optional Tooling/Accessories:For Collet Chuck, Machine Vice, Clamping Kit, Milling Cutters, Magnetic Clock Stand, Bor-ing Heads, Micrometer, Rotary Table, Centre Drills, Drill Sets etcSee pages 42, 113, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 129, 130, 131, 134, 135, 137, 138, 139, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149

• Heavy, solid Cast Iron construction

• Very wide speed range from 95 - 3,200 rpm

• Two-stage Motor

• Hardened & ground Gears

• Smooth running due to ground oil-quenched gear wheels

• Right/left handed rotation

• Dovetail slideway

• Geared Head Swivel 60°+-

Universal precision Drilling-Milling Machine with Shift Gearbox & 12 speeds

Model F 40E 0333-8440

NEW

Page 54: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Manual Drill Mill

DRILL/MILL TILTING HEAD VARIABLE SPEED

• Solid Dovetail Guideway of the Gearhead provides for highest stability & optimum precision

• Solid, precise cross table, largely dimensioned & precisely machined surface

• Heavy, solid Cast Iron construction

• Very wide speed range

• Infinitely Variable Drive Spindle accuracy > 0.015 mm

measured in the spindle sleeve

• Digital depth gauge, accuracy of the display 0.01 mm, reversible mm/inch

• Drill depth stop

• Stainless Steel protection with lamellas for the Z column

• Digital speed display

• Threading mode

Precision Drilling-Milling Machine with electronic speed Variable Drive & digital Spindle Sleeve display

BF30 Vario Table L x W 750 x 210 mm T-Slot Size 12mm/ 3 Travel X-Axis 450 mm Travel Y-Axis 200 mm Travel Z Axis 430 mm Motor 2.2 kW / 230 V ~50 Hz Drilling Capacity in Steel (St. 37) 24 mm Cont. Drilling Capacity Steel 20 mm Spindle Taper MT 3 or ISO 30 Face Mill Capacity 63 mm End Mill Capacity 20 mm Quill Travel 90 mm Throat Depth 220 mm Spindle Sleeve Diameter 70 mm Draw-in Rod M12 Head Swivel ± 90° Gear Positions 3 step - variable speed Low 80 - 1100 rpm Medium 160 - 1700 rpm High 320 - 3100 rpm Distance Spindle - Table 470 mm Dims LxWxH (cm) 108 x 80 x 125 Weight 265 kg

Specification

A Robust Steel Fabricated Stand available as an optional accessory.

Dimensions (LxWxH): 94 x 65 x 78 cm 0335 - 3004

Optional Tooling/Accessories:

For Collet Chuck, Machine Vice, Clamping Kit, Milling Cutters, Magnetic Clock Stand, Boring Heads, Micrometer, Rotary Table, Centre Drills, Drill Sets etc

See pages 42, 113, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 129, 130, 131, 134, 135, 137, 138, 139, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149

Model BF30 VARIO

0333-8430 3MT Spindle 0333-8431 IS0 30 Spindle

Model BF30 Vario

page 54 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 55: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Manual Drill Mill

DRILL/MILL TILTING HEAD VARIABLE SPEED

page 55 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

DRILL/MILL TILTING HEAD VARIABLE SPEED Model BF20 Vario | BF20L Vario

• Digital Quill Travel indicator, precision of reading 0.01mm

• mm/inch conversion.

• Sturdy & precision dovetail slideway with adjustable tapered gibs

• Infinitely variable drive with electronic regulation

• Dynamic regulation of revolutions from 100 to 3,000rpm

• Positive clamping of the Spindle Sleeve in the Drill Head

• Integrated work light

• High concentricity precision <0.01mm measured in the Spindle Sleeve

• D.C. Motor with permanent speed monitoring

Extremely stable Drilling-Milling Machine for a precise, fast & secure fabrication. Infinitely drive with Electronic Regulation & Digital Sleeve Travel indicator included.

BF20 Vario BF20L Vario Table Size 500x180mm 700x180mm

T Slot Size 12mm X Travel 280mm 480mm Y Travel 175mm Z Travel 280mm Drilling Capacity 16mm Face Mill Capacity 50mm End Mill Capacity 20mm Throat Depth 185mm Spindle Taper 2MT/M10 Spindle Speed Range (Variable) 100-3000rpm Head Swivel ± 90° Spindle Travel 50mm Motor 50Hz 850W Dims. LxWxH (cm) 67x55x86 87x55x86 Weight 103Kgs 115Kgs

SpecificationSpecification

Optional Tooling/Accessories:For Collet Chuck, Machine Vice, Clamping Kit, Milling Cutters, Magnetic Clock Stand, Boring Heads, Micrometer, Rotary Table, Centre Drills, Drill Sets etcSee pages 42, 113, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 129, 130, 131, 134, 135, 137, 138, 139, 143, 144, 145, 146, 147, 148, 149

Model BF20 VARIO 0333-8120

Model BF20L VARIO 0333-8122

A Robust Steel Fabricated Stand available as an optional accessory.

Dimensions (LxWxH) 50x 42 x 90 cm0335 - 3003

Page 56: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

HEAVY DUTY DRILLS Model TCA 50 | TCA 60 | TCA 70

Excel’s range of TCA series are heavy industrial precision built Drills. Main construction is of heavy grade castings. Gears, Spindle & Quill are made of high quality Steel, heat treated & precision ground to close tolerances for accuracy &long life. Splines are precision ground for smooth Travel. There is automatic lubrication to all essential moving parts. Machines are designed for the ease & safety of the operator.

Model TCA 50 1-340-500 Model TCA 70 1-340-700

Included as standard:• Geared Drive• Automatic Drill Ejector• Automatic Powerfeed to Quill• Depth Stop• Lo Volt Machine Light• Fwd/Rev Switch• Coolant System• Spindle Protection Nut

Specification TCA50 TCA70 Max Drilling Cap Steel 50mm 70mmMax Drilling Cap Cast Iron 55mm 75mmMax Tapping Cap Steel M 40 M 60Max Tapping Cap Cast Iron M 50 M 70Morse Taper of Spindle 4 5Max Drilling Depth 260mm 300mmTable Size 550x550mm 600x600mmBase Size 600x1060mm 730x1190mmDistance Spindle to Column 400mm 420mmDistance Spindle to Table mm Min70/Max802 Min70/Max777Distance Spindle to Base 1290mm 1300mmColumn Diameter 200mm 220mmDrilling Feed mm/rev 0.08-0.16 0.05-0.10-0.15 0.24-0.35 0.20-0.35-0.50Main Motor 4HP 7.5HPStandard Speeds 1500 RPM (9) 45-1115 (12) 35-1238Optional Speeds 750 RPM (9) 22-557 (12) 17-620Coolant Pump 0.10HP 0.20HPDims. LxWxH (cm) 80x133x275 88x138x292Weight 850Kgs 1150Kgs

Optional Tooling:

For Centre Drills, Drill Sets, Taper Shank Drills, Drill Vices etc.

See pages 69, 113, 124, 125, 126, 128, 129, 137, 139, 147

page 56 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Excel Drilling Machines

• Table & Base are “T” Slotted• Emergency Push-button Stop• Electrically Interlocked Chuck Guard• Sensitive Drilling Hand Wheel• Rotating &Tilting Table.

Page 57: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Drilling Machines

page 57 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Model TSAR 35 | TSAR 40

TSAR range Drills are precision built from high grade castings. Gears, Spindle & Quill are made of high quality Steel, heat treated & precision ground to close tolerances for accuracy & long life. The splined shaft is precision ground to provide smooth running. Automatic lubrication is provided to all essential parts. Drills are designed for the ease and safety of the operator.

Optional Tooling:

Max. Drilling Cap Steel 25mm 32mm 40mmMax. Drilling Cap Cast Iron 30mm 38mm 45mmMax. Tapping Cap Steel M22 M 28 M 32Max. Tapping Cap Cast Iron M24 M30 M35Morse Taper of Spindle 3 4 4Maximum Drilling Depth 120mm 160mm 180mmMaximum Tapping Depth 100mm 140mm 160mmTable Size mm 270x300 400x420 480x480Base Size mm 665x400 655x492 755x480mmDistance Spindle to Column 250mm 300mm 350mmDistance Spindle to Table min 170/max 660 min 70/max 885 min 95/max 865Distance Spindle to base 1216mm 1245mm 1220mmColumn Diameter 100mm 125mm 150mmMain Motor (1500/3000 rpm) 1.1/1.5HP 1.5/2HP 2HP Motor Speed (rpm) 1500/3000 750/1500 1500 Speed Range 8 (rpm) 65-3060 75-2100 93-1420 Auto Feed mm/rev 0.10-0.20 0.10-0.20-0.30 0.10-0.18-0.24Dims. LxWxH (cm) 220x60x90 237x60x96 238x62x105 Weight 260Kgs 302Kgs 435Kgs

Specification TSAR25 TSAR32 TSAR40

Included as standard:• Geared Drive• Automatic Drill Ejector• Lo Volt Machine Light• Automatic Power feed to Quill• Depth Stop

• Fwd/Reverse Switch• Spindle Protection Nut• Table + Base “T” Slotted• Electrically Interlocked Chuck Guard• Emergency Push Button Stop.

For Centre Drills, Drill Sets, Taper Shank Drills, Drill Vices etc.

See pages 69, 113, 124, 125, 126, 128, 129, 137, 139, 147

Model TSAR 25 1-340-100 Model TSAR 32 1-340-250

Model TSAR 40 1-340-350

Always excellent ....QualityAlways excellent ....Value

Always excellent ....Service#

ALWAYS EXCEL

Page 58: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

GEARED HEAD DRILLS WITH AUTOFEED Model B40 GSM | B50 GSM

page 58 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Excel Drilling Machines

• Heavy-duty solid Cast Iron construction• Heavy-duty thick walled Cast Iron upright provides

for smooth running & stability• Automatic Gearwheel lubrication via oil pump• High concentricity precision due to stable main

spindle hardened & ground• 9 Selectable speeds via Gear shifting Lever at the

front of the Drill Head & two stage Driving Motor provides for 18 speeds

• Heavy duty solid Drilling Table, precision ground with intersecting T-slots, heavily ribbed at the underside, height adjustable via rack

• Integrated Coolant System & Coolant Tank• Smooth running due to ground Gearwheels• Trapping facility• Lockable main switch with protective Motor Switch• Machine lighting integrated in Drill Head• Spindle locking with integrated

Drill drift for easy Tool change• Vertical adjustable Chuck Guard• Adjustable Drill depth stop with millimetre scale• Solid mounting base with “T” slots, precision ground.• Motorised Rise & Fall of Table for B50 GSM. B50 GSM

Model OPTI B50 GSMGeared Head with Power Feed & Coolant System 0333-4500

Model OPTI B40 GSM Geared Head with Power Feed & Coolant System 0333- 4400

Specification B40 GSM B50 GSMDrilling Cap Steel 35mm 50mmDrilling Cap Cast Iron 45mm 60mmThreading in Steel M 24 M35Threading in Cast Iron M 30 M42Spindle to Column 350mm 375mmSpindle to Table 780mm 800mmSpindle to Base 1320mm 1300mmSpindle Taper MT 4 MT 4Spindle Speed Range 50-1450 rpm 54-2090rpmNumber of Speeds 18 18Qull Travel 180mm 230mmAuto Feed 2 steps / 0.1-0.2mm/rev 6 steps/0.05-0.3mm/revColumn Diameter 150mm 200mmWork area of Table (LxW) 560 x 560mm 600 x 600mmWork Area of Base (LxW) 510 x 500mm 860 x 600mmT Slot Size 18mm 18mmMotor Power 1.5KW 3.0/2.4KWDims. LxWxH (cm) 56x94x228 75x114x250Weight 580Kgs 950Kgs

B40 GSM

For Centre Drills, Drill Sets, Taper Shank Drills, Drill Vices etc.

See pages 69, 113, 124, 125, 126, 128, 129, 137, 139, 147

Optional Tooling:

Included as standard:• Drill Chuck • Drill Chuck Arbor • Machine Light • Coolant System.

Page 59: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Drilling Machines

page 59 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Model B30 BS Vario B30 VGM Vario

• Heavy, solid Cast Iron construction• High true running accuracy due to hardened & ground work Spindle• Ground Gears provide smooth running • Threading mechanism• Lockable main switch • Brushless drive• Spindle locking with integrated Drill drift for a simple Tool change (monitored)• Height adjustable Chuck Guard Electrically Interlocked • Electromagnetic Spindle Feed • Large speed range• Digital Speed Display.

Drilling Capacity Steel 30 mm 30 mmContinuous Drilling Capacity 28 mm 24 mmThroat Depth 285mm 285 mmQuill Travel 125 mm 125 mmSpindle Taper MT 3 MT 3Quill Feed Manual 0.1 mm/rev up to Ø 30 mm 0.15 mm/rev up to Ø 24 mm 0.2 mm/rev up to Ø 20 mmSpindle Speeds 30 - 3’900 rpm 80 - 3’000 rpmNumber of Steps 4 steps, infinitely variable 3 Steps, Infinitely VariableTable Size (L x W) 400 x 500 mm 400 x 500 mmT-slot Size 14 mm 14 mmDistance Spindle - Table (max.) 780 mm 780 mmWorking Surface Base (L x W) 270 x 390 mm 385 x 385 mmDistance Spindle - Base (max.) 1’230 mm 1’320 mmColumn Diameter 115 mm 115 mmSpindle Motor 2.2 kW 230 V 1PH ~50 Hz 2.5 kW 230 V 1PH ~50 HzCoolant Pump Motor 40 W 40 WDims LxWxH 72 x 56 x 185 cm 60 x 74 x 192 cmWeight 280 kg 305 kg

Specification B30 BS VARIO B30 VGM VARIO

• Smooth & high performance DC Drive with excellent control characteristics • Drilling Spindle with precision Ball Bearings • Large Quill Travel of 125 mm • High running smoothness due to Aluminium V-belt pulleys & ground multi tooth dog • Vario Speed (speed controlled) • Left/Right handed rotation • Considerably higher power transmission without slip due to the quality V-belts 7M. • Adjustment Height of Table via Rack Pinion • Adjustable Drill Depth Stop • Emergency-stop push button • Digital depth gauge, accuracy of the display 0.01 mm, reversible mm/inch • Simple Tool change due to ejection mechanism of the Drill/Cone • Height adjustable Chuck Guard • Coolant System • Digital speed display• Threading mode

Model B30 BS Vario 0302-1303

Model B30 VGM Vario 0303-4303

B30VGMVario

Included as standard:• Drill Chuck • Drill Chuck Arbor • Drill Chuck Guard • Machine Light • Coolant System

For Centre Drills, Drill Sets, Taper Shank Drills, Drill Vices etc.

See pages 69, 113, 124, 125, 126, 128, 129, 137, 139, 147

Optional Tooling:

B30 BS Vario

VARIABLE SPEED

DIGITALSPEED

DISPLAY

Page 60: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

page 60 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Excel Drilling Machines

• Heavy, solid Cast Iron construction

• Handwheel for Spindle Fine Feed. (B40 PTE)

• Largely sized Drilling Table, with diagonally running T-Slots .

• Speed rotation change with a knob for B40 PTE

• Speed change with rotation of knob for B34H Vario

• Coupling to change from rough to Fine Feed (B40 PTE)

• Table height adjustment via rack & Pinion

• Coolant System

• Drilling Head adjustable via rack & pinion (B40 PTE)

• Two speed Motor (B40 PTE)

• Automatic Feed for easy work (B40 PTE)

• B34 H Vario with Machine Light

• B34 H Vario with Digital Speed Display.

Specification

B40 PTE B34H Vario Model Drilling Capacity Steel 32 mm 34 mmContinuous Drilling 25 mm 26 mmQuill Travel 120 mm 160 mmQuill Feed 0.1, 0.18, 0.26 mm/rev Manual Throat Depth 285 mm 285 mmDrilling Head Swivel 180 -Spindle Taper MT 4 MT 4Quill Feed 0.10, 0.18, 0.26 mm/rev ManualNumber of Speeds 2 x 6 steps 9 steps, Inf.Vari.Spindle Speed Range 95 - 3’200 rpm 40 - 5’000 rpmTable Size LxW 400 x 500 420 x 400 mm T-Slot Size 14 mm 14 mmSpindle - Table 855 mm 790 mmBase Working Area LxW 270 x 390 mm 390 x 390 mmSpindle - Base 1’215 mm 1’025 mmColumn Diameter 115 mm 115 mmDims. LxWxH (cm) 74x60x188 92x60x193Motor 1.1/1.5 kW 400 V 2.2 kW 230 V Coolant Pump 40 W -Weight 322 kg 290 kg

B34H Vario

Model B34 H Vario 0302-0335 Model B40 PTE 0303-4345

For Centre Drills, Drill Sets, Taper Shank Drills, Drill Vices etc.

See pages 69, 113, 124, 125, 126, 128, 129, 137, 139, 147

Optional Tooling:

Included as standard:• Drill Chuck • Drill Chuck Arbor • Machine Light (B34 H Vario) • Coolant System.

Model B34H Vario Model B40 PTEVARIO & GEARED

B40 PTE

Page 61: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Drilling Machines

page 61 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Model B40 PTEVARIO & GEARED

DH 26GT | DH 28GS | DH 32GSOpti-DrillModel DH 26GT 0303-4220

Model DH 28GS 0303-4230

Model DH 32GS 0303-4240

For Centre Drills, Drill Sets, Taper Shank Drills, Drill Vices etc.

See pages 69, 113, 124, 125, 126, 128, 129, 137, 139, 147

Optional Tooling:

Included as standard:• Drill Chuck • Drill Chuck Arbor • Machine Light • Coolant System for DH32GS

• Heavy, solid cast iron construction

• High true running accuracy due to

hardened and

ground work spindle

• Adjustable drill depth stop

with millimetre scale

• Low maintenance gearbox with

grease lubrication

Additional functions DH 32 GS:• Tapping function

• Optional foot pedal for tapping

• Electromagnetic clutch for the feed

• Coolant System

Specification DH26GT DH28GS DH32GS Drilling Cap.in steel (S235JR) Ø26mm Ø28mm Ø32mmCont.Drill Cap.steel (S235JR) Ø24mm Ø25mm Ø29mmElectrical Connection ~50Hz 400 V / 3 Ph 400 V / 3 Ph 400 V / 3 Ph Motor (KW) 1.1/1.5 1.1/1.5 1.5/2.2 SpindleThroat (mm) 235 260 285Spindle Seat MT3 MT3 MT4Spindle Sleeve Stroke (mm) 127 127 125Quill Feed (mm/rev) 0.10, 0.15,0.20 Spindle Speeds (rpm) 75-2’900 75-2’900 75-2’000 Steps 8 Stages 8 Stages 8 Stages Working Surface Table LxW 380x380mm 376x394 400x420mmT-Slot Size (mm) 14 14 14Drilling Table Swivel 360 360 360Distance Spindle-Table (Max) 450mm 875mm 820mmDistance Spindle-Stand (Max) 610mm 1’200mm 1’280mmWorking Surface Stand (mm) 350x322 350x356 420x644Column Diameter (mm) Ø92 Ø92 Ø115Dims. LxWxH (cm) 57x38x130 64x38x208 73x45x220Weight (Kg) 166 184 295

DH 26GT

DH32GS

DH28GS

-1

o o o

NEW

GEARED HEAD

Page 62: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Drilling Machines

page 62 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

GEARED HEAD BENCH & PEDESTAL DRILLS Model B28 GS | B30GS | B30GT

• Drilling Spindle with precision

Ball/Taper Roller Bearings

• Spindle assembly with guaranteed concentricity

precision less than 0.02mm measured in the

Drilling Spindle Sleeve

• Emergency stop switch, fwd/rev Spindle rotation

• Speed selection via two control

Levers on the sides of the Drill Head

• Adjustment of the Drill Head height via rack & pinion

• Powerful, smooth running 2 speed electric motor

directly flanged onto the Gear Head

• Large size Drilling Table, precisely machined with

diagonally running T-slots (B28 GS), with parallel

running T-slots (B30 GS)

• For the B28 GS and B30 GS models, the work table

height can be adjusted via rack & pinion.

B30 GT B28 GS

Model B30 GT (Bench) 0333-4303

Model B28 GS (Floor) 0333-4283

Drilling Cap. Steel Max. Ø 30mm Ø 30mmDrilling Cap Cast Iron Max. Ø 38mm Ø 38mm Threading Steel Max. M12 M12 Threading Cast Iron Max. M16 M16 Working Range 225mm 225mm Sleeve Travel 140mm 140mm Spindle Taper 3MT 3MT Distance Spindle-Table Max - 600mm Distance Spindle –Base Max 405mm 1075mm Working Surface Table - 310 x 360mm Working Surface Base 300 x 305mm 305 x 297mm T-Slot Size 14mm 14mm Spindle Speeds 100 – 2900rpm 100 – 2900rpm Number of Steps 8 8 Motor Power 2 Speeds 750W 750W Column Diameter 100mm 100mm Dims LxWxH (cm) 58 x 40 x 123 55 x 47 x 170 Weight 140Kg 270Kg

Specification Model B30 GT B28 GS

Optional Tooling:

For Centre Drills, Drill Sets, Taper Shank Drills, Drill Vices etc.

See pages 69, 113, 124, 125, 126, 128, 129, 137, 139, 147

Included as standard:• Drill Chuck • Drill Chuck Arbor • Machine Light

Page 63: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Drilling Machines

page 63 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

GEARED HEAD BENCH & PEDESTAL DRILLS Model B28 GS | B30GS | B30GT

Specification

Model Opti B24H 0302-0241 (Bench) 1 ph 0302-0243 (Bench) 3 ph

Guaranteed concentricity precision less than 0.015mm measured in the Drilling Spindle Sleeve

• Spindle with precision Ball Bearings• Smooth running due to Aluminium pulleys • Better power transmission due to the

quality driving V-belt• Tooth rack & pinion for vertical adjustment

of the Drilling Table• Cast Iron column & head provides for

smooth running & stability• Drill depth stop• Drilling Table 360° swivel• Solid base plate with T-slots, heavy ribbed

at the backside• One piece Spindle Sleeve Feed handle in

die cast Aluminium with soft grip handles• User friendly safety switch (IP 54 compliant) with low voltage circuit

breaker & emergency stop switch• Drilling Table lighting• More easily Tool changes by ejection

device for B 28H & B34H• Foot working area with T-slots• Powerful smooth running

electric Motor• High value stability.

Model Opti B28H 0302-0281 (Floor) 1 ph 0302-0283 (Floor) 3 ph

B24H

Included as standard:

• Drill Chuck • Drill Chuck Arbor • Machine Light

Optional Tooling:

For Centre Drills, Drill Sets, Taper Shank Drills, Drill Vices etc.

See pages 69, 113, 124, 125, 126, 128, 129, 137, 139, 147

Drilling Capacity in Steel 24mm 28mm 34mm Continuous Drilling Capacity 20mm 24mm 26mm Throat Depth 165mm 200mm 285mmQuill Travel 85mm 105mm 160mmSpindle Taper 2MT 3MT 4MTSpindle to Table 440mm 860mm 790mmSpindle to Base 590mm 1275mm 1235mmSpindle Speed Range rpm 350-4000 120-4000 145-4800Number of Spindle Speeds 7 16 2x9 stepsUpright Column Diameter 80mm 92mm 115Table Size LxW 280x300mm 340x360mm 420x400mmBase Working Area 280x280mm 300x320mm 400x355mmT Slot Size 14mm 14mm 14mmT Slots Distance in Base 120mm 120mm 150mmMotor 850W 850W 1.5/2.2kwDims LxWxH (cm) 69x44x100mm 73x50x175mm 92x59x190Weight 102Kg 147Kg 247kg

Specification B24H B28H B34H

Model Opti B34H 0302-0333 (Floor) 3 ph

Built in Drill ejecting Devicefor B28H & B34H

B28H

HEAVY DUTY PILLAR DRILLS Model B24H | B28H | B34H

Page 64: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Drilling Machines

page 64 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

PILLAR DRILLS Model B17 Pro | B23 Pro | B26 Pro | B33 Pro

• Guaranteed concentricity precision <0.02mm measured in the Drilling Spindle Sleeve

• Spindle with precision Ball Bearings

• ROHM Quick Action Drill Chuck supplied as standard

• Smooth running due to Aluminium pulleys • Considerably better power transmission

& reduced power loss thanks to toothed quality Driving Belt

• Drill depth stop• Precision ground work Table with

transversely running T slots• Solid, large sized base with T-slot,

heavily ribbed at backside

Specification Model B17 Pro B23 Pro B26 Pro B33 Pro

Drilling Capacity in Steel 16mm 25mm 25mm 30mmThroat Depth 152mm 180mm 210mm 254mmSpindle Taper 2MT 2MT 3MT 4MTSpindle Speeds (rpm) 500-2520 200-2440 200-2440 120-1810No of Speeds 5 12 12 9Quill Travel 65mm 80mm 85mm 120mmDrilling Table Tilts ± 45°Drilling Table Rotates 360° 360° 360° 360°Column Diameter 60mm 73mm 80mm 92mmTable Size (mm) 235x220 280x250 330x290 475x425T Slots 12mm 12mm 14mm 14mmSpindle to Table 325mm 360mm 720mm 695mmSpindle to Base 530mm 610mm 1230mm 1180mmMotor Power 50 Hz 500W 750W 750W 1.1KwDims LxWxH (cm) 60x26x86 65x32x101 70x35x167 86x48x172Weight 39Kg 66Kg 82Kg 135Kg

Model B23 Pro 0300-3231 (Bench) 1 Ph 0300-3233 (Bench) 3 Ph

Model B26 Pro 0300-3261 (Floor) 1 Ph 0300-3263 (Floor) 3 Ph

Model B33 Pro 0300-3331 (Floor) 1 Ph 0300-3333 (Floor) 3 Ph

Model B17 Pro0300-3171 (Bench) 1 Ph

• OPTI B23 Pro and OPTI B26 Pro with single piece Aluminium Spindle Sleeve

Feed handle with softgrip• Automatic switch-off for easy operation, with under

Voltage circuit breaker & lockable emergency stop switch

• 3 Phase models have an additional cam controller for left and right hand rotation • Easy to operate from the front • Powerful, smooth running electric motors• Heavy duty construction of the whole Machine• Exhaustively quality tested • Optimum value for money • High level of value stability.

Included as standard:

• Drill Chuck • Drill Chuck Arbor

Optional Tooling:

For Centre Drills, Drill Sets, Taper Shank Drills, Drill Vices etc.

See pages 69, 113, 124, 125, 126, 128, 129, 137, 139, 147

Page 65: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Drilling Machines

page 65 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Specification Model B17 Pro B23 Pro B26 Pro B33 Pro

BENCH & FLOOR TYPE DRILLS Model XL16B | XL16F 110V 1PH

For Centre Drills, Drill Sets, Taper Shank Drills, Drill Vices etc.

See pages 69, 113, 124, 125, 126, 128, 129, 137, 139, 147

Included as standard:

• Positive Depth Stop to Control Drilling Depths • 16mm Capacity Drill Chuck & Chuck Key• Drill Chuck Arbor • Drill Chuck Guards • Belt Guard

Model XL16B (Bench) 1-421-16B

Model XL16F (Floor) 1-421-16F

Maximum Drilling Capacity 16mm Spindle Taper MT2Drill Chuck Cap. 16mm Max. Spindle Stroke 85mmSwing 365mmNumber of Speed 12, Speed of Spindle 50HZ (RPM) 290-2330 (12S) Diameter of Column 80mmMax. Distance from Spindle to Table 470mm 700mmMax. Distance from Spindle to Base 650mm 1220mmOverall Height 1010mm 1600mmSize of Table with T-Slot 290x290 mmSize of Base 458x265 mmMotors 1/2 HPNet Weight 60 Kgs 70KgsGross Weight 63 Kgs 74 KgsCuft 4.44’ 7’

Specification XL16B XL16F

• Built in quality and durability.

• Taper Handle Knob for easy grip.

• Table Tilts through 90 enabling you to drill holes at various angles.

• Table rotates through 360 , making it easy to drill holes at a given P.C.D.

• Rise and Fall through rack & pinion is available on all models as standard.

• Sturdy Built all models qualify for medium duty industrial rating.

• Heavy Duty induction motors are industrial rated giving you prolonged durability.

• Magnetic switch ensures no-volt release

for complete safety.

• E Stop.

o

o

XL16FFloor Drill

XL16BBench Drill

NEW

Optional Tooling:

Page 66: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Drilling Machines

page 66 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

RD 75X

• Rugged construction for smooth operation• Gears are made of Nickel Chrome Alloy Steel, heat

treated & precision ground for long running life• Large powerful induction Motors are industrial rated• Hydraulic clamping on column & Drilling Head• Electrical panel conforms to IEC & EN standards• D.C. Injection Brake provides instant stopping in

emergency.

Specification RD75X RD90 Drilling Capacity Cast Iron 75 90 Steel 55 65 Tapping Capacity * Cast Iron 60 85 Steel 50 63 Boring Capacity Cast Iron 220 300 Steel 220 300 Arm Length 2140 2650 Spindle Travel 315 400 Spindle Taper 5MT 6MT Number of Spindle Speeds 16 16 Spindle Speed Range (RPM) 25-2000 20-1600 Spindle Feeds (mm/rev) 0.04/3.2 0.04/3.2 Number of Feeds 16 16 Column Diameter (A) 350 450 Max Spindle Centre to Column (B) 1600 2000 Min Spindle Centre to Surface (C) 350 450 Horizontal Travel of Headstock (D) 1250 1550 Max Base to Spindle (E) 1220 1600 Min Base to Spindle (F) 320 400 Overall Height of Column (G) 2725 3130 Machine Height from Floor (I) 3025 3480 Dims. Of Base (LxW) 2450x990 3090x1100 Box Table Size (RxSxT) 630x500x500 800x630x500 Spindle Motor 4Kw 5.5Kw Arm Elevation Motor 2.2Kw 3Kw Hyd. Clamping Motor 0.75 Kw 0.75 Kw Coolant Pump 0.09 Kw 0.09 Kw

Dims. LxWxH (cm) 245x99x273 309x110x313

Weight 4000 7100

* Tapping capacity will vary depending on the pitch of thread

RD110 RD125 110 125mm 80 100mm 100 110mm 75 90mm 300 300mm 300 300mm 3200 3780mm 450 500 6MT 6MT 16 22 16-1250 8-1000 r/min 0.04/3.2 0.06-3.2mm/r 16 16 550 700mm 2500 3150mm 500 570mm 2000 2580mm 2000 2500mm 550 750mm 3660 4160mm 4060 4720mm 3450x1380 4425x1630mm 1000x800x560 1250x800x630mm 7.5Kw 15 Kw 3Kw 4 Kw 0.75 Kw 0.75 Kw 0.09 Kw 0.9 Kw 345x138x366 478x163x403 12000 20000* Tapping capacity will vary depending on the pitch of thread

Model RD 75X(Cap, in C.I. 75mm Max Dist. 1600mm) 1-451-500

Model RD 90(Cap, in C.I. 90mm Max Dist. 2000mm) 1-451-600

Model RD 110(Cap, in C.I. 100mm Max Dist. 2500mm) 1-451-700

Model RD 125(Cap, in C.I. 125mm Max Dist. 3100mm) 1-451-800

RADIAL DRILLS – Large Size Range Model RD 75X | RD 90 | RD 110 | RD 125

NEW

Page 67: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

page 67 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Included as standard:• Complete Coolant System• Lo Volt Machine Light • Box Table T Slotted • D C Injection Brake for Quick Stopping

For Centre Drills, Drill Sets, Taper Shank Drills, Drill VicesPK106 MSee pages 69, 113, 124, 125, 126, 128, 129, 137, 139, 147

Optional Tooling:

RD 110

Page 68: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

page 68 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Model RD 750(Cap, in C.I. 50mm Max Dist. 750mm) 1-450-100

Model RD 900(Cap, in C.I. 50mm Max Dist. 900mm) 1-450-250

Model RD 1100(Cap, in C.I. 60mm Max Dist. 1100mm) 1-450-300

• Rugged construction for smooth operation• Gears are made of Nickel-Chrome

Alloy Steel, heat treated & precision ground for long running life

Drilling Capacity Cast Iron 50 50 60 Steel 38 38 50Tapping Capacity* Cast Iron 25 25 32 Steel 19 19 25Boring Capacity Cast Iron 105 105 120 Steel 75 75 85Arm Length (mm) 930 1080 1380Spindle Travel 200 200 250Spindle Taper 4MT 4MT 4MTNumber of Spindle Speeds 6 6 12Spindle Speed Range (RPM) 88-1500 88-1500 44-1500Spindle Feeds (mm/rev) 0.04/3.2 0.04/3.2 0.04/3.2Number of Feeds 16 16 16Column Diameter (A) 210 210 300Max Spindle Centre to Column (B) 775 920 1145Min Spindle Centre to Surface (C) 290 290 330Horizontal Travel of Headstock (D) 485 630 815Max Base to Spindle (E) 1110 1110 1230Min Base to Spindle (F) 282 282 540Overall Height of Column (G) 1850 1850 2160Machine Height from Floor (I) 2175 2175 2585Dims. Of Base (LxW) 1280x640 1435x640 1800x700Box Table Size (RxSxT) 550x405x315 550x405x315 650x500x410Spindle Motor 2HP 2HP 3HP (4/8P)Arm Elevation Motor 1HP 1HP 2HPCoolant Pump 1/8HP 1/8HP 1/8HPDims LxWxH (cms) 128x64x185 144X64x185 180x70x216Weight 1100 1170 2000*Tapping capacity will vary depending on the pitch of thread.

RD1100

Specification RD750 RD900 RD1100

For Centre Drills, Drill Sets, Taper Shank Drills, Drill VicesPK 105M

See pages 69, 113, 124, 125, 126, 128, 129, 137, 139, 147

Optional Tooling:

Included as standard:• Complete Coolant System • Lo Volt Machine Light • Box Table T Slotted • Electrically Interlocked Spindle Guard • D C Injection Brake for Quick Stopping.

1312

W

1312

W

• Large powerful induction Motors are

industrial rated• Strong mechanical

clamp to clamp the arm to the column

• Easy clamping lever to clamp head on to the arm

• Electrical panel with magnetic switches – no Volt release & circuit breakers

• D.C. Injection Brake for instant stopping in emergency.

RADIAL DRILLS – Medium Size Range Model RD 750 | RD 900 | RD 1100 Excel Drilling Machines

Page 69: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

page 69 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Excel Drilling Machines

GANG DRILLING MACHINES

REVERSIBLE TAPPING HEADS

• Chatter free patented Clutch has positive engagement which allows for a smooth & accurate tapping operation & rapid reversal

• Radial float is SELF-CENTRING to compensate for hole misalignment

• Unique Double Spring Mechanism produces

automatic Feed & Cushion Drive. There are two springs for the Feed & two springs for the reversal. Each set

gives you double smoothness for ULTRA accurate tapping applications

RTH 207 2 – 7mm Capacity 1-426-100RTH 312 3-12mm Capacity 1-426-200RTH 820 8-20mm Capacity 1-426-300Shanks 2MTxJ6 Shank for 207 & 312 3-840-4003MTxM20 Shank for 820 1-426-900

Specification

o

• Pre-set Torque Control permits easy operation of tap to avoid breakages.

HEAVY DUTY TOOL TROLLEY

Specification

3 Drawer Tool Trolley

Dims with 4” Casters 67x46x78 cm Weight 44 Kg

TT 777 1-299-100

Specification RD750 RD900 RD1100 CONE DRILL DRIFT MSP 1 for MT 1, 2 & 3 0305-0636

MSP 2 for MT 4, 5 & 6 0305-0637

CROSS MILLING TABLES

Specification

Coolant Gutter, Adjustable dovetail slideway, Adjustable handwheel scale with 0.05mm division

Model KT1800335-6591

Model KT1790335-6596

Length 506mm 748mm 945mm 1065mmWidth 400mm 483mm 483mm 555mmHeight 140mm 148mm 169mm 200mmT-Slot Size 10mm 12mm 12mm 14mmTable Length 400mm 500mm 700mm 730mmTable Width 120mm 180mm 180mm 210mmX Axis Travel 220mm 280mm 480mm 480mmY Axis Travel 165mm 175mm 175mm 210mmNet Weight 22Kg 32Kg 49Kg 84Kg

Model KT2100335-6600

Model KT1200335-6595

Capacities 18mm to 40mm From 2 – 6 Heads on Table

Choice of Belt Driven or Geared Head

Manual or Auto Feed Tapping Facility

CONTACT US FOR YOUR REQUIREMENTS

Specification KT120 KT179 KT180 KT210

NEW

Page 70: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

LARGE HYDRAULIC SURFACE GRINDERS Model PFG 50100 - 70200

Excel Grinders

Model PFG 50100AHR 20 x 40” 1-501-100 Model PFG 50100AHRD 20 x 40” 1-501-101

Model PFG 50150AHR 20 x 60” 1-501-150 Model PFG 50150AHRD 20 x 60” 1-501-151

Model PFG 50200AHR 20 x 80” 1-501-200 Model PFG 50200AHRD 20 x 80” 1-501-201

Model PFG 60100AHR 24 x 40” 1-502-100 Model PFG 60100AHRD 24 x 40” 1-502-101

Model PFG 60150AHR 24 x 60” 1-502-150 Model PFG 60150AHRD 24 x 60” 1-502-151

Model PFG 60200AHR 24 x 80” 1-502-200 Model PFG 60200AHRD 24 x 80” 1-502-201

Model PFG 70100AHR 28 x 40” 1-503-100 Model PFG 70100AHRD 28 x 40” 1-503-101

Model PFG 70150AHR 28 x 60” 1-503-150 Model PFG 70150AHRD 28 x 60” 1-503-151

Model PFG 70200AHR 28 x 80” 1-503-200 Model PFG 70200AHRD 28 x 80” 1-503-201

Features

• AHR Models have automatic Hydraulic Feed longitudinal & cross, power rapid up and down

• AHRD Models are fully automatic. These are with longitudinal & cross Hydraulically controlled autofeed, power rapid up and down, automatic down Feed.

• Double wall column makes the Machine extremely rigid and suitable for heavy duty precision work.

• X & Y ways are coated with Turcite-B providing smooth movement & long life.

• Automatic lubrication to slideways.• Super precision Machine provides accuracy & excellent finish.• Easy & quick to set up which saves time & increases profitability.• High engineering standards ensure reliability & repeatability.• Most modern manufacturing techniques are used & machines

are produced in large quantities which enable us to market at competitive prices.

• Low prices & long working life makes them most economical.• Spindle is of high precision direct drive, super precision angular

contact bearing ensures accurate and vibration free running.• Hydraulic Longitudinal Feed direction changed by sensor &

solenoid valve.• Automatic Cross Feed direction changed by stopping dog & Limit

Switch.

Included as standard:• Wheel Balancing Base • Wheel Balancing Arbor • Grinding Wheel • Diamond Dresser • Toolbox & Tools• Lo Volt Machine Light• Auto Demagnetiser • Auto Paper Strip Fitted With Magnetic Separator

& Coolant System (120l Tank) • Electro Mag Chuck 500x1000mm Electro Mag Chuck for PFG 50100”“ 500x1500mm Electro Mag Chuck for PFG 50150”“ 500x2000mm Electro Mag Chuck for PFG 50200”“ 600x1000mm Electro Mag Chuck for PFG 60100”“ 600x1500mm Electro Mag Chuck for PFG 60150”“ 600x2000mm Electro Mag Chuck for PFG 60200”“ 700x1000mm Electro Mag Chuck for PFG 70100”“ 700x1500mm Electro Mag Chuck for PFG 70150”“ 700x2000mm Electro Mag Chuck for PFG 70200”

Always excellent ....QualityAlways excellent ....Value

Always excellent ....Service#

ALWAYS EXCEL

• High precision Bolt Screws for cross & vertical movements

• Cross & Longitudinal Feeds are infinitely variable. • Automatic Vertical Feed by AC Servo Motor

page 70 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

• Extra Wheel Flange for 16” Wheel 1-501-950

Optional Accessories:

Page 71: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Maximum Travel Y & X mm 560 x 1150 560 x 1650 560 x 2150 660 x 1150 660 x 1650 660 x 2150 760 x 1150 760 x 1650 760 x 2150Maximum Surface Ground mm 500 x 1020 500 x 1520 500 x 2020 600 x 1020 600 x 1520 600 x 2020 700 x 1020 700 x 1520 700 x 2020

Max. Spindle to Table 600mm (Opt. 800mm & 1000)Table Speed Longitudinal 5 – 25m/minTable Guideway Longitudinal One V & One Flat Way Cross 2 Vee Ways Auto. Cross Feed Increment Approx 0.1mm – 20mmRapid Power Cross Feed Approx 900mm/minCross Feed 1 Rev 5mmOn Hand Wheel 1 Grad 0.02mmRapid Power Head Elevation Approx 800mm/minVertical Feed by MPG 1 rev 0.1mm 1 grad 0.001mmAuto Down Feed for AHRD 0.001 – 0.099mm/TimeWheel Speed 1450rpmWheel Dimension 406 x 50 x 127mmSpindle Motor 10HP (Opt 15 HP)Hydraulic Pump Motor 3HP 5HP 5HPAuto Cross Feed Motor 1/5 HPRapid Head Elevation Motor ½HPCoolant Pump 1/8 HPDims. LxWxH (cm) 376x228x228c 391x228x228 477x228x228Weight 6000Kgs 7200Kgs 8400Kgs 6300Kgs 7500Kgs 8700Kgs 6600Kgs 7800Ks 9000Kgs

(COLUMN TYPE)

Specicfication PFG50100AHR/D PFG60100AHR/DPFG70100AHR/D

PFG50150AHR/D PFG60150AHR/DPFG70150AHR/D

PFG50200AHR/D PFG60200AHR/DPFG70200AHR/DModel

page 71 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 72: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Grinders

• Super precision Machine provides accuracy & excellent finish• Easy and quick to set up which saves time & increases

profitability

• High Engineering standards ensure reliability & repeatability

• Most modern manufacturing techniques are used & machines are produced in large quantities which enables us to market at competitive prices

• Low prices & long working life makes them good value for money.

Spindle:Spindle is high precision direct drive, super precision angular contact bearing ensure accurate & vibration free performance.

Tableways:Longitudinal: one flat & one vee way Cross: two vee way

Base: Heavy duty casting for stability

Model ESG 2050AHR 8 x 18 Hyd Automatic Feed Long & Cross, Rapid Up & Down 1-490-100

Model ESG 2050AHRD 8 x 18 Hyd Fully Automatic Feed Long, Cross, & Down 1-490-150

Model ESG 2550AHR 10 x 20 Hyd Automatic Feed Long & Cross, Rapid Up & Down 1-490-200

Model ESG 2550AHRD 10 x 20 Hyd Fully Automatic Feed Long, Cross & Down 1-490-250

Model ESG 3063AHR 12 x 24 Hyd Automatic Feed Long & Cross, Rapid Up & Down 1-490-300

Model ESG 3063AHRD 12 x 24 Hyd Fully Automatic Feed Long, Cross & Down 1-490-350

Model ESG 30100AHR 12 x 40 Hyd Automatic Feed Long, Cross , Rapid Up & Down 1-490-375

Model ESG 30100AHRD 12 x 40 HydFully Automatic Feed Long, Cross & Down 1-490-380

Model ESG 4080AHR 16 x 32 Hyd Automatic Feed Long & Cross,Rapid Up & Down 1-490-400

Model ESG 4080AHRD 16 x 32 Hyd Fully Automatic Feed Long, Cross & Down 1-490-450

Model ESG 40100AHR 16 x 40 Hyd Automatic Feed Long & Cross, Rapid Up & Down 1-490-500

Model ESG 40100AHRD 16 x 40 Hyd Fully Automatic Feed Long, Cross & Down 1-490-550

ESG 3060 AHRD

MEDIUM SIZE HYDRAULIC SURFACE GRINDERS SADDLE TYPE

page 72 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 73: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Model ESG 2050 | 40100 AHR/D Excel Grinders

ESG 2050 AHR

Table Size (WxL) mm 200x460 254x500 305x635 305x1020 406x813 406x1020 Table Travel (Y, X) mm 238x510 275x560 340x660 340x1130 450x930 450x1130Max Distance Spindle Centre To Table mm 450 450 540 540 600 600Chuck Size mm 200x450 250x500 300x600 300x1000 400x800 400x1000 Longitudinal Feeds m/min 5-25 7-23 7-23 7-23 7-23 7-23 Cross Feed Auto/Stroke mm 0.1-8Rapid mm/min 990Manual 0.02mm each graduation / 5mm per revolution of wheelVertical Feed Wheel Head Auto for AHRD only 0.005, 0.01, 0.02, 0.03, 0.04, 0.05mm/strokeRapid mm/min 460Manual 0.005mm each graduation / 1mm per revolution of wheel Grinding Wheel Size mm 200x20x31.75 200x20x31.75 350x40x127 350x40x127 350x40x127 350x40x127Speed rpm 2850 2850 1450 1450 1450 1450 Spindle Motor Kw 1.5 1. 5 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5 Hydraulic Pump Motor Kw 0.75 0.75 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2Coolant Pump Motor Kw 0.09Elevating Motor Kw 0.25 for AHR series / 0.5 for AHRD seriesCross Feed Motor Kw 0.04Total Rated Power Kw 3 3 8.5 8.5 8.5 8.5Maximum table Load Inc chuck Kg 120 125 270 400 500 600Dims. LxWxH (cm) 180x150 217x210 235x222 295x222 285x227x 295x227 x200 x210 x220 x220 220 x220Weight Kgs 1670 1700 2800 3500 3450 3900

Specification ESG2050 ESG2550 ESG3063 ESG30100 ESG4080 ESG40100 AHR/AHRD AHR/AHRD AHR/AHRD AHR/AHRD AHR/AHRD AHR/AHRD

Included as standard:

• Wheel Balancing Base • Wheel Balancing Arbor • Grinding Wheel • Diamond Dresser • Toolbox & Tools • Lo Volt Machine Light • Built in Demagnetiser • Coolant System • Electro Mag Chuck • 200 x 450mm for ESG 2050• 250 x 500 for ESG 2550• 300 x 600mm for ESG 3063• 300 x 1000 for ESG 30100• 400 x 800mm for ESG 4080• 400 x 1000 for ESG 40100.

Optional Accessories:• Extra Wheel Flange for 8” Wheel 1-490-900• Extra Wheel Flange for 14” Wheel 1-490-905• Sine Bar 1-490-915

• Overhead Wheel Dresser 20/25 1-490-920 • Overhead Wheel Dresser 30/40 1-490-921 • Dust Suction Coolant 20/25 1-490-925 • Dust Suction Coolant 30/40 1-490-926

page 73 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 74: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

• Robust cast iron construction• Easy and quick to set up which saves time• Precision built for accuracy• Mass produced and economically priced• Ball bearing ways for superior finish• One shot lubrication.

Excel Grinders

Table Travel 483 x 178mmWorking Surface of Table 457 x 152mmWheel Head Spindle Speeds 2850rpmSpindle Centre from Table 55-385mmGrinding Wheel Dia x Bore 178 x 31.75mmWidth of Grinding Wheel 13mmMain Motor 1.5HPDims. LxWxH (cms) 155 x 110 x 210Weight 500Kgs

Included as standard:

Specification

• Splash Guard • Machine Light • Coolant System • 150 x 400mm Electromagnetic Chuck

Always excellent ....QualityAlways excellent ....Value

Always excellent ....Service#

ALWAYS EXCEL

Model ESG 618E 1-500-100 6X18” Manually Operated

ECONOMIC SURFACE GRINDER Model ESG 618E

page 74 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 75: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Specification

Excel Grinders

Model DG 20 Drill Grinder, Wheel dresser, DGA, Halogen Lamps

WHEEL DRESSER 1-545-100

• Simple • Economical

• Cantilever type are sealed to IP65 & flexible to IP41

• For Mills, Lathes, Grinders, Drills etc

HALOGEN LAMPS

Cantilever Type with 240/12V Transformer 1-560-100Flexible Arm with 240/12V Transformer 1-560-200Cantilever Type without Transformer 24V 1-560-300Flexible Arm without Transformer 24V 1-560-400

DRILL GRINDER MODEL DG 20 0310-0020

• Solid cast iron mounting base with high dead weight provides for low-vibration operation.

• Balanced rotor with quality ball bearings ensures long service life with very smooth running.

• Magnetic switch with lockable emergency stop function.• Wide grinding range of twist drill from 3 to 20mm.• Exact repeating accuracy thanks to prism-guided feed.• Continuous speed regulation for different materials• Angle adjustment for all twist drill types.• Prismatic holding fixture for precise centring of the workpiece.

Continuous Speed 1,400 – 7,600rpmBit Grinding Angle 90° - 150°Grinding Capacity 3 – 20mmGrinding Speed 16m/sGrind Wheel O/D. 40mmCup Wheel Inside 26mmCup Wheel Thread M10Cup Wheel Embed. 22mmMotor Power 230V/50Hz 500 WDims. LxWxH (cm) 23 x 49 x 24Weight 26.7Kgs

Specification

Included as standard:

• Coolant Tray

• A very economical way to grind Drills

Capacity 1/8” – 3 ⁄ 4”

DRILL GRINDING ATTACHMENTS 1-520-910

DIAMOND WHEEL DRESSER 1-545-200

• Simple • Economical

• 1⁄ 2” dia x 6” long • 1 Carat

Optional Attachments: • Cup Wheel Red 0310-7120 • Cup Wheel Green 0310-7121

page 75 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 76: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

• For total versatility a complete answer to Tool Grinding Requirements

• This Machine is designed for Grinding accurately with ease, the complex shapes of Milling Cutters, Toolbits, & other Cutters of special requirements

• It’s ability to Grind a vast variety of Tools make this Machine truly universal, yet priced competitively

• It can Grind Radius, Taps, Drills, End Mills, Slot Drills, Side Surface Cutters, Circular Saws & many more by using appropriate accessory.

• Spindle is of double end design & totally versatile, can move up and down as well as rotation through horizontal plane

• Table Swivels through 15° for Grinding Tapers• Angular contact bearings keep wheels true

to centres & provide vibration free operation which keeps the accuracy of spindle to highest & free from run out

• Headstock can also be swivelled if required.

Distance Between Centres 405mm Swing Over Table 215mmLongitudinal Travel of Table 450mmCross Travel of Saddle 150mmSwivel Adjustment of Table Up to 15°Vertical Adjustment of Wheel 150mmSwivel Adjustment of Wheel Through 360°Swivel Adjustment of Headstock Through 360°Tilt Adjustment of Headstock 30° Above or BelowMaximum Diameter of Wheel 130mmSpeed of Wheel (Max) 3000RPMWheel Motor 1/2 HPDims LxWxH (cm) 86x76x130Weight 220Kgs

Excel Grinders

Specification

Included as standard:

• Cup Wheel • Tool Bit Grinding Attachment • Face Mill Holder • Cutter Arbor 1” OD • Tooth Rest • 3MT Centre • Adjusting Tools • Coolant System.

Model PBM 450A 1-520-100

UNIVERSAL TOOL & CUTTER GRINDER Model PBM 450A

page 76 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 77: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Specification

Optional Attachments

Sharpening a Ball radius End Mill Sharpening Turning ToolGrinding special Mold-Mill Cutter

5C Collett for stock numbers See Page 121 Universal Tooth 1-520-980

Grinding Circular Saw Blade Grinding Side-Mill CutterA Straight Shank End Mill being sharpened, held with 5C Collett

Disc Wheel 6” 1-520-940

Air Bearing Fixture 5C Collet Taper 1-520-920

Drill & Tap Grinding Fixture 32mm 1-520-913

Saw Grinding Attachment (Up to 20” dia) 1-520-960

Diamond Wheel 4” OD 1-520-900

Radius Grinding Attachment 1-520-950

Working Illustrations

‘ALWAYS EXCEL’

ACCESSORIES & ILLUSTRATIONS

page 77 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 78: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Grinders

Hydraulic Longitudinal Feed, Wheelhead Manual Feed, Wheelhead Rapid Approach & Retraction, 8 Steps Automatic Wheelhead Feeds but manually setting (0.0025-0.04mm).

ECG 2050UH 1-515-100

ECG 2075UH 1-515-200

ECG 32100UH 1-515-300

ECG 32150UH 1-515-400

General CapacityDistance Between Centres mm 500 750 1000 1500Centre Height mm 135 135 180 180Dia. Ground (O.D.) mm 5-200 5-200 8-320 8-320Dia. Ground (I.D.) mm 25-100 25-100 30-100 30-100Max Length Ground (O.D.) mm 500 750 1000 1500 Max Length Ground (I.D.) mm 125 125 125 125Max Weight of Workpiece Kg 100 100 150 150WorkheadSwivelling Angle +90° +90° +90° +90°Spindle Taper MT 4 4 4 4Spindle Speed rpm/min WheelheadWheel Spindle Speed rpm/min 1450 1450 1450 1450Wheelhead Rapid StrokeHydraulic mm 50 50 50 50Max Travel mm 205 205 246 246Swivelling Angle +10° +10° +/-30° +/-30°Man. Feed per Revolution mm Rough: 2.0 / Fine: 0.5Man. Feed per Graduation mm Rough: 0.01 / Fine: 0.0025Max Dim. of Wheel (ODxWxID) 400 x 50 x 203Internal GrindingSpindle Speed r/min 10000 10000 10000 10000Dims of Wheel mm Max 30x25x10/Min 17x20x6 Max 50x25x13/ Min 17x20x6TableTable Travel (Per rev) mm 6 6 6 6Max Swivel Angle of Table mm Clockwise: 3° Clockwise 3° Clockwise 3° Clockwise 3° Anti.Clockwise 9° Anti. Clockwise 8° Anti.Clockwise 7° Anti.Clockwise 6°Longitudinal Traverse Speed of Table m/min 0.1-4 0.1–4 0.1-4 0.1-4TailstockQuill Taper MT 4 4 4 4Quill Travel mm 30 30 30 30MotorWheelhead Motor kw 4 4 5.5 5.5Internal Grinding Motor kw 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1Workhead Motor kw 0.55 0.55 0.75/1.5 0.75/1.5MachineDims cms 260x206x205 300x206x205 338x200x205 438x200x205Weight kgs 4100 4300 5300 6100

Specicfication ECG 2050 UH ECG 2075 UH ECG 32100 UH ECG 32150 UH

Variable speed 25 – 380 Inverter driven

Models:

CYLINDRICAL GRIINDERS - (Hydraulic Universal) Model ECG 2050UH | ECG 2075UH | ECG 32100UH | ECG 32150UH

page 78 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 79: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

CYLINDRICAL GRIINDERS - (Hydraulic Universal) Model ECG 2050UH | ECG 2075UH | ECG 32100UH | ECG 32150UH

Excel Grinders

Model GRB | Stands | DC1INDUSTRIAL BENCH GRINDERS

• Sealed & pre-lubricated Ball Bearings• Balanced Motor for smooth operation• Adjustable spark detectors for safety• Adjustable shatter-proof eye shields• Thick Wheel Guards with built in dust chutes

(Except 6”)• 10” & 12” Grinders have wheel balancing

weights.

Dust Chutes not available on 6” Model

DUST COLLECTOR(GRAVITY FED)Simple and economical

DC 1 1-532-100

DC 1DUST COLLECTOR

GRB 201-6” 1ph 240v Wheel 150x12.7x19mm1⁄2 HP 2900 RPM D x B x W 1-530-200No Dust Suction Facilities

GRB 201-6” 1ph 110v Wheel 150x12.7x19mm1⁄2 HP 2900 RPM D x B x W 1-530-201No Dust Suction Facilities

GRB 202-8” 1ph 240v Wheel 205x20x25mm 1-530-3003⁄4 HP 2900 RPM D x B x W

GRB 202-8” 1ph 110v Wheel 205x20x25mm 1-530-3013⁄4 HP 2900 RPM D x B x W

GRB 202-8” 3ph 415v Wheel 205x20x25mm 1-530-3033⁄4 HP 2900 RPM D x B x W

GRB 203-10” 3ph 415v Wheel 255x25.4x38mm 1-530-4001 1⁄2 HP 1450 RPM D x B x W

GRB 204-12” 3ph 415v Wheel 305x25.4x50mm 1-530-5002 HP 1450 RPM D x B x W

D=Outside Diameter Weights B=Bores 6” 20Kgs 8” 28Kgs W=Width of Wheel 10” 53Kgs 12” 103Kgs

Specicfication

Stand A 1-531-100LxWxH 50x42x80 cm to suit 6” & 8” Bench Grinders

Stand C 1-531-200LxWxH 65x45x80 cm to suit 10” Grinders & 9” Polishers

Stand D 1-531-300LxWxH 65x45x80 cm to suit 12” Grinders

DC 1 Dust Collector 1-532-100Spare Bag 1-532-900

Stand Optional

Optional Accessories:

Optional

Spare Wheels

6” Wheel A36/46 1-530-906C 6” Wheel A60 1-530-906F 8” Wheel A36/46 1-530-908C 8” Wheel A60 1-530-908F 10” Wheel A36/46 1-530-910C 10” Wheel A60 1-530-910F 12” Wheel A36/46 1-530-912C 12” Wheel A60 1-530-912F

page 79 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 80: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Grinders

• Heavy duty, long life industrial model with maintenance free Motor for continuous use

• Housing made from Aluminium Die Casting• Balanced Rotor with quality Ball Bearings ensures

long service life with very smooth running• Robust, adjustable workpiece rest • Safety Guards made from fracture proof plexiglass• Magnetic switch with lockable emergency stop

function• Two wide Grinding Wheels• Aspiration hole incorporated as standard from SM250 onwards• CE compliant.

Specicfication Model Motor Power 2.2 kW 400 V ~50 HzGrinding Wheel mm O/D 300 x Width 50 Bore 75 Speed 1’450 rpmDims LxWxH (cm) 74 x 37 x 41 mmWeight 84 Kg

Optional Stand for SM 300 0310-7103

Dimensions:L 51 cmW 60 cmH 79 cm

Model GRW 202 8” Grinder/Wire Brush 1ph 1-530-801

SPARE GRINDING WHEELSStock Num. Spec

0310-7270 300mm K360310-7275 300mm K80

Model SM 300 0310-1303

INDUSTRIAL BENCH GRINDERS Model GRW 202 | GRW 203 | SM 300

page 80 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

SPARE GRINDING & WIRE WHEELSSpec Stock Num.

Spare Grinding Wheel for GRW 202 1-530-908CSpare Wire Wheel for GRW 202 1-530-908WSpare Grinding Wheel for GRW 203 1-530-910CSpare Wire Wheel for GRW 203 1-530-910W

Model GRW 202 8” Grinder/Wire Brush 3ph 1-530-803

Model GRW 203 10” Grinder/Wire Brush 3ph 1-530-853

GRW 202-8” 1ph 240v Grinding Wheel 205x20x25mm Wire Brush 200x19x16m

GRW 202-8” 3ph 415v Grinding Wheel 205x20x25mm Wire Brush 200x19x16mm GRW 203-10” 3ph 415v Grinding Wheel 255x25x38mm Wire Brush 250x25x25mm

Specicfication

Dia. X Bore X Width 3⁄4 HP 2900 RPM

3⁄4 HP 2900 RPM

Dia. X Bore X Width 1 1⁄2 HP 1450 RPM

NEW

Page 81: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Grinders

INDUSTRIAL BENCH GRINDERS Model SM 175 | SM 200 | 250 | QSM 150

0310-7150 150mm K360310-7155 150mm K800310-7180 175mm K360310-7185 175mm K800310-7210 200mm K360310-7215 200mm K80 0310-7250 250mm K360310-7255 250mm K80

SPARE GRINGING WHEELS Stock Num. Spec.

SM 175

Specicfication QSM150 SM175 SM200 SM250 Model

240v 1ph 0310-1815 0310-1175 0310-1200 110v 1ph 0310-1814 0310-1176 0310-1202415v 3ph 0310-1203 0310-1253 Wheel DWB 150x20x16mm 175x25x32mm 200x30x32mm 250x40x32mm Speed 50Hz 2850rpm 2850rpm 2850rpm 2850rpm Motor Power 450W 450W 600W 1.5KW Dims LxWxH (cm) 41x20x30 46x22x30 47x25x31 55x31x37 Weight 11Kg 14Kg 16Kg 39Kg

Optional Simple Stand for SM 150/250LxWxH 32x 27x 82 cm 0310-7100

Optional Wall Holder for SM 150/250 LxWxH 33x30x23 cm 0310-7050

Optional Cabinet Stand for SM 150/250

LxWxH 35x30x79 cm 0310-7101

QSM 150

page 81 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Model GRW 203 10” Grinder/Wire Brush 3ph 1-530-853

Dia. X Bore X Width

Page 82: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Model PSM 200 | PSM 250 | XLBP 9/1 | XLBP 9/3

Excel Polishers POLISHERS FOR SUPERIOR FINISH• Heavy duty long life industrial model

with maintenance free motor• Housing made from Aluminium Die Casting• Balanced Rotor with quality Ball Bearings ensures

long service life with very smooth running• Magnetic Switch with lockable emergency stop

function• CE compliant

240v 1ph 0310-1320415v 3ph 0310-1323 0310-1325

Wheel DWB 200x20x16mm 250x25x20mmSpeed 2850rpm 2850rpmMotor Power 50hz 600W 1.5KwDims LxWxH (cm) 20x55x26 25x63x32mm Weight 14Kg 23Kg

Specicfication Model PSM 200 PSM 250

200mm Hard 0310-7321200mm Soft 0310-7320250mm Hard 0310-7331250mm Soft 0310-7330

Spare Polishing Wheel Wheel Stock Num.

IN ASSOCIATION

MANUFACTUREDWITH

PARTNERSGERMAN

• Heavy duty & long lasting• Complete with 2 cotton

Buffing Wheels• 1 HP Powerful Motor• Choice of 1ph or 3ph• 2850 RPM speed• Weight 42Kgs.

Shown with optional stand & optional DCP 250

EXCEL HEAVY DUTY BUFFER POLISHERModel XLBP 9/1 9” BufferPolisher 1Ph 1-554-091

Model XLBP 9/3 9” Buffer Polisher 3Ph 1-554-093

Spare Polishing Wheel Wheel Stock Number

9” Polishing Wheel 1-554-925Stand C 1-531-200Dust Extractor DCP 250/1 – 1Ph 1-532-300Dust Extractor DCP 250/3 – 3Ph 1-532-303Dust Extractor Spare Bag 1-532-900

POWERED DUST EXTRACTOR• Heavy duty powered Dust Extractor• Choice of 1 Phase or 3 Phase• Y Type connector to 2 x 4”

Hose Pipes.Main Motor 1⁄2 HP 1 or 3PhHose Dia. 4” x 2Capacity 750 CFMAir Speed 28 M/SWeight 21 Kgs

DCP 250/1 240v/1Ph/50hz 1-532-300DCP 250/3 415v/3Ph/50hz 1-532-303Spare Bag 1-532-900

Specification

POLISHERS

page 82 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 83: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

POLISHERS FOR SUPERIOR FINISH

Spare Polishing Wheel Wheel Stock Num.

• Heavy duty & long lasting• Complete with 2 cotton

Buffing Wheels• 1 HP Powerful Motor• Choice of 1ph or 3ph• 2850 RPM speed• Weight 42Kgs.

EXCEL HEAVY DUTY BUFFER POLISHERModel XLBP 9/1 9” BufferPolisher 1Ph 1-554-091

Model XLBP 9/3 9” Buffer Polisher 3Ph 1-554-093

Spare Polishing Wheel

POWERED DUST EXTRACTOR

Excel Belt Grinders

BELT GRINDERS

• Vibration free run by rubberized Drive & Guide Rollers

• Grinding Table 15° - 30° inclinable• Workpiece rest adjustable into each

position• Powerful Motor• Time saving deburring of edges, cleaning

welding seams

• High Belt rotation speed of 30m/sec• User friendly Sanding Belt change

quick & easy.

• Large Grinding surface.• Solid & vibration free construction• Standard two suction nozzles for

connection to an extractor.

Model BSM 75 0332-1075

Sanding Belt Dims. LxW (mm) 75 x2000 150 x2000Grinding Surface (mm) 75 x 575 150 x 575Motor/Belt Rotation Speed 2,800rpm / 30 m/sec Suction Nozzle Nominal Size Inside Ø 57mm Suction Nozzle Nominal Size Outside Ø 60mm Dims. LxWxH (cm) 94x44x99mm 94x51x989Motor Power 3Kw 400v 3ph 4Kw 400v 3phWeight 102Kgs 125Kgs

Specification Opti BSM 75 BSM 150

2000x75mm Belt Fine Pack of 10 1-555-900P2000x75mm Belt Medium Pack of 10 1-555-910P2000x75mm Belt Coarse Pack of 10 1-555-920P2000x150mm Belt Fine Pack of 10 1-555-950P2000x150mm Belt Medium Pack of 10 1-555-960P2000x150mm Belt Coarse Pack of 10 1-555-970P

SPARE SANDING BELTS

HEAVY DUTY SANDER MODEL BIG BOY 80B 1-553-200

• Sealed Motor• Magnetic Switches with

No Volt Release• Sanding Table can be

adjusted from 90° -180°• Adjust Roller to Track Belt• Contour Sanding • Sanding Table can be adjusted 0°-90°.

Table Length 27”Belt LxW 6 x 89”Speed 5300fpmMotor (240V 1ph 11⁄2 HP (2P)Weight 99Kgs

Specification

Model BSM 150 0332-1150

6 x 89” Belt Fine Grit Pack of 10 1-553-900P6 x 89” Belt Medium Grit Pack of 10 1-553-910P6 x 89” Belt Coarse Grit Pack of 10 1-553-920P

Spare Belts

Stock Number

Stock Number

Model BSM 75 | BSM 150 | BB 80B

page 83 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 84: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Belt Grinders

HEAVY DUTY BELT SANDER Model BDS 612 | DBS 75

OPTI BELT & DISC GRINDER

• Universally applicable, multi purpose Belt & Disc Grinding Machine with rotating arm.• Powerful Motor• Sanding Belt tension manually

adjustable• Fine adjustment for parallel Belt

operation• Inclinable Grinding Table.• Sanding Belt easily changeable

• User-friendly Safety Switch (IP 54 compliant) with low Voltage Circuit Breaker & emergency Stop Switch

• Comfortably usable from the front

• Suction nozzle supplied as standard

• Built according to CE standard.

• Powerful 1.5 HP motor• Heavy duty cast iron table and body• Steel plate covered with graphite to reduce friction for longer belt life• Adjustable belt unit operates horizontally, vertically and any angle in between• 2 x 4” Dust chutes• Sturdy cabinet stand• Quick belt release mechanism• Mitre gauge.

75x1180 Belt Coarse Pack of 10 0335-7624P75x1180 Belt Medium Pack of 10 0335-7626P75x1180 Belt Fine Pack of 10 0335-7628P

150mm Disc Coarse Pack of 10 1-551-950P150mm Disc Medium Pack of 10 1-551-940P150mm Disc Fine Pack of 10 1-551-930P

Sanding Belt Dimensions 75 x 1180mmAbrasive Disc Ø 150mmBelt Rotation Speed 11m/secGrinding Rest 85x215mmSuction Nozzle Nominal Size Inside Ø 47mmSuction Nozzle Nominal Size Outside Ø 50mmMotor Power 1.1Kw 3 phMotor Speed 1410 rpmDims LxWxH (cm) 67x46x37Weight 62Kgs

Specification Spare Belts

Spare Discs

Belt 6 x 48”(152 x 1219mm)Disc 12” (305mm)Belt lift 0-90 DegreesBelt speed 2,100 FPMDisc Speed 2000 RPMMotor 1.5 HPWeight 90 Kgs

Spare Belts

6 x 48” Belt Fine Grit Pack of 10 1-552-900P6 x 48” Belt Med.Grit Pack of 10 1-552-910P6 x 48” Belt Coarse Grit Pack of 10 1-552-920P12” Disc Fine Grit Pack of 10 1-552-990P12” Disc Med. Grit Pack of 10 1-552-991P12” Disc Coarse Grit Pack of 10 1-552-992P

Stock Number

Dust Extractor DCP 250/1 – 1Ph 1-532-300 Dust Extractor DCP 250/3 – 3Ph 1-532-303

Spare Bag 1-532-900

Optional Accessories:

Model DBS 75 240V 1 ph 0331-1071 415v 3 ph 0331-1075

Stock Number

Stock Number

Model BDS 6121 ph 1-552-400 3 ph 1-552-403

Specification

page 84 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 85: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Spare Belts

Spare Discs

Excel Sanders

EXCEL BELT DISC SANDERS – LINISHERS Model BDS 15 | BDS 46C | BDS 69C

• A very versatile Sander – Linisher• Mitre Gauge tilts L60° - R60°• Table tilts to 45°• Magnetic Switch with No Volt Release• 300W 1Phase 240 Volt Motor For light duty fine Linishing. • Difficult jobs made easy.• Weight 9Kgs.

• Linishing Belt can be used in vertical or horizontal position

• Table tilts 45°• Mitre Gauge tilts L60° -

R60°• Medium duty• 500W 240volt 1 Phase

sealed Motor• Quick Change Belt• Weight 24Kgs.

MODEL BDS 69C 6 X 48” Belt, 9” Disc 1-552-300

• Medium duty• Linishing Belts can be used in

Vertical or Horizontal position• Table tilts 45°• Mitre Gauge tilts L60° - R60°• Heavy duty 750W 240V 1Ph

Motor• Quick Belt Change• Net Weight 52Kgs.

MODEL BDS 15

1 x 30” Belt 5” Disc 1-550-300Spare Belts/Discs

Pack of 10 Stock Nums.

1 x 30” Belt Fine Grit 1-550-960P1 x 30” Belt Medium Grit 1-550-961P1 x 30” Belt Coarse Grit 1-550-962P5” Disc Fine Grit 1-550-955P5” Disc Medium Grit 1-550-956P5” Disc Coarse Grit 1-550-957P

Specification

Table Size 315 x 170mmTable Tilting 0-45°Belt Size 153 x 1220 (6 x 48”)Belt Tilting 0-90°Belt Speed 480m/min (1580ft/min)Disc Size 230mm (9”)Disc Speed 2100rpm

MODEL BDS 46C

4 x 36” Belt 6” Dia. Disc 1-551-300

Pack of 10 Stock Nums.

4 x 36” Belt Fine Grit 1-551-900P4 x 36” Belt Medium Grit 1-551-910P4 x 36” Belt Coarse Grit 1-551-920P6” Dia Disc Fine Grit 1-551-930P6” Dis Disc Medium Grit 1-551-940P6” Dia Disc Coarse Grit 1-551-950P

Spare Belts/Discs

Pack of 10 Stock Nums.

6 x 48” Belt Fine Grit 1-552-900P6 x 48” Belt Medium Grit 1-552-910P6 x 48” Belt Coarse Grit 1-552-920P9” Dia. Disc Fine Grit 1-552-930P9” Dia Disc Medium Grit 1-552-940P9” Dia Disc Coarse Grit 1-552-950P

Specification

page 85 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 86: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

90° Cap. Round 200mm 225mm 280mm 320mm 380mm 450mm Rectangle HxL 190x190 250x255 250x250 300x300 350x330 430x40045° Cap. Round 90mm 120mm 130mm 140mm 150mm 160mm Rectangle HxL 190x90 210x120 250x130 300x140 350x150 430x160Stroke Length 120mm 140mm 140mm 140mm 140mm 160mmStrokes /min 110,140 80,100,120Blade Size mm 350x32 400x32 450x32 500x38 550x45 650x50Main Motor 1HP 2HP 2HP 2HP 2HP 3HPDims LxWxH cms 120x51x79 140x85x120 147x85x120 154x85x120 172x85x136 197x94x152Weight 270Kgs 485Kgs 520Kgs 600Kgs 645Kgs 800Kgs

Model KP 200 Round Cutting Cap. 200mm 1-610-100

Model KP 225 Round Cutting Cap. 225mm 1-610-200

Model KP 280 Round Cutting Cap. 280mm 1-610-300

Model KP 320 Round Cutting Cap. 320mm 1-610-400

Model KP 380 Round Cutting Cap. 380mm 1-610-500

Model KP 450 Round Cutting Cap. 450mm 1-610-600

Specification KP200 KP225 KP280 KP320 KP380 KP450

Excel Saws

• Complete Hydraulic System • Infinitely Variable Saw Feed Pressure Control • Complete Electric Components with Motor Protection • Re-Circulating Coolant System • Adjustable Material Length Stop • Clamping Device for Short Ends • Equalizing Bar for Jaws

• Nesting fixture for multiple Sawing of Stacked Bars, Small Rounds & Tubing • Material Support Stand • One Saw Blade ready for cutting • One set of necessary Tools & Tool Box • One Grease Gun • Instruction Manual & Parts List.

Included as standard:

KP200 350x32mm x 6TPI 1-610-900KP200 350x32mm x 10TPI 1-610-901KP225 400x32mm x 6TPI 1-610-910KP225 400x32mm x 10TPI 1-610-911KP280 450x32mm x 6TPI 1-610-920KP280 450x32mm x 10TPI 1-610-921KP320 500x38mm x 4TPI 1-610-930KP320 500x38mm x 6TPI 1-610-931KP380 550x45mm x 4TPI 1-610-940KP380 550x45mm x 6TPI 1-610-941KP450 650x50mm x 4TPI 1-610-950KP450 650x50mm x 6TPI 1-610-951

Stock Numbers for Blades

• Precision • Efficiency • Reliability • Versatility

HEAVY DUTY HYDRAULIC HACKSAWS Model KP 200 | KP 225 | KP 280 | KP 320 | KP 380 | KP 450

page 86 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 87: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Saws

HEAVY DUTY VERTICAL BANDSAW Model KV 40 | KV 50 | KV 60 | KV 100

Model KV 40 16” Throat 1-631-100 Model KV 50 20” Throat 1-631-200

Model KV 60 24” Throat 1-631-300 Model KV 100 40” Throat 1-631-400

• Heavy Duty suitable for continuous use

• High Quality Electrics & limit switches to blade wheel covers make safe to use and conform to CE

• Air Pipe keeps the visibility clear near the cutting edge

Blade to Column 410mm 520mm 600mm 1000mmMax. Work Height 310mm 310mm 340mm 340mmTable Size (mm) 600x500 600x500 600x500 600x500 220x500 450x500Table Inclination (4 ways) 15° 15° 15° 15°Blade Length 3350mm 3880mm 3970mm 4540mmMax Width 16mm 16mm 16mm 16mmBlade Speeds Stepless Lo. 15-55m/min Hi. 96-390m/minButt Welder Capacity 2.4KVA 3-16mmDrive Motor 1.5Kw 1.5Kw 1.5Kw 1.5KwDrawing Dims. A 930mm 1010mm 1135mm 1535mm B 970mm 1050mm 1175mm 1575mm C 500mm 500mm 540mm 540mm D 560mm 560mm 580mm 580mm E 1110mm 1210mm 1320mm 1730mm F 590mm 690mm 695mm 695mm G 1000mm 1000mm 1015mm 1015mm H 1950mm 2070mm 2010mm 2010mm I 210mm 210mm 210mm 210mmDims LxWxH (cm) 111x59x195 121x69x207 132x70x201 173x70x201Weight 440Kgs 500Kgs 700Kgs 800Kgs

Included as standard:

• Saw Blade Butt Welder with Integrated Annealing Unit • Blade Shear, Grinder & Built in Blade & Tyre Cleaning Brush • Lo-Volt Light • Set of Tools • Instruction Manual & Parts List • Rip Fence for Straight, Repeated Cutting & is easily adjustable for varied size • Mitre Protractor for Angular Cutting.

Specification KV 40 KV 50 KV 60 KV100

KV40 6/10 Vari Tooth 1-631-910BKV40 8/12 Vari Tooth 1-631-911BKV40 10/14 Vari Tooth 1-631-912B

KV50 6/10 Vari Tooth 1-631-920BKV50 8/12 Vari Tooth 1-631-921BKV50 10/14 Vari Tooth 1-631-922B

KV60 6/10 Vari Tooth 1-631-930BKV60 8/12 Vari Tooth 1-631-931BKV60 10/14 Vari Tooth 1-631-932B

KV100 6/10 Vari Tooth 1-631-940BKV100 8/12 Vari Tooth 1-631-941BKV100 10/14 Vari Tooth 1-631-942B

Bi Metal M42

SPARE BLADES

page 87 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 88: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

HEAVY DUTY - TWIN COLUMN SEMI-AUTO BANDSAW

Excel Saws

Model BSS 325VTC 1-627-101 Model BSS 560VTC 1-627-401

Model BSS 360VTC 1-627-201 Model BSS 810VTC 1-627-501

Model BSS 460VTC 1-627-301 Model BSS 1100VTC 1-627-601

Variable Speed: No Belt change. No time wasting. Speeds up production

Cutting Capacity mm Round 325 380 460 560 810 110090° Rectangle 450x325 520x380 650x460 750x560 850x810 1100x1300 Square 325 380 460 560 810 1100 Round 250 300 380 410 480 45° Rectangle 250x325 300x380 380x460 410x560 480x810 - Square 250 300 380 410 480 Main Drive Motor Kw 2.2 3 4 4 4 11Hydraulic Pump Motor Kw 0.55 0.55 0.55 1.1 1.1 3Blade Size mm 4160x34 4800x34 5200x41 6000x41 8200x41 12000x67Blade Speed Variable m/min 20-100 20-100 20-100 20-100 20-100 20-100Dims LxWxH (cm) 215x86x150 285x93x166 310x100x180 340x100x205 390x120x235 530x140x340Weight Kgs 820 1150 1410 1750 2300 6800

3-4 Vari-Tooth Bi Metal M42 1-627-905 1-627-915 1-627-925 1-627-935 1-627-940 1-627-9504-6 Vari-Tooth Bi Metal M42 1-627-906 1-627-916 1-627-926 1-627-936 1-627-941 1-627-9515-8 Vari-Tooth Bi Metal M42 1-627-907 1-627-917 1-627-927 1-627-937 1-627-942 1-627-952

Specification BSS325 BSS360 BSS460 BSS560 BSS810 BSS1100 VTC VTC VTC VTC VTC VTC

SPARE BLADES

• These Saws are designed for high performance • These Saws offer large capacity at economical prices • Semi-automatic operation

Included as standard:• Coolant Pump &

Accessories• Instruction Manual• Material Support

Stand.

BUY WITH CONFID

ENC

E

page 88 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 89: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

HEAVY DUTY - TWIN COLUMN SEMI-AUTO BANDSAW

Model BSS 325VTC 1-627-101 Model BSS 560VTC 1-627-401

Model BSS 360VTC 1-627-201 Model BSS 810VTC 1-627-501

Model BSS 460VTC 1-627-301 Model BSS 1100VTC 1-627-601

SPARE BLADES

Excel Saws

HEAVY DUTY - TWIN COLUMN FULLY-AUTO BANDSAW

BSA 325VTC BSA 360VTC BSA 460VTC BSA560VTC1-628-101 1-628-201 1-628-301 1-628-401

These Bandsaws are designed for high performance. These Saws offer large capacity at most economical prices. Fully automatic. Suitable to cut single or up to 99999. Machine automatically stops when quantity required is completed, or the Bar stock runs out.

Variable Speed: No Belt change. No time wasting. Speeds up production

Cutting Capacity (mm) Round 325 360 460 56090° Rectangle 350x325 430x380 470x460 570x560 Square 325 360 460 560Main Drive Motor 2.2Kw 3Kw 4Kw 4KwHydraulic Pump Motor 0.55Kw 0.55Kw 1.1Kw 1.1KwFeed Motor 0.25Kw 0.25Kw 0.25Kw 0.55KwBlade Size mm 4160x34 4800x34 5200x41 6000x41Blade Speed Variable m/min 20-100 20-100 20-100 20-100Dims LxWxH (cm) 245x90x150 290x95x166 310x100x180 350x105x205Weight Kg 880 1250 1500 1880

3-4 Vari-tooth Bi Metal M42 1-627-905 1-627-915 1-627-925 1-627-9354-6 Vari-tooth Bi Metal M42 1-627-906 1-627-916 1-627-926 1-627-9365-8 Vari-tooth Bi Metal M42 1-627-907 1-627-917 1-627-927 1-627-937

Specification BSA325 BSA360 BSA460 BSA560 VTC VTC VTC VTC

SPARE BLADES

Included as standard:

• Coolant Pump & Accessories• Instruction Manual• Material Support Stand.

NEW

page 89 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 90: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

HEAVY DUTY BANDSAWS Model BSA 280V | BSS 320 VL

Excel SawsFully Automatic Bandsaw suitable for single or multiple cuts up to 99999. Machine stops automatically after reaching the preselected number of cuts

Variable speed: No belt change. No time wasting. Speeds up production.

Maximum Capacity (mm) Round 280mm Rectangle 280 x 250mm Square 270mmBlade Speed Variable 20-100m/minBlade Size 3400x27Max Feed Length 500mmMain Motor 2HPDims LxWxH (cm) 180x85x130Weight 685 Kgs

Maximum Capacity mm90° Round 320mm90° Rectangle 310 x 610mm90° Square 320mm45° Round 320mm45° Rectangle 180 x 460mm45° Square 320mmBlade Speed Variable 20-100m/minBlade Size 4160 x 34mmMitre Cut 45°Main Motor 3HPDims LxWxH (cms) 210x85x130Weight 690 Kgs

Semi-automatic Saw with large opening Vice for RSJ & other fabrication work. Micro alignment of Blade through Ball Bearings. Dovetail slide for positive positioning. Adjustable Hydraulic Down Feed. Automatic cut off & lift of arm.

Specification

HEAVY DUTY BANDSAWModel BSS 320VL 1-626-400

Specification

Included as standard:

• Coolant pump & accessories• Instruction manual• Material support stand.

SPARE BLADES

3-4 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 1-626-920 4-6 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 1-626-921 5-8 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 1-626-922

SPARE BLADES

3-4 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 1-626-930 4-6 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 1-626-931 5-8 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 1-626-932

• Coolant Pump & Accessories • Instruction Manual • Material Support Stand

Included as standard:

AUTOMATIC BANDSAWModel BSA 280V 1-626-300

page 90 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 91: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

HEAVY DUTY BANDSAWS Model BSA 280V | BSS 320 VL

SPARE BLADES

Excel Saws

Model BSS 320VSL | PBS 250V

• Micro alignment of Blade through Ball Bearings & Carbide Blade Guides.

• Dovetail slide with take up gib.• Rapid approach Vice. • Adjustable Hydraulic Feed. • Automatic Cut Off.• Variable Speed: • No Belt change. No time wasting.

Speeds up production.

Included as standard:• Coolant Pump &

Accessories• Instruction Manual.

Model PBS 250V 10” Round Cap, Vice Opens 450mm 1-625-200V

Maximum Capacity:At 90° Round 250mm Square 250x250mm Rectangular (HxW) 250x415mmAt 45° Round 190mm Square 190x190mm Rectangular (HxW) 250x190mmBlade Size 3300x27mmBlade Speed Variable 25-75m/minMitre Cut 45°Motor 2 HPDims LxWxH (cms) 175x57.5x112Weight 325 Kgs

Specification

SPARE BLADES

3-4 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 1-625-950B 4-6Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 1-625-951B5-8 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 1-625-952B 6-10 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 1-625-953B

Optional Attachments:• MSR 4 0335-7610S 4 Roller adjustable height Material Stand. Min 530mm max 800 mm

page 91 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Model BSS 320VSL 1-626-500

Maximum Capacity:At 90° Round 320mm Square 320mm Rectangular (HxW) 310x610mmAt 45° Round 320mm Square 190x190mm Rectangular (HxW) 310x355mmBlade Size 4160 x 34mmBlade Speed Stepless 20-100MPMMitre Cut Any Angle 30-90°Motor 3 HPDims LxWxH (cms) 210x120x134 Weight 1090 Kgs

Specification

SPARE BLADES

3-4 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 1-626-930 4-6Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 1-626-9315-8 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 1-626-932

Optional Attachments:• MSR 4 1-626-994 4 Roller adjustable height Material Stand. Min 530mm max 800 mm

Included as standard:

• Coolant pump & accessories• Instruction manual• Material support stand.

NEW

Swivelling Arm Mitre Saw

Page 92: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

HEAVY DUTY BANDSAW Model PBS 225 1-625-100 3PH / 1-625-101 1PH

Model S 181G S 181 415V 3PH 0330-0182 240V 1PH 0330-0185

• 9” Round Capacity Vice Opens 400mm• Micro Alignment of Blade through Ball Bearings & Carbide Blade Guides. • Dovetail Slide with take up Gib. • Rapid Approach Vice. Adjustable Hydraulic Feed.• Automatic Cut Off. • 4 Step - Belt Change.

Round 90° 225mmRectangular 90° 225 x 345mmSquare 90° 225 x 225mmRound 45° 165mmRectangular 45° 225 x 165mmSquare 45° 165 x 165mmBlade Size 3035 x 27mmBlade Speed (4 steps) 25-40-57-71 mpmMitre Cut 45°Motor 1 1/2 HPDims LxWxW (cm) 171x75x110Weight 285 Kgs

3-4 Vari Tooth Bimetal M42 1-625-940B

4-6 Vari Tooth Bimeta M42 1-625-941B

5-8 Vari Tooth Bimetal M42 1-625-942B

6-10 Vari Tooth Bimetal M42 1-625-943B

• User friendly safety switch according to IP54 with under Voltage release & protective Motor Switch

• Three Blade speeds via Gear shifting mechanism on S181G

• on S181 three Blade speeds through Belt change.

• Robust Cast Iron design

• Lowering using Hydraulic System with continuous adjustment

• Coolant System supplied as standard

• Ball Bearing 5 point Blade guide• Quick Action Vice• Automatic limit stop• Chip Brush.

Included as standard:

SPARE BLADES

Excel Saws

• Bi-metal Blade • Hydraulic Counter Pressure Cylinder • Machine Sub Structure • Material Limit Stop • Quick Action Vice • Coolant Equipment

5-8 Vari Tooth Bimetal M42 1-620-950B6-10 Vari Tooth Bimetal M42 1-620-951B

SPARE BLADES

Specification

Cap. Round 90° 180mmCap. Rect. 90° 180 x 240mm / 65 x 300mmCap.Round 45° 110mmCap. Rect. 45° 170 x 110mmBlade Speed 39/66/82 m/minBlade Size 2362 x 19mmMotor Power 750WDims. LxWxH (cm) 128 x 45x 110Weight 130Kg

Maximum Capacity Specification

Included as standard:• Coolant Pump & Accessories Instruction Manual.

Optional Attachments:

Optional Attachments:

• MSR 4 0335-7610S 4 Roller adjustable height Material Stand. Min 530 mm max 800mm

• MSR 4 0335-7610S

4 Roller adjustable height Material Stand. Min 530 mm Max 800mm

S181G

S181

BELT & GEARED DRIVE BANDSAWS Model S181G | S181 | PBS 225

Maximum Capacity

240V 1PH 0330-0186

page 92 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 93: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

S181

Perfect for easy sawing operations.Mitre cuts from -45° to +60° over swivelling Saw Arch

• Automatic lowering of the Saw Arch using Hydraulic Cylinder with continuous advance

• Mounting Base, Swivel Arm & Saw Arch made of Grey Cast Iron

• Ball Bearing 3 point Saw Belt Guide

• Automatic limit stop• Arms swivels L/R on both

sides from -45° to +60°• Smooth running • Three speeds• Quick Action Vice• Machine with Stand

Cap. Round 90° 128mmCap. Rect. 90° 100 x 150mmCap Round. 45° 94mmCap Rect. 45° 94 x 68mmCap Round 60° 56mmCap. Rect. 60° 56 x 56mmBlade Speed 22/31/55 m/minBlade Size 1638 x 13mmMotor Power 550WDims LxWxH (cm) 98 x 28 x 106Weight 78Kg

Maximum Capacity

Included as standard:• 10-14 Vari Bimetal Blade • Hydraulic Counter Pressure Cylinder• Machine Substructure • Material Limit Stop.

Excel Saws

PULL DOWN SAW Model S131 GH | S100 G

Specification

• Automatic limit stop• Ball Bearing Saw

Blade Guide• Patented Quick

Action Vice• Space saving due to

mitre position over Saw Arch

EXCEL PORTABLE BANDSAW MODEL S100G Ideal for use on construction sites, hobby application & agricultural sites.

240V 0330-0100110V 0330-0102

Cap. Round 90° 100mmCap. Rect. 90° 100 x 150mmCap. Round 45° 65mmCap. Rect. 45° 100 x 60mmBlade Size 1470 x 13mmSpeed 45m / minMotor Power 370W 230v Dims LxWxH (cm) 73x38x46mmWeight 23Kgs

Specification

SPARE BLADES

10-14 Vari Tooth Bimetal M42 0335-1110

Optional Attachments:• MSR 4 0335-7610

4 Roller adjustable height Material Stand. Min 650 mm max 950 mm

10-14 Vari Tooth Bimetal M42 0335-1518

SPARE BLADES

Model S131 GH 1 PH 0330-0131

• Automatic lowering of the Saw Arch with the help of the three point adjustment of the Saw Frame lowering pressure.

page 93 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 94: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

OPTIMUM BANDSAWS PULL DOWN TYPE (With Mitre – Swivelling Left/Right)

Excel Saws• 2 Saw Blade speeds selectable over

2-step Motor(3 phase only)• Heavy Cast Iron design• High cutting accuracy• Smooth running• Quick & safe holding of the workpiece

by a Quick Action Vice with an additional lever• Coolant Tray

Cap. Round 90° 170mm 225mmCap. Rect. 90° 210x140mm 245x180mmCap. Round 45° 125mm 160mmCap. Rect. 45° 125x100mm 160x160mmCap. Round 60° - 100mmCap. Rect. 60° - 100x100mmBlade Speed 2 Steps (3 ph) 40/80 m/min 45/90 m/min 1 Step (1 ph) 40m/min 45m/minBlade Size 2080x20mm 2480x27mmMotor 750 W 1.1 KWCoolant Motor 40 W 40 WDims LxWxH (cm) 30x58x78 138x58x93Weight 157Kg 200Kg

Model S210G Medium duty, 3 Ph, Two Speed 0330-0210

Model S210G Medium duty, 1 Ph , Single Speed 0330-0211

Model S275G Heavy duty, 3 Ph, Two Speed 0330-0275

Model S275G Heavy duty, 1 Ph, Single Speed 0330-0276

Optional Attachments:

• Mitre Saw Arm swivels to 60°• Automatic limit stop• Ball Bearing 5 point Blade Guide• Adjustable Feed Rate with Hydraulic Cylinder • Coolant Pump supplied as standard• Bi-Metal Blade supplied as standard

• Bi-Metal Saw Blade• Hydraulic Feed• Machine Stand• Material Limit Stop

• Quick Action Vice• Coolant Equipment• Chip Collection Tray

Included as standard:

SPARE BLADES

4-6 Vari-Tooth M42 1-660-905B 1-660-915B5-8 Vari-Tooth M42 1-660-906B 1-660-916B6-10 Vari-Tooth M42 1-660-907B 1-660-917B

• MSR 4 0335-7610

4 Roller adjustable height Material Stand - min 650 mm max 950 mm

Specification S210G S275G

page 94 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 95: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

OPTIMUM BANDSAWS PULL DOWN TYPE (With Mitre – Swivelling Left/Right)

Excel Saws

LARGE PULL DOWN SAWS (With Mitre – Swivelling Left/Right)

Specification Cap. Round 90° 270mm Cap. Rect. 90° 350x240mmCap. Square 90° 260mmCap. Round +45° 230mmCap. Rect. +45° 230x150mmCap. Square +45° 210mmCap. Round -45° 200mmCap. Rect. -45° 200x140mmCap. Square -45° 170mmCap. Round -60° 140mmCap. Rect. -60° 140x140mmCap. Square -60° 140mmBlade Speed 36/72 m/minBlade Size 2925x27Motor Power 2.2kwCoolant Pump 50 WDims LxWxH (cm) 192x95x180Weight 550kgs

• Heavy duty, high cutting accuracy • Mitre cutting by swivelling

the arm up to 60˚ • Ball Bearing & Carbide

Blade Guides

CIRCULAR SAW • Self Centring Vice with 4 individually adjustable Jaws.• Clamping System with 3 Lever handle• Solid Machine Stand• Removable Coolant Tank with integrated powerful Pump

SPARE BLADES

350mm Dia. 1-642-920

Included as standard:

• Machine Stand• Coolant System

• High Speed Blade• Quick Action Vice

Head Swivel 90˚ 45˚Cap.Round Solid 75mm 40mmCap. Round Tube 110mm 75mmCap. L Section 110x110mm 85x85mmCap. Square 110x110mm 75x75mmCap. U Section 120x50mm 100x40mmCap. Rect 120x50mm 100x50mmBlade O/DxWxI/D 350x2.5x32mmMotor 3HP/4HPCoolant Motor 90WDims LxWxH (cm) 140x105x190Weight 300kgs

Specification

Model S350DG 0329-0350

• Material limit stop with scale

• Quick Action Vice with hold

down clamp• Automatic switch off after

completion of cut• Adjustable

Cutting Feed• Saw Blade tensioner.• E.stop & Foot Circuit closer.

• MSR 4 0335-7610 4 Roller adjustable height Material Stand 650x950mm

Optional Attachments:

SPARE BLADES

4-6 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 0335-75405-8 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 0335-75416-10 Vari-Tooth Bimetal M42 0335-7542

• Bi-metal Blade Vari Tooth 4-6• Coolant System • Quick Action Vice • Hydraulic Feed

Included as standard:

• Functional, all-surrounding movable protective Device with rapid opening mechanism provides optimum protection when cutting

• Long handle allows sawing without great effort

• Built-in switch with handle• Angular scale allows

precise working• Swivel range -45° to +45°• Rapid adjustment of the

mitre

Model CS350D

1-643-300

Optional Attachments:• MSR 4 0335-7610 4 Roller adjustable height Material Stand 650x950mm

page 95 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 96: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Saws

Model CS250 Two Speed 415V 3 Ph 50Hz 1-642-100

Model CS250 Single Speed 240V 1 Ph 50Hz 1-642-101

• Head rotation 90° & 45° to L/R• Gear reduction unit with Nickel Bronze Gear &

hardened & ground worm Screw • Coolant Pump • Enclosed electric motor & outside ventilation system.• Quick Clamping Vice Handle• Quick Positioning Clamp for Head• Solid construction. Quick Clamping Vice • Headstock quick positioning Clamp 45°L, 45°R & 90°.

Specification

Vice Opening 100mm Cap. Round Solid 90° 40mmCap. Round Pipe 90° 75mmCap. Rect. 90° 90x50 mmCap. Square 90° 65 x 65 mmCap. Round Solid 45° 35mmCap. Round Pipe 45° 65mmCap. Rect 45° 75 x 50mmCap. Square 45° 58 x 58mmBlade Speed 42 or 42/84 rpmBlade Size O/Dx ID 250 x 32 mmMotor 1.3 or 1.3/1.5 HPDims LxWxH (with stand cm) 90 x 55 x 136Weight 125 Kgs

Specification

Cap. Round 90° 85mmCap. Rect. 90° 130 x 70mmCap. Square 90° 70 x 70mmCap. Round 45° 85mmCap. Rect. 45° 90 x 70mmCap Square 45° 70 x 70mmBlade Speed 38 / 19 m/minVice Opening 135mmBlade O/DxI/D 315 x 40mmMotor 1.5/0.75KwCoolant Motor 0.4 KwDims LxWxH (cm) 98 x 64 x 165Weight 235Kg

Included as standard:

• Machine Stand • Coolant System • High Speed Blade • Quick Action Vice

SPARE BLADES

315mm Dia. 0335-7456

Optional Attachments:• MSR 4 0335-7610

4 Roller adjustable height Material Stand - min 650 mm max 950 mm

SPARE BLADES

250mm Dia 1-642-900

Included as standard:• Machine Stand• Coolant System• High Speed Blade.

• Self Centring Vice with 4 individually adjustable Jaws.

• Cutting is always performed at an optimum position towards the work piece

• Clamping system with 4 levers• Solid Machine substructure with

holes to assemble the material stand MSR 4 on both sides

• Removable Coolant Tank with integrated powerful pump

• High grade shatter proof and movable Guard with rapid opening mechanism

• Long handle allows sawing without great effort

• Built in switch with handle• Angular scale allows precise

working• Swivel range – 45° to + 45°• Rapid adjustment of the mitre

Model OCS 315 0330-2300

OPTI CIRCULAR SAWS

CIRCULAR SAWS Model CS 250 | OCS 315

page 96 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 97: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

page 97 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

CIRCULAR SAWS Model ECS 250 | ECS 315 Tech Star

Model ECS 250 Two Speed 415V 3Ph 50Hz 1-642-100T

Model ECS 250 Single Speed 240V 1Ph 50Hz 1-642-101T

Model ECS 315 Two Speed 415V 3Ph 50Hz 1-642-200T

Excel Saws

• Stand-alone coolant system with high volume tank.• Specially designed water way for better cooling effect.• Adjustable setting with scales for better cutting length measurement.• Heavy duty design for spindle and worm gear box.• Swift clamping handle design for easy work-piece loading. • Shock-proof design for control panel. • Miter design for cutting angle adjustment 45 on the right and left respectively.

Included as standard:

• Machine Stand • Coolant System • High Speed Blade • Quick Action Vice

Optional Attachments:• MSR 4 0335-7610

4 Roller adjustable height Material Stand - min 650 mm max 950 mm

Specification

NEW

Cutting Capacity 90

Cutting Capacity 45

ECS 315

ECS 250 50mm100mm82 x 82mm110 x 70mm50mm100mm82 x 82mm85 x 70 mm

2 HP/ 3 PH 2P/ 4P 1 HP/ 3PH 2P/4P 1 HP/ 1PH 4P

50HZ 44/88 RPM 50HZ 45/90 RPM for 3PH 45 RPM for 1PH

HSS 2.0mm x 32 HSS 2.0mm x 32Ø 315mm Ø 250mm

Ø 120mm 100mm1/8 HP 1/8 HP5 L 2 L102 x 99 x 183 96 x 94 x 157175 Kg 131 Kg

30mm75mm65 x 65mm90 x 50mm30mm65mm55x 55mm60 x 50 mm

Main Motor

Spindle Speed

Saw Blade

Maximum Vice Opening Cooling PumpCooling TankDims (cm) Weight

o

o

SPARE BLADES

250mm Dia. 1-642-900 315mm Dia. 1-642-910

o

ECS 315

ECS 250

Page 98: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

page98 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

CIRCULAR SAWS & CHAMFERING MACHINE Model ECS 350 Vario | ACS 355 | CDM 3 Excel Saws

Model ECS 350 VARIO Variable Speed 415V 3 Ph 50Hz 1-642-300T

Model CDM 3 1-298-100

Specification: CS 350 VARIO 415V

Cutting Capacity

0o

45 o85mm

75mm

120

100mm

105 x 105

85 x 85mm

160 x 90

85 x 70mm

Main Motor

Spindle Speed

Saw Blade

Max. Vice Opening

Cooling Pump

Coolant Tank

Machine Weight (kgs)

Dims. LxWxH (with stand)

3 HP (4 Pole)

24 ~ 120 RPM Variable

HSS 2.5mm x 32 x Ø 350mm

170mm

1/8 HP

5L

250 Kgs (with stand)

120 x 99 x 172 cm

Included as standard:• Stand &

Coolant

NEW

Included as standard:

• Machine Stand • Coolant System • High Speed Blade • Quick Action Vice

Optional Attachments:• MSR 4 0335-7610

4 Roller adjustable height Material Stand - min 650 mm max 950 mm

ABRASIVECUT OFF SAW Model ACS 355 1-650-150

Portable

SPARE WHEELS1-650-925

Specification

Cutting Cap 100mmWheel dia 355mmPower 2KW 240V 1PH Speed 2800rpmWheel bore 25mmWeight 21Kgs

CHAMFERING & DEBURRING MACHINE

Specification

Uses Indexable Side Milling Cutter Chamfering Cap. 0-3mmChamfering Angle 15-45Length of Guide Rails 500mmPower 1HP (1ph)Space Required LxW 500 x 250 mmWeight 30 Kgs

o

NEW

SPARE BLADES

350mm Dia. 1-642-920

ECS 350 VARIO

Page 99: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Saws

ADJUSTABLE ROLLER STAND Model MSR 4 | MSR 7

ADJUSTABLE ROLLER STAND MODEL MSR 4 0335-7610

• Heavy duty – Versatile – Affordable• One stand that suits many sizes.

MSR 4

MSR 7

• Supports long & heavy workpieces• Universally applicable for Saws• Roller support with adjustable height.• Steel Rolls with Roller Bearing on both sides• Option to assemble the length measuring systems LMS

MODEL MSR 7 0335-7611

Fig.: Material Stand MSR 7 with length measuring system LMS 2

Stock Numbers 0335-7610 S 0335-7610 0335-7611Diameter of Support Rollers 60mm 60mm 60mmWidth of Support Rollers 360mm 360mm 360mmMax Load Capacity 500 Kg 500 Kg 700 KgLength of Material Stand 1’000 mm 1’000 mm 2’000 mmWidth of Material Stand 440mm 440mm 440mmHeight of Material Stand 530 to 800mm 650 - 950 m 650-950 mmWeight 30kg 30 kg 58 kg

MSR 4 MSR 4 MSR7 Specification

Model LMS 1 LMS 2 LMS 3 LMS 4

Stock Num. 0338-3881 0338-3882 0338-3883 0338-3884Length of Bar 1’000 mm 2’000 mm 3’000 mm 4’000 mmTravel 830 mm 1’830 mm 2’830 mm 3’830 mm

Display LCD screen

page99 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Specification

o

Page 100: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Shearing Machines• The frame is of welded

construction. It has vibration method used to eliminate stress. Machine is of high rigidity & strength.

• The sheet is moved easily by the Rolling Balls & support block located on the table to ensure the surface quality of the sheet to be cut. There are front support arms & side squaring arms

• Hydraulic Drive, swing beam, the return of the knife beam is smooth & prompt by the accumulator or nitrogen Cylinder.

• The stroke of knife beam can be steplessly adjusted

• The position of low Blade can be adjusted to ensure the equilibrium of the gap between blades after regrinding.

• Adjustment of the gap between Blades is portable & prompt.

The value of the gap is indicated on a dial

Model

Specification Shear Size mm

Shear Angle

Strokesper Min

Back Gauge Range(mm)

MainMotorKW

Weight Kgs

Dims cm LxWxH

EHS 4x2000 4x2000 1° 30’ 18 20-600 7.5 4000 265x161x165 1-561-100EHS 4x2500 4x2500 1° 30’ 18 20-600 7.5 5200 314x161x165 1-561-110EHS 6x2500 6x2500 1° 30’ 18 20-600 7.5 5200 314x161x165 1-561-200EHS 6x3200 6x3200 1° 30’ 14 20-600 7.5 6260 384x161x165 1-561-210EHS 6x4000 6x4000 1° 30’ 10 20-600 11 8700 464x161x170 1-561-220EHS 8x2500 8x2500 1° 30’ 14 20-600 11 5300 314x161x165 1-561-300EHS 8x3200 8x3200 1° 30’ 10 20-600 11 6300 384x161x165 1-561-310EHS 8x4000 8x4000 1° 30’ 8 20-600 11 9650 468x170x170 1-561-320EHS 10x2500 10x2500 2° 10 20-600 15 7380 335x169x185 1-561-400EHS 10x3200 10x3200 1° 48’ 8 20-600 15 9150 405x169x185 1-561-410EHS 10x4000 10x4000 2° 8 20-800 18.5 14500 476x220x210 1-561-420EHS 12x2500 12x2500 2° 10 20-600 15 7380 335x169x185 1-561-500EHS 12x3200 12x3200 1° 30’ 8 20-800 18.5 12500 400x205x200 1-561-510EHS 12x4000 12x4000 2° 7 20-800 18.5 18000 482x230x220 1-561-520EHS 16x2500 16x2500 2° 8 20-800 18.5 12200 339x212x205 1-561-600EHS 16x3200 16x3200 2° 7 20-800 18.5 16300 405x219x205 1-561-610EHS 16x4000 16x4000 2° 7 20-800 30 20000 485x235x230 1-561-620EHS 20x2500 20x2500 2° 30’ 6 20-800 37 14000 344x208x257 1-561-700EHS 20x3200 20x3200 2° 30’ 5 25-800 37 20000 415x230x263 1-561-710EHS 20x4000 20x4000 2° 30’ 5 30-1000 37 25000 495x240x273 1-561-720EHS 25x2500 25x2500 3° 5 40-1000 45 19800 350x250x245 1-561-800EHS 25x3200 25x3200 3° 5 40-1000 45 22800 410x250x260 1-561-810EHS 25x4000 25x4000 3° 4 40-1000 45 28000 505x330x280 1-561-820

1. Oil Tank, Hydraulic Block

2. Shadow light with piano wire for fine gauging

3. Swing Beam 4. Control Board

5. Main Cylinder 6. Rapid Return Cylinder

7. Barrier Guard 8. Backgauge Motor

9. Throat 10. Powered Back Stop

Optional:

• Protective fence and the safety are ensured by fully enclosed electrically interlocked guards. There are travel limit protection and foot pedestal mounted emergency stop switch

• The back Gauge is motorised adjustable & manual fine adjustment. The adjusted value is shown on the numerator on the front of the machine is digital display

• The number of cuts is shown on the counter located on the front of the Machine

• Pre-selection of single or continuous stroke• Equipped with lighting alignment (Shadow light)

device

StockNumber

Sick Guard in lieu of totally enclosed rear guard 1-561-900

HYDRAULIC SWING BEAM SHEARS

Model EHS

page100 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 101: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Model

Specification

HYDRAULIC SWING BEAM SHEARS

Model EHSExcel Shearing Machines

MECHANICAL SHEARS - DIRECT DRIVE Model RGS 1560 | RGS 2060 | RGS 2560 | RGS 3150

• All Steel Plate, welded construction ensured with static & dynamic frame rigidity

• Rigid cutting beam working inside Roller Bearings & Bronze Guides

• Precise Blade adjustment from top beam• Mechanical sheet clamping system

Dimensions

Model A B C D E G H mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

RGS 1560x3.5 2110 1825 890 340 1560 860 1250

RGS 2060x4 2610 2345 890 340 1560 860 1250

RGS 2560x4 3110 2845 890 340 1560 860 1250

RGS 3150x3 3610 3345 890 340 1560 860 1250

Specification

Shearing Cap

Rake Angle

Motor Power

Strokes per min

Cutting Length mm Kw

mm

Model Back Gauge

Range mm

Weight Kgs

RGS 1560x3.5 3.5 1.8° 5.5 40 1540 600 0.25 1620RGS 2060x4 4 1.8° 7.5 38 2040 600 0.25 2320RGS 2560x4 4 1.8° 7.5 38 2540 600 0.25 2820RGS 3150x3 3 1.8° 7.5 38 3150 600 0.25 3320

Back Gauge

Motor kw

• Easily adjusted Blade Gap system working on slides• Noise free, direct coupled motor with reduction• Low maintenance clutch system• Front gauging & supports for cutting wide sheets.

RGS 1560 x 3.5mm 1-573-200 RGS 2060 x 4mm 1-573-300

RGS 2560 x 4mm 1-573-400 RGS 3150 x 3mm 1-573-500

Dims for Packing LxWxH = AxExH

Included as standard:

• Shear Blades from tough & wear resistant Alloyed material machined with 4 cutting edges• Foot Pedal suitable for both single & repetitive cutting• 1000mm squaring arm with scale• Front support arms & front Gauge• 600mm manual back Gauge system working on Ball Screws with precision• Safety System conforming to C E

page101 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 102: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Shearing Machines

MODEL MAXIFORM 30 1-580-200

FOOT SHEARSMODEL FS 3616 36” Length x 16 GA 1-583-100

MODEL FS 5016 50” Length x 16 GA 1-583-200

METAL HAND NOTCHERMODEL MHN-16 GA 1-581-100

EXCEL FOOT SHEARS offer precision shearing at its best. Simple to operate, ideal for shearing mild steel through 16 Gauge as well as Plastic, Lead, Zinc, Aluminium, Brass & Copper. A rugged frame, Tool Steel Blades, quality workmanship

& outstanding design techniques combine to provide a useful tool with a long dependable life. Safety features include positive Pedal Stops, Finger Guard & Front Arm Extensions.

The EXCEL Notcher is especially useful where box, chassis and panel blanks are to be made. Front gauges are standard.EXCEL 6” x 6” x 16 gauge heavy duty cast iron Notcher cuts all shearable material with ease. An 18” x 12” work table is furnished as standard. It can be used for straight shearing work.

3 in 1 machine

Specification FS-3616 FS-5016

Cutting Length 955mm 1250mmCapacity Mild Steel 1.6mm 1.6mmBack Gauge Range 650mm 650mmSize LxWxH (cm) 120x81x100 160x81x110Weight 400Kgs 550Kgs

Specification

Capacity 4 TonMaterial Capacity 1.6mmNotch 152mm x 152mm x 90°Ram Stroke 20mmWeight 95Kgs

Included as standard:• High Carbon, High Chrome

Alloy-Tool Steel Blades• Finger Guard• Back Gauge• Front Gauge

• Side Gauge• Spring Actuated

Hold Down Bar to Assure Even Pressure.

Specification

Shearing Thickness 1mm Bending Thickness 1mmBending Angle 90°Rolling Thickness 1mmMin. Rolling Dia. 39mmDims LxWxH (cm) 97x45x68 Weight 120 Kgs

• Segmented Blades for box & pan folding.• Back gage as standard• Handles at each end• Shears, Bends,Rolls

Optional Stand 1-580-950Dims. 88 x 41 x 66 cm

MANUAL SHEARS & NOTCHERS Model Maxiform 30 | FS 3616 | 5016 | Hand Notcher

page102 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 103: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

METAL HAND NOTCHERMODEL MHN-16 GA 1-581-100

Excel Shearing Machines

SHEET METAL WORKING MACHINE Model SAR 1000

Model Opti SAR 1000 3-in-1 Bending, Rolling & Shearing 0324-2100

• Modern design in stable Steel structures• Segmented Folding Bar • Removable segment pieces.• Operation by two laterally provided levers• Long supporting surface• Extractable surface arm for safe putting

on of the large size sheet Metals• Clean cutting without burr due to upper & lower cutter made of high grade steel• Cutting Table with inserted Measuring Tapes &

rectangular limit on both sides• Easily adjustable upper, rear & low roller.

Optional Stand for the SAR1000 0324-2107

Specification

Material Width Max 1016mmDiameter Bending Min 42mmDiameter Bending Max UnlimitedSteel Plate St.37 up to 1mmStainless Steel up to 1mmAluminium/Copper up to 2mmBrass up to 1mmGold/Silver/Tin Plate up to 2mm

FoldingMax Width of Material 1016mmMax Thickness of Plate 2.5mmSteel Plate up to 1mmAluminium/Copper 2mmNumber of Segments 7

Cutting

Max Width of Material 1016mmSteel Plate 1mmAluminium/Copper up to 1mm

SAR1000

Dimensions & Weight

LxWxH (cm) 134x46x62Weight 280kg

Dims 119 x 50 x 70cm

page103 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

HAND SHEARS

MODEL 2BR (HIL) 1-591-300

6Specification

SET OF BLADES FOR 2BR (HIL) 61-591-975

Cap. Plate 6mm

Cap. Round Bar 13mm

Blade Length 211mm

Weight 17 Kgs

Included as standard:

• Ground Cutter Bar • Edging Rail with Segments • Adjustable Rear Dog • Front Material Support

Page 104: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Shearing Machines/ Press Brakes

HAND SHEARS MODEL 2BR 1-591-200

6

HAND SHEARSMODEL 2BR 1-591-100

5

BOX & PAN BRAKES

• Modern in design• All Steel robust

construction

• Easy to use• Performs well• Competitively priced.

Cap. Plate 6mm

Cap. Round Bar 11mm

Blade Length 150mm

Weight 10gs

Specification

HAND SHEARS (LONG THROAT)

MODEL 3BR4 1-592-100

300Cap. Plate 6mmCap. Round Bar 13mmBlade Length 300mmWeight 30Kgs

Specification

Cap. Plate 6mm

Cap. Round Bar 11mm

Blade Length 200mm

Weight 17Kgs

Specification

BPB 1020/2.5 2.5mm 135° 135 cm 85 cm 118 cm 285KgBPB 1270/2.0 2mm 135° 160 cm 90 cm 117 cm 315Kg

Specification Model Sheet Folding Length

AngleWeight Height Width

Thickness

SET OF BLADES FOR 2BR 5

SET OF BLADES FOR 2BR

Model BPB 1020/2.5 1-572-300

Model BPB 1270/2.0 1-572-400

SET OF BLADES FOR 3BR4 300

1-591-900 1-591-950 6

1-592-900

HAND SHEARS & BOX & PAN BRAKES Model 2BR/5 | 2BR/6 | 3BR/4 | BPB 1020/2.5 & 1270/2

page104 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

HEAVY DUTY

HEAVY DUTY

HEAVY DUTY

Page 105: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Excel Press Brakes

HYDRAULIC PRESS BRAKES Model EPB

• The frame is Steel welded construction. Vibration methods used to eliminate stress, with high strength & good rigidity.

• Forcing Torsion Bar maintains synchronization for the two pistons, with the higher parallelism to the Table.

• Mechanical stop nuts ensure stable & reliable positioning accuracy.

• The Ram is adopted Hydraulic Top-Drive with two Cylinders. Working pressure is stepless control & the time of retaining pressure can be easily adjusted by turning the knob.

• The Rams Stroke & the Back Gauges position can be speedily adjusted by Motor and fine adjustment by handwheel.

• Ram possess three strokes, inching, single and continuous.

• The main sliding pairs such as Oil Cylinders, Piston Rods, Guideways etc are all treated with wear resisting measures.

• Heat treated Tooling is with the wear resistability. The satisfactory bending accuracy can be obtained through adjusting of deflection compensation unit of the slanting wedge installed on the top of the tooling.

Specification Nominal Pressure

Lengthof table mm

Distancebetween

Throat depth mm kN housings

mm

Model Stroke/Strokesmm/min-1

Open Height mm

Main Motor KW

Weight Kgs

Dimscms

Stock Code

EPB 40/2003 400 2000 1650 200 100/> 11 340 4 2800 230x107x213 1-563-100EPB 63/2005 630 2000 1650 250 100/> 10 320 5.5 3900 230x135x235 1-563-200EPB 63/2504 630 2500 2050 250 100/> 10 335 5.5 5000 275x135x230 1-563-210EPB 80/2505 800 2500 2050 250 100/> 10 350 7.5 6000 278x140x240 1-563-300EPB 80/3204 800 3200 2660 250 100/> 10 350 7.5 6200 345x140x245 1-563-310EPB 100/2506 1000 2500 2050 320 100/> 8 365 7.5 6400 280x135x248 1-563-400EPB 100/3205 1000 3200 2650 320 100/> 8 365 7.5 7300 345x135x248 1-563-410 EPB 125/3206 1250 3200 2650 320 150/> 8 415 7.5 8500 345x155x248 1-563-500 EPB 125/4004 1250 3600 2650 320 150/> 8 415 7.5 9300 390x155x248 1-563-510 EPB 160/3208 1600 3200 2640 320 200/> 6 480 11 10800 345x160x250 1-563-600 EPB 160/4006 1600 4000 3100 320 200/> 6 480 11 12800 428x160x250 1-563-620 EPB 200/3210 2000 3200 2650 320 200/> 3 510 11 16000 345x195x268 1-563-700 EPB 200/4008 2000 4000 3200 320 200/> 3 510 11 18500 430x195x268 1-563-710 EPB 250/3212 2500 3200 2620 400 250/> 3 560 15 17000 345x203x300 1-563-800 EPB 250/4010 2500 4000 3100 400 250/> 3 560 15 23000 430x203x300 1-563-810EPB 300/3216 3000 3200 2620 400 250/> 3 560 22 21000 345x203x330 1-563-900 EPB 300/4012 3000 4000 3100 400 250/> 3 560 22 21000 430x203x300 1-563-910

• Crowned Bottom Die Holder for deflection compensating is adopted for the Machines above 250 tons.

• Full Machine is guarded with safety interlocker that is set in the electric box by automatic cutting off the main power when the box door is opened. Protecting barrier with safety interlocker is mounted on the back of the Machine. There is travel limit protection & foot pedestal mounted emergency off switch.

page105 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 106: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

RING ROLLING MACHINES

Excel Ring Rollers

Standard Accessories• Body is of Steel

construction• Two Rolls are driven

by Motor• One set of standard Rolls• Foot Pedal• Horizontal & Vertical

working• Shafts made of special

Steel• Suitable for CE.

Standard Accessories• Hydraulic Profile Bending

Machine is fabricated of Steel construction

• Three motorised Driven Rolls

• Shafts made of special Steel hardened & ground

• Upper Rolls Hydraulically moveable up and down

• Break Motor• Guide Rolls made of special

Steel manual moveable• Easy following of moving

Rolls from control panel• One set of standard Rolls• Horizontal & vertical working• Hydraulic & electric

installation Bosch, Siemens or Telemecanique

• Driven gear made of special Steel

• Suitable for CE.

Standard Accessories• Machine body is of Steel

construction• Rolls are driven by Electric

Motor + Planetary Gearbox & Gears

• Hardened Rolls• Shafts made of special Steel

hardened & ground• Guide Rolls are in one

direction manual, adjustable• Horizontal & vertical working• Torque limiting device

protecting from overload during bending

• Lower Rolls Hydraulic moveable up & down

• Digital display for lower Rolls• Separate & moveable

control panel• Electrical & Hydraulic

protection against overloads• Manual lubrication• Suitable for CE.

Optional Accessories• Special Rolls for tubes,

profiles & angles• Digital display for Hydraulic

Guide Rolls• For RRM 81 Hydraulic

adjustable Guide Rolls in two directions

• Automatic lubrication• Variable speed of rotation

A & B version• Special Tooling Systems for

Bending U-I-H profiles• Motors in variable Volt &

frequency• NC Playback Control System• CNC Graphic Control System• Digital readout for profile

position indication.

RRM 61 1-587-200

RRM 81 1-587-250

Standard Accessories• Machine body is

Steel construction• Rolls are driven by

Hydraulic Motor + Planetary Gearbox

& Gears• Hardened Rolls• Shafts made of special Steel

hardened & ground• Guide Rolls are in one direction

manual adjustable• Horizontal working• Torque limiting device

protection from overload during Bending

• Lower Rolls Hydraulic moveable up and down

• Digital display for lower Rolls• Separate & moveable control

panel• Electrical & hydraulic protection

against overloads• Manual lubrication• Suitable for CE.

Optional Accessories• Special Rolls for tubes, profiles & angles• Digital display for Hydraulic

Guide Rolls• Automatic lubrication• Hydraulic adjustable Guide

Rolls in two directions• Variable speed of rotation

A & B version• Special Tooling Systems for

Bending U-I-H profiles• NC Playback Control System• CNC Graphic Control System• Digital readout for profile

position indication.

RRM 101 1-587-300

RRM 121 1-578-400

Optional Accessories• Rolls for Pipe, for profile,

for angle• Variable Volt & frequency

Motors on request • Foot Pedal • Digital display

• Special Guide Rolls for angle material

• NC Playback Control System• CNC Graphic Control System• Digital readout for profile

position indication

RRM 30 1-587-000RRM 45 1-587-100

page106 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 107: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

RING ROLLING MACHINES

Optional Accessories• Rolls for Pipe, for profile,

for angle• Variable Volt & frequency

Motors on request • Foot Pedal • Digital display

• Special Guide Rolls for angle material

• NC Playback Control System• CNC Graphic Control System• Digital readout for profile

position indication

Excel Ring Rollers

CAPACITY CHART FOR RING ROLLING MACHINES

1 40x5 400 50x5 600 30x30x3 250 35x35x3 500 50x6 700 120x15 1300 AD 25x3 350 50x50x5 500 70x70x7 1200 90x8 1000 50x5 650 2 40x5 500 45x5 600 30x30x3 400 40x40x4 600 50x6 800 100x12 1100 AD 25x3 400 40x40x5 600 70x70x9 1000 80x8 1200 50x5 650 50x50x6 1000 80x80x8 2000 100x10 16003 50x6 800 50 600 30x30x3 300 70x30x4 400 40x40x4 500 120 1200 AD 60x60x7 600 70x70x8 1000 80x80x8 700 80x40x7.5 1000 80x80x8 1400 100x100x10 12004 50 850 50 600 30x30x3 300 30x30x4 400 40x40x4 500 100 1200 AD 50x50x6 600 70x70x8 1000 80x80x8 700 70x35x6 1000 80x80x8 1400 100x100x10 10005 50 800 50 600 20x10 200 40x10 300 130 1300 AD 50x12 400 80x15 500 60x15 500 80x20 7006 50x10 800 60x10 800 50x5 200 50x10 260 40x6 400 125x25 1250 A 20x10 300 80x16 400 80x20 400 100x20 800 40x80 400 A 80x20 1200 80x20 1200 100x25 1600 7 80x15 700 80x15 600 15 300 30 300 60x10 400 200x50 100 A 30 600 40 500 100x40 600 35 1400 45 1000 200x35 10008 30x30 700 32x32 700 20 300 35 300 30 400 75x75 800 A 35 600 50 500 50 500 40 800 60 1000 60 10009 Ø 30 700 Ø 35 700 25x1.5 200 40x2 400 20 600 Ø 85 900 B 60x2 800 100x2 2400 60 600 70x2 1600 100x3 3000 70 80010 Ø 60x2 1200 Ø 60x2 1000 26.5x2.3 200 48.3x3.2 400 40x2 600 Ø 160x4 3000 B Ø 15x1 350 48.3x2.9 600 88.9x3.2 1000 120x2 2000 Ø 50x2 500 60.3x3.2 1000 88.9x4 1600 140x3 3000 11 40 900 60x2.9 1000 30x15x1.5 300 50x25x2 600 60.3x3.2 2400 125 1600 B 10x2 300 60x30x2.5 2000 80x40x5 2000 114.3x3.6 1000 80x30x3 6000 100x40x3.2 3000 114.3x4.5 160012 50x30x3 60x30x3 20x20x2 240 40x40x2.7 500 40x20x2 600 140x50x5 B 50x50x2.5 1600 70x70x3.2 1600 100x50x5 3000 60x60x3 4000 70x70x4 3000 140x40x3 400013 40x40x3 45x45x3 30x15x4 300 60x30x6 400 50x50x3 500 B 60x30x6 400 120x55x6 800 90x90x4 2400 80x45x6 800 14x 100x100x5 300014 UNP 50400 UNP 80 800 30x15x4 300 60x30x6 400 40x35x5 400 UNP 220 1000 B 50x25x5 500 120x55x6 800 180x70x6 800 80x45x6 1000 140x60x7.51200 200x75x8.5 120015 UNP 80 500 UNP 80 1200 INP 120 500 40x35x5 400 UNP 220 1200 B 180x70x6 800 200x75x8.5 120016 INP 80 600 INP 220 1000 B INP 200 80017 A 140 1200 BC B 120 130018 100x50 8000 BC

19 INP 120 INP 140 3000 BC INP 14020 A 120 3500 BC

21 Power Kw 0.75 1.5 + 0.75 4 5.5 11 15 22 Rolls Ø mm 137/132 162/152 177 245 315 39023 Shaft Ø mm 35 50/40 60/50 80/70 100 12024 Bending Speed 2.1m/min 3.3m/min 5.5m/min 6.5m/min 5m/min 5m/min25 Weight Kgs 185 500 980 2000 3500 450026 Dims cms 53x67x135 95x78x145 115x102x105 140x130x135 180x152x160 180x170x170• Data based upon steel 400 N/mm2 tensile strength • All Specifications are subject to change without notice EXPLANATION: A. Standard Rolls. B. Special Rolls, C. Special Pulling Device. D. For Bending without deformation & for serial production special Rolls are requested.

Specification 1-587-000 1-587-100 1-587-200 1-587-250 1-587-300 1-587-400 RollsRRM 30 RRM 45 RRM 61 RRM 81 RRM 101 RRM 121Mm min Ø Mm minØ Mm min Ø Mm min Ø Mm min Ø Mm min ØProfile

page107 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 108: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

page108 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

BORDERING MACHINES Model AK 80 | AK 125 | AKM 125 | AKM 250 | AKM 400

AKM 250

MODEL AK 80 with 5 Sets of Rolls

1-595-100

AK 80

BORDERING MACHINES AKM 400

MODEL AKM 125 with 5 Sets of Rolls 1-595-300

MODEL AKM 250 with 5 Sets of Rolls 1-595-400

MODEL AKM 400 with 3 Sets of Rolls 1-595-500

AKM 125

Bordering Machines

AKM 125 1.25 62 250 0.7 700 1300 600 170AKM 250 2.5 92 260 1.5 1200 1200 700 295AKM 400 4.0 132 260 2.2 1500 1200 800 350

Specification Model Max Roll

Dist. mm

Thicknessmm

Roll -BodyDistance mm

Motor-PowerKw

Length mm

Heightmm

Widthmm

WeightKg

AK 80 0.80 53 200 300 500 200 35AK 125 1.25 62 250 600 550 50 50

Specification Model Max Roll

Dist. mm

Thicknessmm

Roll -BodyDistance mm

Length mm

Heightmm

Widthmm

WeightKg

AK 125

(MOTORISED)

BORDERING MACHINES

(MANUAL) MODEL AK 125 with 5 Sets of Rolls 1-595-200

NEW

NEW

Page 109: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

page109 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

MODEL AK 125 with 5 Sets of Rolls 1-595-200

Model BRP 1250x120x4 - BRP 3050x200x5.0

ASYMMETRICAL 3 ROLLER BENDING MACHINES – POWERED

BRP1550x170x7.0 1550 7.0 8.0 170 255 4.0 315 82 113 1900 1-586-100BRP2050x170x5.0 2050 5.0 6.0 170 255 4.0 365 82 113 2350 1-586-200BRP2550x170x4.0 2550 4.0 5.0 170 255 4.0 415 82 113 2800 1-586-300BRP3050x170x3.0 3050 3.0 4.0 170 255 4.0 465 82 113 3250 1-586-400BRP2050x200x7.0 2050 7.0 8.0 200 300 5.5 390 95 125 3800 1-586-600BRP2550x200x6.0 2550 6.0 7.0 200 300 5.5 440 95 125 4400 1-586-700BRP3050x200x5.0 3050 5.0 6.0 200 300 5.5 490 95 125 4800 1-586-800

3 ROLLER PLATE BENDING MACHINES

SpecificationModel

PreBendmm

MaxThicknessmm

RollDia.mm

Min Bending Dia.mm

Motor PowerKw

OverallWidthmm

Overall Height mm

WeightKgs

Stock Number

OverallLength cm

WorkingLength mm

Optional Accessories• Digital display for back roll• Lower roll with

Motor• Extended Rolls• Profile Rolls• Automatic cone

bending adjustment via button on the control panel

• NC Playback control system.

SpecificationModel

PreBendmm

MaxThick.mm

RollDia.mm

Min Bending Dia.mm

Motor PowerKw

OverallHeightcm

Overall Width cm

WeightKgs

Stock Number

OverallLength cm

WorkingLength mm

BRP1250x120x4.0 1270 4.0 4.5 120 175 2.2 207 85 115 1250 1-585-200BRP1250x140x5.0 1270 5.0 5.5 140 210 2.2 207 90 120 1365 1-585-600BRP2050x140x3.5 2050 3.5 4.0 140 210 2.2 282 90 120 1530 1-585-800

Included as standard:• Body is made of Cast Iron

construction• Central Rollers powered with

Electric Motor, Gearbox & Gear Drive

• Cone Bending device• Self Brake main Motor• Upper Roll is side opening• Lower & back Roll are

adjustable with hand Wheels up & down

• Separate Electric control Panel with Foot Pedal

• Suitable for CE.

Optional Accessories• Induction hardened Rolls

• Induction hardened Rolls• Back Roll with Motor• Cone Bending device• Steel construction body• Rolls are produced by

Special Steel• Machine designed in Asymmetrical working principal

Included as standard:

• Back Roll with Motor• Digital display.

Min Diameter Top Roll Diameter x3

Min Diameter Top Roll Diameter x3

• Central Rollers powered with Electric Motor & Gearbox• Upper Roller is side opening• Self Brake main Motor• Separate Control Panel• Suitable for C E

Plate Bending Machines

NEW

Page 110: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Hydraulic Plate Bending Machines

HYDRAULIC 4 ROLLER PLATE BENDING MACHINES Model EH 4R

• Since the swing guides are designed according to the lever arm principle, the machine provides more power to bend the material and with the help of this power, perfect pre-bending is achieved, thus reducing straight area to a minimum.

• Parallelism of the bottom and side rolls is achieved by stable steel torque which are connected to every roll.

• Cone bending is achieved by controlling bottom and side rolls

• Hydraulic connections are designed for minimum pressure loss and easy replacement

• Out feeding of the bent sheet is eased up by the opening of the tiltable bearing and

the tilting of the top roll• Lever arm design provide power and pre-bending is

achieved perfectly

Optional Accessories

• Infinitely variable speed of rotation

• Side & central supports for big sheet Metal diameters

• Extended Rolls• Profile Rolls• Centralized lubrication

system• Material Feed Table• NC Playback Control

System• CNC Graphic Control

System.

Included as standard:• Cone Bending device • Induction hardened Rolls• Machine body is of Steel construction • Digital display for both side Rolls• Two speed control. • Separate control panel.• All Rollers are mounted in bearing • Drop end controlled to release easily the bent Metal sheet • Movement & parallelism adjustment of the Rollers• Centre Rolls are driven with Hydraulic

Motor & Planetry Gear Box.• Electrical & Hydraulic protection against overloads • Suitable for “CE”

Min Diameter Top Roll Diameter x3Specification Model

Wor

king

Len

gth

Max

Thi

ck

Pre

Ben

d

Top

Rol

l Dia

.

Side

Rol

l Dia

.

Mot

or

Leng

th

Wid

th

Hei

ght

Wei

ght

Stock Number

Bot

tom

Rol

l D

ia.

EH4R 20/13 2100 16 13 270 250 210 11 453 152 144 6000 1-589-200EH4R 20/16 2100 20 16 270 270 210 15 454 173 149 7000 1-589-205EH4R 20/20 2100 25 20 330 300 240 15 459 184 161 9120 1-589-210EH4R 20/25 2100 30 25 360 330 250 19 461 192 202 10400 1-589-215EH4R 20/30 2100 40 30 390 360 300 22 506 220 212 18800 1-589-220EH4R 20/35 2100 45 35 430 390 330 30 523 230 259 24750 1-589-225EH4R 20/40 2100 50 40 460 420 390 37 547 230 259 32000 1-589-230EH4R 20/50 2100 60 50 510 460 390 45 568 300 291 40000 1-589-235

EH4R 25/10 2600 13 10 270 250 210 11 503 152 144 7200 1-589-250EH4R 25/13 2600 16 13 300 270 210 11 504 173 149 8110 1-589-255EH4R 25/16 2600 20 16 330 300 240 15 509 184 161 10800 1-589-260EH4R 25/20 2600 25 20 360 330 250 18.5 515 190 168 11800 1-589-265EH4R 25/25 2600 30 25 390 360 300 22 525 210 179 15800 1-589-270EH4R 25/30 2600 40 30 430 390 330 30 556 220 218 22300 1-589-275EH4R 25/35 2600 45 35 460 420 360 30 597 230 259 30000 1-589-280EH4R 25/40 2600 50 40 510 460 390 45 600 300 293 43000 1-589-285

EH4R 30/08 3100 10 8 270 250 210 11 552 152 144 7750 1-589-300EH4R 30/10 3100 13 10 300 270 210 11 553 173 149 8800 1-589-310EH4R 30/13 3100 16 13 330 300 240 11 559 184 161 10850 1-589-320EH4R 30/16 3100 20 16 360 330 250 15 564 190 168 13200 1-589-330EH4R 30/20 3100 25 20 390 360 300 18.5 574 210 199 17540 1-589-340EH4R 30/25 3100 30 25 430 390 330 22 606 220 218 22500 1-589-350EH4R 30/30 3100 40 30 460 420 360 30 647 230 259 32000 1-589-360EH4R 30/35 3100 45 35 510 460 390 45 650 250 275 40000 1-589-370

EH4R 40/04 4100 6 4 270 250 210 7.5 652 152 144 8900 1-589-400EH4R 40/06 4100 8 6 300 270 210 7.5 653 173 149 9930 1-589-410EH4R 40/08 4100 10 8 330 300 240 7.5 659 184 161 14920 1-589-420EH4R 40/10 4100 13 10 360 330 250 11 659 190 168 16000 1-589-430EH4R 40/13 4100 16 13 390 360 300 15 724 210 199 20800 1-589-440EH4R 40/16 4100 20 16 430 390 330 18.5 706 220 218 26000 1-589-450EH4R 40/20 4100 25 20 460 420 360 22 747 230 259 38000 1-589-460EH4R 40/25 4100 30 25 510 460 390 30 750 250 275 52000 1-589-470

mm mm mm mm mm mm Kw cm cm cm Kgs

page110 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 111: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

HYDRAULIC 4 ROLLER PLATE BENDING MACHINES Model EH 4R

mm mm mm mm mm mm Kw cm cm cm Kgs

page111 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Hydraulic Plate Bending Machines

HYDRAULIC 3 ROLLER PLATE BENDING MACHINES Model EH 3R

Optional Accessories• Infinitively variable speed of rotation• Side & central supporters for big sheet Metal diameters• Extended Rolls• Profile Rolls • Central lubrication system• Material Feed Table.

SpecificationModel

PreBendmm

MaxThick.mm

TopRoll Dia.mm

SideRollDia.mm

Motor PowerKw

OverallWidth cm

Overall Height cm

WeightKgs

Stock Number

OverallLength cm

WorkingLength mm

EH3R 20/10 2100 13 10 230 210 7.5 403 137 128 4400 1-589-100EH3R 20/16 2100 20 16 300 270 15 445 162 163 6900 1-589-105EH3R 20/25 2100 30 25 360 300 19 450 190 200 9400 1-589-110EH3R 20/35 2100 45 35 410 390 30 520 220 241 19300 1-589-115

EH3R 25/08 2600 10 8 230 210 7.5 453 137 128 5000 1-589-120 EH3R 25/13 2600 16 13 300 270 11 494 162 163 7650 1-589-125EH3R 25/20 2600 25 20 360 330 18.5 488 188 186 11900 1-589-130EH3R 25/30 2600 40 30 430 390 30 550 215 215 18650 1-589-135

EH3R 30/06 3100 8 6 230 210 7.5 503 137 128 5150 1-589-140EH3R 30/10 3100 13 10 300 270 11 544 162 168 8500 1-589-145EH3R 30/16 3100 20 16 360 330 15 538 188 186 11900 1-589-150EH3R 30/25 3100 30 25 430 390 22 600 215 215 20300 1-589-155

EH3R 40/04 4100 6 4 270 250 7.5 618 104 139 8000 1-589-160EH3R 40/06 4100 8 6 300 270 7.5 644 162 163 9000 1-589-165EH3R 40/10 4100 13 10 360 330 11 638 188 186 14500 1-589-170EH3R 40/16 4100 20 16 430 390 18.5 700 215 215 23000 1-589-175

The frames of the Machines are of fabricated, welded steel construction. The Roll shafts & the materials & bearings used in production are of good quality. Also the torque limit of the Machine is very high. The Machines are designed using 3D CAD programmes & all calculations are carefully checked in the analyzing programme by experienced, specialist engineers before production is started. Machines are suitable for CE & all necessary electrical & Hydraulic safety precautions are taken. Spherical Bearings are used for the Rolls to minimize frictional resistance, which improves the capacity of the Machines.

Included as standard:• Cone Bending device • Induction hardened Rolls• Digital display for both side Rollers• Machine body is Steel (St-52) construction• Two speed control. • Separate control panel. • All rollers are mounted in Bearing. • Drop end controlled from control panel in

order to release easily bent Metal & lifted upper Rolls. • Movement & parallelism adjustment of the

Rollers controlled from control panel. • Centre Rolls are driven with Hydraulic

Motor & Planetry Gear Box. • Electrical & Hydraulic protection

against overloads.• Suitable for “CE”.

EH 4R

EH 3R

Min Diameter Top Roll Diameter x3

Page 112: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Plate Bending Machines Model BRM 1050 x 70 x 1.5 - BRP 2050 x 95 x 1.5

SMALL MANUALLY OPERATED RANGE• Top Roll is openable • Lower Roll is fixed • Upper Roll is movable• Grooves on the end of Roll for ring rolling.

XL ASYMMETRICAL 3 ROLLER BENDING MACHINES

SMALL MOTORISED ROLLS

Specification

BRM 1050x70x1.5mm 1050 1.2 1.5 70 105 - 130 70 110 320 1-584-100

BRM 1250x75x1.5mm 1250 1.2 1.5 75 117 - 205 70 110 480 1-584-200

BRM 1250x90x2.5mm 1250 2.2 2.5 90 130 - 235 80 113 530 1-584-400

BRP 1050x90x3.0mm 1050 2.5 3.0 90 130 1.1 210 80 113 500 1-584-500

BRP 1250x90x2.5mm 1250 2.2 2.5 90 130 1.1 235 80 113 570 1-584-600

BRP 1550x90x2.0mm 1550 1.5 3.0 90 130 1.1 260 80 113 600 1-584-700

BRP 2050x95x1.5mm 2050 1.5 1.8 95 135 1.1 303 80 113 635 1-584-800

PreBendmm

MaxThick.mm

RollDia.mm

Min Bend. Dia.mm

Motor Kw

OverallWidthcm

Overall Height cm

WeightKgs

Stock Number

OverallLength cm

WorkingLength mm

MANUAL & POWERED BENDING MACHINES

BRP Powered

• 1.1Kw Gear Motor• Top Roll openable• Lower Roll fixed• Upper Roll moveable• Grooves on the end of

Roll for ring rolling• Foot Pedal• Emergency stop• Hand adjustment• Full CE.

Min Diameter Top Roll Diameter x3

page112 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 113: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

MANUAL & POWERED BENDING MACHINES

page113 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Coolant Lubricant Sprayer MMC1Vibration Damper Machine Foot

COOLANT HOSE KMS 0335-6660

• Two variable coolant hoses made of individual plastic elements• Not electoconductive • Magnetic stand holding force up to 50kg• Length of the coolant hoses 335 mm• Flexible and stable • Resistant against most solvents & chemicals• Universally applicable on all machine tools

VIBRATION DAMPER MACHINE FOOT • Machines & devices can be

installed without anchoring exactly levelled by means of

height adjustment. • Machine capability is

improved by effective impact & vibration damping.

Specification

Specification

SE 1 0338-1012SE 2 0338-1016SE 3 0338-1018

Charge SE1 SE2 SE3

Milling Machines 340kg 460kg 1’600 kgSawing/general. 570kg 1’460kg 3’500kgThread M12 M16 M20Foot Ø/ Foot Height 120/32 160/35 185/39

UNIVERSAL COOLANT EQUIPMENT

230 V / 1PH 0335-2002 400 V / 3PH 0335-2001

• Delivery height max. 2.5ma • Delivery Volume 8 l/min • Tank Capacity 11 l • Tank size LxWxH: 370x245x170mm• Complete inc. tank, flexible tube, hose • With switch-plug combination • Magnetic anchoring • For self-assembly

COOLANT LUBRICANT SPRAYER MMC 0335-6663

• Magnetic stand • Foot size LxWxH 62 x 50 x 55 mm • Connecting coupling for external compressed air supply • Magnetic stand holding force 75 kg• Flexible & rigid hose • Length of coolant hose 500mm

1

KNURLING TOOLS20mm Shank Height 1-194-220

Two Wheel for Diamond Knurling 5C COLLET CHUCK1-117-952

• Bison 5”, 5C Collet Chuck• Maximum speed permissible 6000rpm• Ideal for small parts• For speed and accuracy• Complete with D1-4 Back fitting

2

2 Wheel Knurling Tool

5C Collet Chuck

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEWMiscellaneous Accessories

MISCELLANEOUS ACCESSORIES

Page 114: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Plate Bending Machines

page114 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Model FP30

• Three roller round bending machine Quantum BM 3 to bend & roll wires, tubes & sheet plates• Ground bending rolls • Liberal jaws made of steel running on

bearings (Self Lubricating)• Two removable rollers • Separate setting options for material

thickness & rolling radius• To be used with a vice • Stable support surface.

Vice not included

• Angling machine Quantum FP 30 to bend and cant sheet plates• Removable bending jaw

segments• Comfortable swivelling

movement of the bending jaw by lever handle

• To be used with a vice.

ANGLING MACHINE QUANTUM FP 30 0324-4028

THREE ROLLER BENDING MACHINE QUANTUM BM 3 0324-4030

Specification

Material Width max 310mmBending Ø min 35mmBending Ø max UnlimitedRolling Cap maxSheet steel St.37 1mmStainless steel 1mmAluminium/Copper 2mmBrass 1mmGold/Silver/Tinplate 2mmSmall Widths 3mmRound material 1 – 5mmRollers Ø 30mmWeight 10.5Kg

Specification BM3

Material Width max 320mmSheet thickness max 2.5mmAngling CapacityAluminium/Copper 300x2mmSheet Steel 300x1mmWeight 13Kg

Specification FP30

Bending segment150mm / 75mm / 50mm /25mm Adjusting screw, with scales

for material thickness

High grade quality bending jaw

Bending and rolling of wires, tubes & sheet platesØ 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5mm

BM 3

FP 30

Vice not included

NEW

Page 115: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

page115 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Milling Machine Accessories

Bending and rolling of wires, tubes & sheet platesØ 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5mm

DIVIDING HEADS SEMI UNIVERSAL Model BS ‘0’ | BS ‘1’

Model BS ‘O’ 100mm Centre Height 2-100-100

Model BS ‘1’ 128mm Centre Height 2-100-200

• Hardened & ground Spindle is rigidly held in a tapered seat by a draw-in nut

• Hardened & ground worm is adjustable to mesh correctly with helically cut phosphor-bronze worm Gear and it can be disengaged for the direct indexing

• The ratio between the worm and the worm Gear is 40:1

• The Swivel Head can be locked at any angle from 10° below horizontal to 90° vertical (calibration is for guidance only).

• It can divide in any angle by direct, indirect or differential method

• Both models have 24 hole dividing Plates for fast direct indexing on numbers 2,3,4,6,8,12 and 24

• Both models have Threaded Spindle Nose for Chuck Back Plate, Spindle is 11/2” diameter x 8TPI.

• Easy indexing of all numbers from 2 to 50 & many numbers from 52 to 380

• Complete with head, adjustable Tailstock, 3 Indexing Plates, Centre, 24 Hole Dividing Plate & Threaded Back Plate fitted to Chuck.

Included as standard:

Showing: 3 Jaw Chuck fitted onto Back Plate, also a standard Accessory.

• 5” Dia for BS ‘0’• 6” Dia for BS ‘1’

and other Accessories as shown in picture.

Specification TAILSTOCK mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

A B H h a b g

BS ‘0’ 167 80 107.5 100 130 92 13BS ‘1’ 191 88 137 128 150 108 16

Specification HEADSTOCK mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

BS ‘0’ 189 140 173 100 160 91 13 B & S No 7 18 25BS ‘1’ 293 156 220 128 207 114 16 B & S No 9 20 45

A B H h a b gTaper of centre

Dia of Spindlehole

Weight Kgs

Always excellent ....QualityAlways excellent ....Value

Always excellent ....Service#

ALWAYS EXCEL

Page 116: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Milling Machine Accessories • Hardened & ground Spindle is rigidly held in a tapered seat by

a draw-in nut• Hardened & ground worm is adjustable to mesh correctly with

helically cut phosphor-bronze worm Gear & it can be disengaged for direct indexing

• The ratio between the worm & the worm Gear is 40:1• The Swivel Head can be locked at any angle from 10° below

horizontal to 90° vertical (calibration is for guidance only)• It has a Threaded Spindle 21/4 “ diameter x 8TPI for Chuck

Back Plate

Specification - HEADSTOCK

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

A B H h a b g Taper of centre

Weight Kgs

365 272 236 132.7 213 134 16 B & S No 10 95

Specification - TAILSTOCK

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

A B H h a b g

205-255 88 139 132.7 175 124 16

Always excellent QualityAlways excellent Value

Always excellent Service#

ALWAYS EXCEL

Included as standard:Showing: 3 Jaw 8” Chuck & other standard Accessories as shown in the picture.

• Easy indexing of all numbers from 2 to 50 & many numbers from 52 to 380. It is also equipped for differential indexing of all numbers from 2 to 380 & spiral cutting.

• It is complete with Dividing Head, adjustable Tailstock, 3 Indexing Plates, Centre for driving assembly, Gear Arbour, 12 Gears with 2 Arms for differential Indexing or Transmitting Machine Table Feed to worm shaft for spiral cutting & Chuck Back Plate with

Chuck fitted.

page116 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

DIVIDING HEADS UNIVERSAL Model BS ‘2’ 133mm Centre Height 2-100-300

Page 117: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Milling Machine Accessories

Showing: 3 Jaw 8” Chuck & other standard Accessories as shown in the picture.

page117 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Model HV 6 2-200-100

Model HV 8 2-200-200

Model HV 102-200-300

Model HV 12 2-200-400

Model HV 14 2-200-500

Model HV 16 2-200-600

• Low height of Table means more working capacity of Machine

• Totally ground finish provides high precision & smooth rotation

• The centre of Table is fitted to an inner conical tapered part. It ensures deflection free operation

• The worm Gear ratio is 90:1

• The circumference of the Table is scaled 360° direct reading

on dial 1 (1 minute of a degree) & on Vernier scale 10 seconds (1/360th of a degree) except

HV6 20 seconds.

Specification MODEL

TABLE DIA

TABLE HEIGHT

CENTREHEIGHT

FROM FACET-SLOT WIDTH

CENTRE SLEEVE

NO OF SLOTS

STOCK NUMBERS

HV 6 150mm 80mm 102mm 11mm 2MT 3 12 2-200-100HV 8 205mm 102mm 135mm 14mm 3MT 3 25 2-200-200HV 10 254mm 110mm 165mm 14mm 3MT 6 36 2-200-300HV 12 305mm 125mm 195mm 16mm 4MT 6 59 2-200-400HV 14 353mm 125mm 225mm 16mm 4MT 6 77 2-200-500HV 16 406mm 130mm 260mm 16mm 4MT 6 106 2-200-600

WEIGHT KGS

Number of holes of Dividing Plates (DP1)A-PLATE: 15,16,17,18,19,20

B-PLATE: 21,23,27,29,31,33

C-PLATE: 37,39,41,43,47,49

TAILSTOCK (ADJUSTABLE)

DIVIDING PLATES

TS 1 HV6 110 75 2-230-100TS 2 HV8,10 145 115 2-230-200TS 3 HV12 200 130 2-230-300TS 4 HV14,16 260 190 2-230-400

SpecificationModel To Suit Highest Lowest Stock Num

SpecificationModel To Suit Stock Num

DP1 HV6 2-220-000DP2 HV8 2-220-100DP3 HV10,12,14,16 2-220-200DP4 SIS-8 2-220-300

Number of holes of Dividing Plates (DP2,3,4)

A-PLATE : 26,30,34,38,41,44,47,51,57, 28,32,37,39,43,46,49,53,59

B-PLATE: 61,67,71,77,81,87,91,97, 63,69,73,79,83,89,93,99

LARGER SIZE HORIZONTAL ROTARY TABLES AVAILABLE TO ORDER 500, 630, 800, 1000 1250mm

HORIZONTAL & VERTICAL ROTARY TABLES Model HV 6 | HV 8 | HV 10 | HV 12 | HV 14 | HV 16

Page 118: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Milling Machine Accessories

SUPER INDEXING SPACER

Model SIS 8-8” | SS 6-6” | SS 8-8”

MODEL SIS 8-8”2-300-100

• A complete answer to indexing requirements

• Suitable to use on Drilling, Milling & Jig Boring Machines

• 24 position Index Plate is hardened & dial is in Satin Chromed

• 360° graduation ring & vernier calibration to 10 seconds

• Worm Gear ratio of 90:1 for easy count

• Complete with 8” Chuck, 10” Face Plate, 6 Masking Plates, Indexing Plates & Tailstock.

Chucking Capacity 8”Through Hole 63mmMaximum Individual Spacing Error 30 secVernier Reading 10 secConcentricity of Chuck 0.0016” T.I.R.Weight 90Kgs

SUPER SPACERMODEL SS 6-6”with Chuck 2-300-200

• Suitable for use on Drilling, Milling & Jig Boring Machines

• 24 position Index Plates is hardened for longer life

• 6 Masking Plates for 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 and 12 divisions

• Clamping shoes lock Spindle without affecting Spindle alignment.

Specification

MODEL SS 8-8” with Chuck2-300-300

page118 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 119: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Milling Machine Accessories

SUPER INDEXING SPACER

Model SIS 8-8” | SS 6-6” | SS 8-8”

page119 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Model AP | CA | TT ANGLE PLATES & TILTING TABLE

ANGLE PLATES• Excel Angle Plates are made of

high quality casting• Stress relieved & ground finished• These are webbed for rigidity• Workshop grade accuracy.

• Tilting Tables are ideal for setting work pieces at various angles

• Two locking/unlocking Screws for speed & rigidity

• Controlled movement through worm & handle. Range + 45°.

SWIVEL ANGLE PLATESModel CA.1 2-500-100

Model CA.2 2-500-200

Model CA.32-500-300

Model CA.4 2-500-400

• Excel Swivel Angle Plates are made of high quality casting

• Stress relieved & ground finish• These are extremely useful for

multipurpose angle setting• Workshop grade accuracy.

TILTING TABLE

Specification

TT10 250 178 133 12 22.5 2-550-100TT15 380 260 185 16 69 2-550-300

Model A B H E Kgs Stock Num

Specification Model A B C D H T-Slot Weight Stock Num

CA.1 200 150 45 14 120 3 12 2-500-100CA.2 254 202 68 16 150 3 23 2-500-200CA.3 300 250 70 16 165 3 35 2-500-300CA.4 380 300 70 16 180 3 46 2-500-400

mm Kgs

Specification Size Weight Kgs Stock Num

3 x 21/2 x 2” 1/2 2-400-10041/2 x 31/2 x 3” 2 2-400-2006 x 5 x 41/2” 4 2-400-3008 x 6 x 5” 7 2-400-40010 x 8 x 6” 12 2-400-50012 x 9 x 8” 20 2-400-600

Specification

Model TT102-550-100

Model TT152-550-300

Page 120: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Milling Machine Accessories

58 PIECE CLAMP KIT

Model ALV

• A most essential accessory – a complete answer to clamping

• Saves setting up time• Covers a wide range• Choice of models.

58 Pc. Steel clamping kit includes:• 24 Pcs Studs 4 of each length

3”,4”,5”,6”,7” and 8”• 6 Pcs T nuts, 6 Pcs Flanged Nuts• 4 Pcs Coupling Nuts, 6 Pcs Step Clamp• 12 Pcs (6 Pairs) Step Blocks.

ANGLE LOCK VICE

• Made of high quality Ductile Iron 8000 PSI for minimum distortion

• The enclosed Lead Screw & sliding surface are hardened & ground

• Highest clamping power• It’s very accurate & durable• This Vice is so designed that the horizontal force

generated by tightening the handle pushes the semi-sphere within the movable Jaw & thus thrusts the movable Jaw downwards. Therefore the workpiece does not move up, even if it is held at the top of the Jaw Plates.

• Swivel Base is graduated through 360°• Precision ground face for accuracy.

Model ALV6X3-106-200X

Model ALV8 3-106-300

Model ALV4 3-106-100

Model ALV6 3-106-200

Specification

MODEL

T SLOT SIZE

Stud Size

Weight Kgs Stock Number

PK103 1/2” 3/8” 16NC 8 3-100-100

PK104 5/8” 1/2” 13NC 12 3-100-200

PK105 3/4” 5/8” 11NC 16 3-100-300

PK103M 12mm 10mm 8 3-100-100MPK104M 14mm 12mm 12 3-100-200MPK104M2 16mm 12mm 12 3-100-200M2PK105M 18mm 16mm 16 3-100-300M*PK106M 20mm 18mm 31 3-100-400M *May be packed differently due to weight

Specification

MODEL

Jaw Width mm

Stock Number

Jaw Opening mm

Jaw Height mm

Swivel Base Height mm

OverallHeightmm

WeightKgs

ALV4 102 102 32 35 125 25 3-106-100ALV6 152 153 44 42 160 42 3-106-200ALV6X 152 190 44 42 160 45 3-106-200XALV8 203 218 56 57 190 97 3-106-300

page120 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 121: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Milling Machine Accessories

58 PIECE CLAMP KIT

Model ALV

Specification

MODEL

page121 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

• Enclosed Screw• Distortion free gripping• Extra large capacity• Swivel Base is graduated

through 360°.

• Excel K Type Vices are made of FC25, the Jaw Plates made of Steel

• Precision ground body construction• Bronze nuts for long life.

Model P400 3-110-100

Model P6003-110-200

Specification mm

A B C D E F G H I J K L

P400 8” Opening on a 4” Vice 110 37 180 522 440 133 168 94 58 80 97 150 25P600 12” Opening on a 6” Vice 154 54 300 695 540 186 200 131 78 116 90 182 55

Weight

Specification Model E A B H R S a b h h2 g g2 Weight Stock Num.

K4 4” 100 267 106 75 65 295 160 114 30 25 13 13 12Kgs 3-115-100K5 5” 125 345 128 98 87 370 210 50 36 30 14 14 20Kgs 3-115-200K6 6” 150 421 60 105 114 462 245 175 40 40 16 16 30Kgs 3-115-300K8 8” 200 576 215 144 150 620 340 230 58 45 18 18 60Kgs 3-115-400

K TYPE SWIVEL BASE MILLING VICEModel K4 4” 3-115-100

Model K5 5”3-115-200

Model K6 6”3-115-300

Model K8 8”3-115-400

SUPER OPENING SWIVEL BASE MILLING

Model P400 | 600 | K4 | K5 | K6 | K8

Kgs

Page 122: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Milling Machine Accessories

EXCEL VICES

Model AHV | STV | ZAS 50

page122 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

SWIVEL & TILTING VICES

• Ideally suited for Angle Milling

• Totally enclosed Screw

• Swivel Base graduated through 360°

• Vice tilts through 45°• Heavy duty

construction.

EXCEL HYDRAULIC MACHINE VICE

AHV-4 0-60 57-115 110-170AHV-5 0-80 78-145 140-208AHV-6 0-100 98-200 195-300AHV-8 0-100 98-200 195-300

against chips & dirt.5. Hydra-booster system for maximum

clamping pressure with minimum force.6. Quick clamping and locking for easy

operation.7. Supplied with Swivel Base as standard.

1. Ruggedly constructed for Milling, Drilling, Shaping, Grinding & many other machine shop applications.

2. Body is made of high quality ductile Cast Iron, resists deflection or bending.

3. Sliding Bed Ways flame hardened & ground.

4. Concealed Spindle for protection

Specification Model

A B C D E F G H I J K L

MaxClamp Force

WGTKgs

Stock Number

AHV-4 100 36 170 525 430 130 160 94 60 78 100 155 2500 22 3-116-000AHV-5 127 46 220 670 540 165 185 118 72 97 117 1 85 4500 45 3-116-100AHV-6 150 51 300 800 620 200 240 133 82 116 125 247 6000 64 3-116-200AHV-8 200 65 300 800 710 228 280 158 100 161 180 270 8500 109 3-116-300

Specification Model X Y Z

ZAS 50 50 22 46 205 100 87 3.4 0335-4170STV 100 100 32 80 372 144 145 13.2 3-120-100STV 125 125 40 100 437 168 169 19.0 3-120-200STV 160 160 50 125 492 212 195 34.2 3-120-300

Specification

Model Width Jaws

Height Jaws mm

MaxOpeningmm

OverallLengthmm

OverallWidthmm

OverallHeightmm

WeightKgs

Stock Number

AHV

Model ZAS 500335-4170

Model STV 1003-120-100

Model STV 1253-120-200

Model STV 1603-120-300

ZAS 50

STV

Page 123: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Milling Machine Accessories

EXCEL VICES

Model AHV | STV | ZAS 50

page123 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Model

Model X Y Z

UNIVERSAL 3 WAY ANGLE VICE

1. Angles can be set in 3 dimensions. Swivels 360° around base. The Vice can be elevated through 90° from the horizontal to vertical. And also can be tilted on its lower Angle Base up to 45° in both right and left.

2. Tilting of any angle all keep the work piece steady, smooth

3. Particularly the clamping part of Screw is strengthened by a bush made of gunmetal.

Model UV-53-185-300

Specification Model

UV-3 80 90 30 144 400 385 15 3-185-100UV-4 106 105 38 172 460 470 32 3-185-200UV-5 132 140 40 205 625 590 50 3-185-300

C Width Jaws A Open

B Depth

LHeightat Verti.Position

WeightKg

Stock Number H

Model UV-33-185-100

Model UV-43-185-200

2-PIECE MILLING MACHINE VICESFor extra long work, utilise full length of Machine Bed. Work piece is located directly on bed for rigidity. Soft Jaws locate on bed & can be keyed to table slots for accuracy. These are much lighter to handle than one piece vice of same capacity. Quarter turn of detachable handle clamp works firm enough for heaviest cuts.

Specification Model Jaw

Width Jaw Depth mm

Stock Number

WeightKgs

206 150 75 14 3-125-100208 200 83 20 3-125-200

PTS

HI-PRECISION TOOL MAKERS VICE• Squareness & parallelism guaranteed within 0.0002”

on sides & bottom• Made of hardened Steel & precision ground all over• Horizontal & vertical V in Movable Jaw• The no rise Jaw construction exerts a continual downward pressure on the Jaw, thus avoiding “raise” which is common to most Vices.

JawWidth

Jaw Open

Stock Number

Jaw Depth

PTS1 25 25 8 65 0.5 3-170-000PTS2 50 80 25 140 2 3-170-100PTS3 75 95 35 180 4.5 3-170-200PTS4 100 125 45 230 9 3-170-300

O/AllLength

WeightKgs

MODEL

UNIVERSAL VICE, 2 PIECE VICE Model UV | 2PC | PTS

Page 124: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Milling Machine Accessories

page124 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

COMPACT SUPER VMC VICES, PMV VICES Model AVL -100HV | 125HV | 160HV

Specification

• The unique anti-lift mechanism

feartures the elimination of workpiece lift & Jaw tilit.

• Large Jaw clamping capacity.• The height of Jaw plates is 30%

higher than those of other vices of the same size.

• Chip covers protect Leadscrew from damage.

• Thrust bearing eliminates friction & increases clamping pressure.

• The material of Vice body is FCD. 55Kg/Cm2 (80,000 psi).

Ductile Iron, & the slide ways are hardebed to HRC 45 minimum. Rigid construction to ensure the least deflection after clamping.

• Vices can be set-up on side mounting, both sides

are precision ground. • The whole vice is precisely ground

& “H & L” tolerance is within +0.002/mm (+ 0.0008”), therefore several Vices can be lined up for production.

Model Stock Number Model A B C D a b c d e f g i j k H L

3-099-100 AVL-100HV 102 45 140 315 324 104 130 73 55 426 17 18 142 194 18 27 3-099-125 AVL-125HV 125 53 203 382 385 127 153 78 63 557 20 18 164 216 18 45 3-099-160 AVL-160HV 160 53 275 465 480 162 168 86 63 665 20 21 199 252 18 75

85+0.02

100+0.02

115+0.02

31.5+0.02 57

+0.02 49

+0.02

KeyWay

Weight(kgs)

COMPACT-SUPER PRECISION VMC VICES

o

Anti-Lift MechanismLift can be controled to themaximum of 0.015 mm (0.0006”)

UNIT:mm

Clamping blocks included

• Body is made of HT200 grey cast iron.

• Hardened Jaw.

• Jaws with unique V-shaped groove and crosswise structure, special for the cylindrical workpiece machining.

HEAVY DUTY -LARGE SIZE/ DRILL VICES

JawWidth

Jaw Open

Stock Number

Jaw Depth

O/AllHeight

WeightKgs

PMV-100 100 105 40 72 8.7 3-131-100PMV-140 140 145 50 90 18 3-131-140PMV-200 200 210 64 114 35 3-131-200

MODEL

NEW

PMV

Page 125: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

page125 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

COMPACT SUPER VMC VICES, PMV VICES Model AVL -100HV | 125HV | 160HV

New Vices

Specification Model

COMPACT-SUPER PRECISION VMC VICES

HEAVY DUTY -LARGE SIZE/ DRILL VICES

HEAVY DUTY QUICK ACTING DRILL VICES

DRILL VICE WITH GUIDE ROD & GROUND FACES

DRILL VICES SLOT TYPE

Specification Model

JawWidth

Jaw Open

Stock Number

Jaw Depth

WeightKgs

QPMV-100 100 110 30 92 7.1 3-132-100QPMV-140 140 155 40 110 11.6 3-132-140QPMV-200 200 210 55 133 28.6 3-132-200

Jaw Height

• Made of high tensile cast iron.• Four slots for clamping bolts.• Guide rod for smooth movement.• Precision cut ACME thread.• ‘V’ grooves in jaws horizontal & vertical.

Specification

CQ19G-75 83 27 70 2.5 3-137-075CQ19G-100 106 30 102 3.7 3-137-100CQ19G-125 126 30 120 6.2 3-137-125CQ19G-150 153 30 142 7.0 3-137-150 CQ19G-200 200 45 175 12.0 3-137-200

Model JawWidth

Jaw Height

Stock Number

Jaw Opening

WeightKgs

• Made of high tensile cast iron.• Four slots for clamping bolts.

• Precision cut ACME thread.• ‘V’ grooves in jaws

DRILL VICES,

QPMV | CQ19D | CQ19G

• Body is made of HT200 grey cast iron. • Hardened Jaw.• Jaws with unique V-shaped groove and crosswise structure,

special for the cylindrical workpiece machining. • Quick release of nut enables fast adjustment of opening.

• Guide rod helps smooth movement.

• Precision cut ACME thread.

• Four slots for clamping bolt.

Specification

Model

CQ19D- 75 75 35 76 4 3-136-075CQ19D-100 100 46 102 6 3-136-100CQ19D-150 150 53 152 15 3-136-150CQ19D-200 200 53 203 20 3-136-200

JawWidth Stock Number

WeightKgs

Jaw Height

Jaw Open

NEW

NEW

NEW

Page 126: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

SHAFT VICE, BENCH VICE,

BV | Shaft Vice | ASBV

SHAFT VICE

• Has an adjustable sliding rod to set work in proper position

• Vice Ends are ground so that it can be used vertically or horizontally• For use on Milling Machine or Drill Press.

Model JawWidth

Shaft Capacity

Stock Number

SV 4 100 10-63mm 20 3-190-100

Weight Kgs

Specification

ALL STEEL BENCH VICES

• Steel Body for maximum strength• Anvil back - useful for many jobs• Enclosed type Lead Screw• Designed to provide lasting service.

Model JawWidth

Jaw Openingmm

Stock Number

Weight Kgs

Specification

ASBV 4 100 100 57 7.5 3-167-004ASBV 5 125 125 67 11 3-167-005ASBV 6 150 150 76 14.5 3-167-006ASBV 8 200 200 89 20.5 3-167-008

ThroatDepth mm

2-Position Self-Centring Machine Vice for holding Shafts & round work pieces.

BENCH VICES• Semi-Steel body for maximum strength • Anvil back - useful for many jobs• Enclosed Type Lead Screw • Designed to provide lasting service.

Specification Model Jaw

Width Jaw Open

Stock Number

Jaw Depth

WeightKgs

BV 3 75 75 55 7 3-165-200BV 4 100 100 65 12 3-165-300BV 5 125 125 70 20 3-165-400BV 6 150 155 90 30 3-165-500BV 8 200 200 100 48 3-165-600

WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Milling Machine & Miscellaneous Accessories

page126

Page 127: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Miscellaneous Vices

SHAFT VICE, BENCH VICE,

BV | Shaft Vice | ASBV

Model

ALL STEEL BENCH VICES

Model

page127 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

VICES - MISCELLANEOUS

Angle Clamp | Multi- Purpose | TAV

EXCEL MULTI PURPOSE BENCH VICE• Suitable for a variety of work• It swivels horizontally & vertically.

EXCEL TILTING ANGLE VICES• Quick setting in any

position from 0-90°.

ANGLE CLAMPING VICEModel AC100 3-175-100

100mm capacity

Model

JawWidth mm

Stock Number

Weight Kgs

JawDepthmm

Specification

MPBV4 100 100 10 3-168-004MPBV5 Heavy Duty 125 125 28 3-168-005

Model TAV 803-180-100

Model TAV 1003-180-200

Specification Model Jaw Width

mm

Jaw Open mm

Stock Number

WeightKgs

TAV 80 80 80 25 5 3-180-100TAV 100 100 100 35 7 3-180-200

Jaw Depthmm

Page 128: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Model 101 | 106 | QGV | 107

UNIGRIP TYPE SUPER STEEL JAW VICE

SLOT TYPE DRILL VICE

• Precision cut acme Thread Screw• Cast body faces & Steel Jaws ground • Horizontal & vertical grooves in Jaws.

QUICK GRIP DRILL VICE• Instant & easy setting• Quick acting cam operation• Lever arms & locking parts hardened & ground

COMPOUND VICE• Lead Screw

movement in two directions

• Gibs to provide adjustment against wear.

• Four slots for Clamping Bolts.

Model JawWidth mm

Stock Number

Weight Kgs

JawOpenmm

101-3” 80 75 25 4 3-135-100101-4” 100 85 30 6 3-135-200101-5” 130 120 38 9 3-135-300101-6” 150 145 38 12 3-135-400

JawDepthmm

• Made of high tensile Cast Iron• Cold Rolled Screw Thread

Model JawWidth

Stock Number

Weight Kgs

JawOpenmm

JawDepthmm

Specification

106-3” 80 70 25 2.5 3-140-100106-4” 100 95 28 3.5 3-140-200106-5” 125 115 35 5.5 3-140-300106-6” 150 140 38 8 3-140-400

Model JawWidth

Stock Number

Weight Kgs

JawOpenmm

Specification

QGV-3 75 75 4 3-145-100QGV-4 100 114 7 3-145-200GQV-6 150 150 13 3-145-300

Model JawWidth

Stock Number

Weight Kgs

JawOpenmm

Specification

107-3” 80 80 25 7 3-155-100107-4” 100 100 35 10 3-155-200107-5” 125 125 38 14 3-155-300107-6” 150 150 40 17.5 3-155-400

JawDepthmm

• Main body made of semi-steel• Ideal for light duty operations.

Miscellaneous Vices

page128 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 129: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Miscellaneous Vices

Model 101 | 106 | QGV | 107

UNIGRIP TYPE SUPER STEEL JAW VICE

Model

Model

Model

Model

page129 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Specification

CAST IRON “V” BLOCKS • Accurately machined• Matched pairs• Made from seasoned casting.

HI-PRECISION “V” BLOCKS WITH CLAMPS

PRECISION PARALLELS

OKV

308

B

C

A

D

Model A

Specification

2U 50 25 32 33 0.5 3-200-1003U 75 45 60 33 2 3-200-2004U 100 57 66 41 2.5 3-200-3005U 125 63 80 50 4 3-200-4006U 150 80 89 63 6.5 3-200-500

B C D Weight Stock Number

• Matched pairs, hardened & ground• Each set contains 2 V-Blocks & 2 clamps• Made of medium Carbon Steel.

Model BStock Number C

Specification

308A 50mm 40mm 30mm 30mm 1 3-210-100308B 60mm 50mm 40mm 40mm 1.5 3-210-200308C 70mm 60mm 50mm 50mm 2.2 3-210-300OKV312 40mm 45mm 35mm 25mm 1.1 3-220-100OKV313 44mm 70mm 40mm 38mm 1.7 3-220-200OKV314 65mm 70mm 45mm 38mm 2.4 3-220-300OKV315 90mm 124mm 70mm 54mm 10.5 3-220-400

A Capacity Weight Kgs

Set of 9 Pairs in a box 3-250-100 3-250-200Weight 5Kgs Weight 8.5Kgs

Set of 8 Pairs in a box

Dimensions mm

A

AB

B

C

C

VEE BLOCKS, PARALLELS Model CI | 308 | OKV | PP

LENGTH 6”

1 4

”WIDTH

3/4” High 7/8” High 7/8” High 1” High 1” High 1 1/8” High 11/8” High 11/4” High 11/4” High 1 3/8” High 13/8” High 11/2” High 11/2” High 1 5/8” High 15/8” High 13/4” High 13/4” High

LENGTH 6”

1 2

”WIDTH

Page 130: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

5C & R8 COLLETS | POSI LOCK CHUCKS Model R8 | 5C | FCWMilling Machine Accessories

page130 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

7/16” x 20

UNF Drawbar Tapping

EXCEL R8 COLLETS

Specification

R8 x 1/4” 3-520-100E R8 x 6mm 3-530-100ER8 x 3/8” 3-520-200E R8 x 10mm 3-530-200ER8 x 1/2” 3-520-300E R8 x 12mm 3-530-300ER8 x 5/8” 3-520-400E R8 x 16mm 3-530-400ER8 x 3/4” 3-520-500E R8 x 20mm 3-530-500E

R8 x 1/4” 3-520-100T R8 x 6mm 3-530-100TR8 x 5/16” 3-520-150T R8 x 8mm 3-530-150TR8 x 3/8” 3-520-200T R8 x 10mm 3-530-200TR8 x 1/2” 3-520-300T R8 x 12mm 3-530-300TR8 x 5/8” 3-520-400T R8 x 16mm 3-530-400TR8 x 3/4” 3-520-500T R8 x 20mm 3-530-500T

EXCEL 5C COLLETS1 15 ⁄ 64” x 20 UNF Drawbar Thread

5C x 1/4” 3-535-100T 5C x 8mm 3-536-200T5C x 5/16” 3-535-200T 5C x 9mm 3-536-250T5C x 3/8” 3-535-300T 5C x 10mm 3-536-300T5C x 7/16” 3-535-350T 5C x 11mm 3-536-350T5C x 1/2” 3-535-400T 5C x 12mm 3-536-400T5C x 9/16” 3-535-450T 5C x 13mm 3-536-425T5C x 5/8” 3-535-500T 5C x 14mm 3-536-450T5C x 11/16” 3-535-550T 5C x 15mm 3-536-475T5C x 3/4” 3-535-600T 5C x 16mm 3-536-500T5C x 13/16” 3-535-625T 5C x 17mm 3-536-525T5C x 7/8” 3-535-650T 5C x 18mm 3-536-550T5C x 15/16” 3-535-675T 5C x19mm 3-536-575T5C x 1” 3-535-700T 5C x 20mm 3-536-600T5C x 3mm 3-536-025T 5C x 21mm 3-536-620T5C x 4mm 3-536-050T 5C x 22mm 3-536-640T5C x 5mm 3-536-075T 5C x 23mm 3-536-660T5C x 6mm 3-536-100T 5C x 24mm 3-536-680T5C x 7mm 3-536-150T 5C x 25mm 3-536-700T

Specification

POSI LOCK COLLET CHUCK & COLLETSSpecification Model Complete with 4 Collets

FCW-2 2MT - - 10mm 3-550-001FCW-3 3MT 3/8” Whit 3-550-110 10mm 3-550-111FCW-40 40INT 5/8” 3-550-300 16mm 3-550-301FCW-8 R8 7/16” UNF 3-550-400 7/16” UNF 3-550-401

6mm 3-550-910 1/4” 3-550-96010mm 3-550-920 3/8” 3-550-97012mm 3-550-930 1/2” 3-550-98016mm 3-550-940 5/8” 3-550-990

Shank ImperialTapping

Stock Number

Metric Tapping

Stock Number

Individual Spare Collets

Page 131: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

5C & R8 COLLETS | POSI LOCK CHUCKS Model R8 | 5C | FCW

Milling Machine Accessories

page131 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Specification

Specification

Specification

COLLET CHUCKS

Model ER

It is complete in a box with a Wrench & Collets.

ER25 with 7 Collets: 4,6,8,10,12,14,16mm

ER32 with 7 Collets: 4,6,8,10,12,16,20mm

ER40 with 7 Collets: 6,8,10,12,16,20,25mm.

Individual Collets ER25

English Shank Tapping

Specification

ER25 2MT 10mm 7 3-583-001ER25 3MT 10mm 7 3-583-051ER25 3MT 12mm 7 3-583-052 ER25 30INT 12mm 7 3-583-101ER25 40INT 16mm 7 3-583-201

ER32 R8 7/16” UNF 7 3-582-101ER32 40INT 16mm 7 3-582-201ER32 50INT 24mm 7 3-582-301

ER40 R8 7/16” UNF 7 3-581-101ER40 40INT 16mm 7 3-581-201ER40 50INT 24mm 7 3-581-301

3-2mm 3-583-903 10-9mm 3-583-9104-3mm 3-583-904 11-10mm 3-583-9115-4mm 3-583-905 12-11mm 3-583-9126-5mm 3-583-906 13-12mm 3-583-9137-6mm 3-583-907 14-13mm 3-583-9148-7mm 3-583-908 15-14mm 3-583-9159-8mm 3-583-909 16-15mm 3-583-916

3-2mm 3-582-903 12-11mm 3-582-9124-3mm 3-582-904 13-12mm 3-582-9135-4mm 3-582-905 14-13mm 3-582-9146-5mm 3-582-906 15-14mm 3-582-9157-6mm 3-582-907 16-15mm 3-582-9168-7mm 3-582-908 17-16mm 3-582-9179-8mm 3-582-909 18-17mm 3-582-91810-9mm 3-582-910 19-18mm 3-582-91911-10mm 3-582-911 20-19mm 3-582-920

4-3mm 3-625-904 16-15mm 3-625-9165-4mm 3-625-905 17-16mm 3-625-9176-5mm 3-625-906 18-17mm 3-625-9187-6mm 3-625-907 19-18mm 3-625-9198-7mm 3-625-908 20-19mm 3-625-9209-8mm 3-625-909 21-20mm 3-625-92110-9mm 3-625-910 22-21mm 3-625-92211-10mm 3-625-911 23-22mm 3-625-92312-11mm 3-625-912 24-23mm 3-625-92413-12mm 3-625-913 25-24mm 3-625-92514-13mm 3-625-914 26-25mm 3-625-92615-14mm 3-625-915

Individual Collets ER32

Individual Collets ER40

No ofCollets

Stock Number

ER COLLET CHUCKS & COLLETS ER Collets cover better range than others due to extra flexibility. Their sizes increase in 1mm increments. Imperial sizes are also covered by the Metric Collets e.g. 10mm hold all sizes over 9mm and upto 10mm. Therefore 3/8” size is covered by this.

Page 132: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

EXCEL BT-MAS 403 Tooling Model CC | DL | SEMA | DCA

EXCEL COLLET CHUCK BT40 ER40

BT40 SHELL END MILL ARBOR

BT40 DRILL CHUCK ARBOR BT40 x J6

3-635-100

Collet Chuck Body Only 3-625-100Set of 23 Collets 4-26mm 3-625-900

4-3mm 3-625-904 16-15mm 3-625-9165-4mm 3-625-905 17-16mm 3-625-9176-5mm 3-625-906 18-17mm 3-625-918 7-6mm 3-625-907 19-18mm 3-625-919 8-7mm 3-625-908 20-19mm 3-625-9209-8mm 3-625-909 21-20mm 3-625-92110-9mm 3-625-910 22-21mm 3-625-92211-10mm 3-625-911 23-22mm 3-625-92312-11mm 3-625-912 24-23mm 3-625-92413-12mm 3-625-913 25-24mm 3-625-92514-13mm 3-625-914 26-25mm 3-625-92615-14mm 3-625-915

Stock Number Specification

Individual Collects

Size Stock Number Size Stock Number

Spigot Dia, Main Dia. Length Length Stock Number

Specification

22mm 48mm 45mm 18mm 3-630-000 27mm 48mm 52mm 21mm 3-630-10032mm 58mm 52mm 24mm 3-630-200

d D A B

DEAD LOCK CUTTER HOLDERS

Specification Model d L D L L L M Stock Number

BT40 X20 20 80 52 49 25 - M16 3-627-020BT40 X25 25 110 65 54 24 25 M18 3-627-025BT40 X32 32 110 72 58 24 28 M20 3-627-032

ISO40 X20 20 156 52 63 49 25 - M16 3-628-020ISO40 X25 25 173 65 80 54 24 25 M18 3-628-025ISO40 X32 32 173 72 80 58 24 28 M20 3-628-032ISO50X20 20 190 48 63 47 24 - M16 3-629-020ISO50X25 25 207 65 80 54 24 25 M18 3-629-025ISO50X32 32 207 72 80 58 24 28 M20 3-629-032ISO50X40 40 217 90 90 68 30 32 M20 3-629-040

1 2 3 4

Model d L D L L L L M Stock Number1 2 3 4

BT40

ISO

Milling Machine Accessories

page132 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 133: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Milling Machine Accessories

Spigot Dia, Main Dia. Length Length Stock Number

Specification

d D A B

page133 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

TAPPING HEAD

Tension & Compression type Tapping Heads, designed to take Quick Change Tap Holders. MODEL BT40 THQC 115 3-660-100

Quick change tap holder for above Tapping Heads, with built in overload safety clutch. Type TCS1B

MODEL NT40 THQC 115 3-660-200

BT40 MORSE TAPER ADAPTOR

B40 PULL STUDS

BT 40 CLAMPING FIXTURE

BT40 x Morse Taper - Adaptors come in 4 sizes

BT40 x 1MT BT40 x 2MTBT40 x 3MT BT40 x 4MT

MAS 403 BT 3-645-100

3-650-100The fixture to hold BT40 Taper to tighten the tools in it

Morse Taper

Stock Number

LengthL

Specification

1 50mm 25mm 3-640-1002 60mm 32mm 3-640-2003 70mm 40mm 3-640-3004 95mm 48mm 3-640-400

DiameterD

Stock Number

3mm Q.C. Tap Holder 3-660-9034mm Q.C. Tap Holder 3-660-9045mm Q.C. Tap Holder 3-660-9056mm Q.C. Tap Holder 3-660-9068mm Q.C. Tap Holder 3-660-90810mm Q.C. Tap Holder 3-660-91012mm Q.C. Tap Holder 3-660-912

Specification

CNC TOOLING Model MTA | PS | TH

Page 134: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

UNIVERSAL BORING & FACING HEADS Model UBFH 250

• It is made of high precision parts for smooth running

• Three rates of Feed, very easily adjustable

• Boring & Facing Head is supplied with comprehensive range of accessories - Boring Bars, Extension Bars, Boring Tools, Allen Keys, Stop Rod, Boring Bar Holder.

• Boring Head accepts 18mm diameter tools

• Offset of head is 15mm• Clutch safeguard from

damage in the event of over travel

• Mechanism of the Boring Head has a lubrication circuit which provides oil from two lubricators to all friction surfaces

• Dial is calibrated to read 0.01mm

• Weight: 5Kgs.

WORKING EXAMPLES

Specification

Body Diameter 84mmHeight Without Shank 80mmGraduated Dial Calibration 0.01mmPer Rev Movement 0.2mmAuto Feed (Facing) Rates 3Auto Feed (Facing) Ranges 0.02-0.12mmVertical Tool Positions 3Hole Size 18mmMin. Capacity 5mmMax. Capacity 250mm

30INT 3-615-900 3-615-90140INT 3-615-910 3-615-91150INT 3-615-920 3-615-921R8 3-615-930

SHANKS Only for UBFH 250Model Inch Metric

UBFH 250 (Without Shank) 3-615-100

UNIVERSAL BORING & FACING HEAD

Top FacingBoring Taper Turning

Facing Counterbore Threading Bottom Facing

Recessing Bore & Facing

MAIN PARTS

Milling Machine Accessories

page134 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Shank optional

Page 135: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Milling Machine Accessories

UNIVERSAL BORING & FACING HEADS Model UBFH 250

page135 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

• Extremely rigid & precision reading to 0.001”/0.01mm

• Capacity 3/8” to 43/4” / 10-120mm

• Holes for Boring are 1/2” or 12mm.

• BH250 (Head Only) 10” Capacity • BH300 (Head Only) 12” Cap.• Weight: BH250 6Kgs BH300 8Kgs• Boring Heads are complete with Extension Bars,

Boring Bars & Wrenches• Holes for Boring Bars are 16mm in BH250, 18mm in BH300.

SHANKS ONLY Tapping Imperial Metric

3MT 3-590-900 3-590-901 3-590-902R8 3-590-91030INT 3-590-920 3-590-92140INT 3-590-930 3-590-9312MT 3-590-940 3-590-941

SHANKS ONLY

Imperial Metric Imperial Metric

3MT 3-600-900 3-600-901 - -30INT 3-600-910 3-600-911 3-615-900 3-615-90140INT 3-600-920 3-600-921 3-615-910 3-615-91150INT 3-600-930 3-600-931 3-615-920 3-615-921R8 3-600-940

BH250 BH300

BH120 (Without Shank) Imperial 3-590-100

BORING HEADS - Imperial

BH120 (Without Shank) Metric 3-590-101

BORING HEADS - Metric

BH250 (Without Shank) 3-600-100 BH300 (Without Shank) 3-600-200

BORING HEADS

BORING HEADS

Model BH 120 | BH 250 | BH 300

Shank optional

Shank optional

Page 136: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

REVOLVING, PIPE, SOLID CENTRES

Model RC | SC | DS | BB | PC

BORING BAR SETS CARBIDE TIPPED

PIPE CENTRES – TUBE

SOLID CENTRES

DRILL SLEEVES MORSE TAPER

• Ideal for accuracy & repeatability• Most suitable for External Grinding.

2-1MT 3-800-100

3-1MT 3-800-1503-2MT 3-800-250

4-1MT 3-800-2004-2MT 3-800-3004-3MT 3-800-350

5-1MT 3-800-3605-2MT 3-800-3705-3MT 3-800-4005-4MT 3-800-450

6-1MT 3-800-4706-2MT 3-800-4806-3MT 3-800-4906-4MT 3-800-5006-5MT 3-800-550

Hardened & PrecisionGround Int/Ext• Heavy Duty

• Precision• Small Body

Diameter for less tool overhang

• Long life.

• Most suitable for Large Bore Jobs• Extra Heavy Duty.

REVOLVING CENTRES

RANGE DETAILS Shank Size

CarbideTipped Carbon Steel Carbide Tipped Carbon Steel

1MT 3-740-100 3-760-100 3-741-100 3-761-1002MT 3-740-200 3-760-200 3-741-200 3-761-2003MT 3-740-300 3-760-300 3-741-300 3-761-3004MT 3-740-400 3-760-400 3-741-400 3-761-4005MT 3-740-500 3-760-500 3-741-500 3-761-5006MT 3-740-600 3-760-600 3-741-600 3-761-600

Specification Model D (mm) d (mm) Stock Number

2MT 36 22 3-700-2003MT 47 30 3-700-3004MT 55 35 3-700-4005MT 70 45 3-700-5006MT 90 60 3-700-600

Specification Model D d (approx) Stock Number

2MT 3” 0.812 3-720-1003MT 5” 1.375 3-720-200

d D

Shank Dia

No of PCs Per Set

Stock Number

3/8” 9 3-620-0001/2” 9 3-620-1005/8” 12 3-620-1503/4” 12 3-620-20010mm 9 3-620-00112mm 9 3-620-10116mm 12 3-620-15118mm 12 3-620-201

Specification

HALF POINTFULL POINT

Carbide TippedFullpoint

Carbon Steel Fullpoint

Carbide TippedHalfpoint

Carbon Steel Halfpoint

Dd

Lathe & Milling Accessories

page136 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

4MT 6” 1.375 3-720-3005MT 8” 2.375 3-720-400

CENTRES

Page 137: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Milling Machine Accessories

REVOLVING, PIPE, SOLID CENTRES

Model RC | SC | DS | BB | PC

PIPE CENTRES – TUBE• Most suitable for Large Bore Jobs• Extra Heavy Duty.

Shank Dia

page137 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

R8 TAPER – JACOBR8 TAPER – B16

INTERNATIONAL- JACOB NO6 INTERNATIONAL- B16

DRILL CHUCK ARBORSMorse Taper – Jacob Taper Morse Taper – B16

MILLING MACHINE ADAPTORS

MILLING MACHINE ADAPTORS

For Changing from International Taper to Morse Taper

Hardened & Ground

For changing from larger International Taper to smaller International Taper.

For changing from R8 to Morse Taper.

Specification Imperial Metric

30INT External 2MT Internal 4-150-000 4-150-00130INT External 3MT Internal 4-150-050 4-150-05140INT External 2MT Internal 4-150-100 4-150-10140INT External 3MT Internal 4-150-200 4-150-20140INT External 4MT Internal 4-150-300 4-150-30150INT External 3MT Internal 4-150-400 4-150-40150INT External 4MT Internal 4-150-500 4-150-50150INT External 5MT Internal 4-150-600 4-150-601

Specification Model Tapping Stock Number

30INT x J6 3/8” Whit 3-880-10030INT x J6 1/2” Whit 3-880-20030INT x J6 12mm 3-880-30030INT x J6 1/2” UNC 3-880-40040INT x J6 5/8” Whit 3-880-50040INT x J6 16mm 3-880-60040INT x B16 16mm 3-880-700

Specification

R8 External 1MT Internal 4-140-000R8 External 2MT Internal 4-140-100R8 External 3MT Internal 4-140-200

Specification

40INT External 30INT Internal 4-160-10050INT External 30INT Internal 4-160-20050INT External 40INT Internal 4-160-300

Specification

1MT x J1 3-840-1001MT x J2 3-840-2002MT x J2 3-840-3002MT x J6 3-840-4002MT x B16 3-840-4012MT x J3 3-840-5003MT x J6 3-840-600

3MT x B16 3-840-6013MT x J3 3-840-7003MT x J6 3-840-7504MT x J3 3-840-8004MT x B16 3-840-8015MT x J3 3-840-9006MT x J3 3-840-950

R8 x J2 3-860-100R8 x J3 3-860-300R8 x B16 3-860-500

R8 x J6 3-860-200R8 x J4 3-860-400

Specification

Tapping

Hardened & Ground

DRILL CHUCK ARBORS & MILLING ADAPTERS Model DCA | MMA

Page 138: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Milling Machine & Miscellaneous Accessories

SEMA/ARBOUR PRESSES/COOLANT PUMPS Model SEMA | AP | CP

• High Quality New Suds Pumps• 1/8 HP Motor • 400 Gallons per hour at 6ft lift• POSSIBLY

CHEAPER THAN REWOUND.

HIGH QUALITY SUDS PUMPS

Specification Standard Long Heavy Series Duty

(a) Flange to Top of Motor 150mm 150mm 170mm(b) Flange to Base 130mm 180mm 120mm(c) Base Diameter 90mm 90mm 112mmPCD of Fixing Holes (4) 128mm 128mm 128mm

Stock Numbers Stock Number

1 Phase 110v Standard 5-600-0001 Phase 240v Standard 5-600-1003 Phase 415v Standard 5-600-2003 Phase 415v Long Reach 5-600-3003 Phase 1/4HP Heavy Duty 5-600-400

a

b

Out

let T

hrea

d

3/8

BS

P

c

ARBOR PRESSES

• Heavy Casting• Steel Pinions• Steel Rams

• Precision Made• 4-Position Anvil• Choice of Models.

PressHeight H

Max WorkHeight

LargestArborWork Piece

Stock Number

0 1/2 10 1/2” 4” 11/8” 91/2” 4” 31/4” 9.5 4-190-100C

1 1 13” 4 3/4” 13/8” 101/2” 5

1/4” 4” 15.5 4-190-200C2 2 18” 71/2” 13/4” 17” 7” 51/2” 37.5 4-190-300C3 3 23” 12” 21/2” 18” 8” 61/2 67.0 4-190-400C5 5 321/2” 17 3/4” 3” 25” 8” 9” 154 4-190-500C

Weight Kgs

Throat Depth

Base DimsL W

PressCap

Model

Specification

Max

Work

Height

Base Dims (L)

(W)

Press

Height

(H)

SHELL END MILL ARBORS

Specification Shank Spigot Dia Cutter Bore

30INT 3/4” 3-890-300 16mm 3-890-35030INT 1” 3-890-310 22mm 3-890-36030INT 11/4” 3-890-320 27mm 3-890-37040INT 3/4” 3-890-400 16mm 3-890-45040INT 1” 3-890-410 22mm 3-890-46040INT 11/4” 3-890-420 27mm 3-890-47040INT 11/2” 3-890-430 32mm 3-890-48040INT 2” 3-890-440 40mm 3-890-49050INT 3/4” 3-890-500 22mm 3-890-55050INT 1” 3-890-510 27mm 3-890-56050INT 11/4” 3-890-520 32mm 3-890-57050INT 11/2” 3-890-530 40mm 3-890-58050INT 2” 3-890-540 50mm 3-890-590R8 3/4” 3-890-800 22mm 3-890-850R8 1” 3-890-810 27mm 3-890-860R8 11/4” 3-890-820 32mm 3-890-870

Taper Stock Number

Stock Number

Spigot Dia Cutter Bore

page138 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 139: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

SEMA/ARBOUR PRESSES/COOLANT PUMPS Model SEMA | AP | CP

HIGH QUALITY SUDS PUMPS

page139 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

DRILL CHUCKS Llambrich Key Type + Bearing + Keyless | ROHM KeylessDrilling & Milling Machine Accessories

LLAMBRICH PRECISION CHUCKKEY TYPE STANDARD

• Made from High Quality Material • Toughened Body and Hardened Jaws are Precision Ground for Accuracy.

Specification

Model Size Stock Number

CY13 (1-13mm) Capacity with J6 Taper 4-105-100 CY16 (1-16mm) Capacity with J3 Taper 4-105-200

LLAMBRICH KEY TYPE WITH BALL BEARING

Specification

Model Size Stock Number

CBB 13 (1-13mm) Capacity with J6 Taper 4-106-100 CBB 16 (1-16mm) Capacity with J3 Taper 4-106-200

LLAMBRICH KEYLESS CHUCK

Specification

Model Size Stock Number

CKS 13 (1-13mm) Capacity with J6 Taper 4-126-100CKS 16 (3-16mm) Capacity with J3 Taper 4-126-200

ROHM KEYLESSCHUCK

Specification Model Stock Number

ROHM SUPRA B16 VK (3-16mm) Capacity with B16 Taper 0305-0657

Specification Size Stock Number

(1-13mm) Capacity with B16 Taper 0305-0623 (1-16mm) Capacity with B16 Taper 0305-0626

KEYLESS CHUCK

OPTIMUM

Page 140: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

LATHE CHUCKS 3 Jaw Self Centring Lathe Accessories

page140 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

High quality Chuck made of high quality material to close tolerances for long working life. Complete with two sets of hard Jaws.One set of three internal & one set of three external.

Specification

Size Stock Number Max Speed Stock Number Max Speed

Super PrecisionSteel Body (K11G)

80mm 4-205-080 4000 Rpm 4-215-080 6600 Rpm 250mm 4-205-250 1600 Rpm 4-215-250 2400 Rpm100mm 4-205-100 3500 Rpm 4-215-100 6600 Rpm 315mm 4-205-315 1200 Rpm 4-215-315 1900 Rpm125mm 4-205-125 3000 Rpm 4-215-125 4900 Rpm 400mm 4-205-400 1000 Rpm 4-215-400 1500 Rpm160mm 4-205-160 2500 Rpm 4-215-160 3800 Rpm 500mm 4-205-500 800 Rpm 4-215-500 1200 Rpm200mm 4-205-200 2000 Rpm 4-215-200 3000 Rpm

Standard PrecisionSGI Body (K11)

Plain Back Chuck

K11 (SGI BODY) Standard precision are for general purpose, suitable for most needs.

K11G (STEEL BODY) high precision are suitable for higher speed.

CLAMPING RANGES Size A-A1 B-B1 C-C1

80 2-22 25-70 22-63100 2-30 30-90 30-80125 2.5-40 38-125 38-110160 3-55 50-160 55-145200 4-85 65-200 65-200250 6-110 80-250 90-250315 10-140 95-315 100-315400 15-210 120-400 120-400500 25-280 150-500 150-500

8x8mm Key for 80mm 3 Jaw Chuck 4-205 - 080K 8x8mm Key for 100mm 3 Jaw Chuck 4-205 - 100K10x10mm Key for 125mm 3 Jaw Chuck 4-205 - 125K10x10mm Key for 160mm 3 Jaw Chuck 4-205 - 160K12x12mm Key for 200mm 3 Jaw Chuck 4-205 - 200K12x12mm Key for 250mm 3 Jaw Chuck 4-205 - 250K14x14mm Key for 315mm 3 Jaw Chuck 4-205 - 315K17x17mm Key for 400mm 3 Jaw Chuck 4-205 - 400K17x17mm Key for 500mm 3 Jaw Chuck 4-205 - 500K

3 JAW LATHE CHUCK KEYS

CLAMPING RANGES

3 JAW LATHE CHUCK KEYS

Dimension Characteristic Parameters

80 55 66 16 66 50 3.5 8 3 -M6100 72 84 22 74.5 55 3.5 8 3-M8125 95 108 30 84 58 4 10 3-M8 160 130 142 40 95 65 5 10 3-M8200 165 180 65 109 75 5 12 3-M10 250 206 226 80 120 80 5 12 3-M12315 260 285 100 147 90 6 14 3-M16 400 340 368 138 158 100 6 17 3-M16500 440 465 210 184 115 6 17 6-M16

D D D D H H h S z-d 1 2 3 1Size

NEW

NEW

D = Outside Diameter D1 = Recess Diameter D2 = P.C.D of Fixing Holes D3 = Inside Bore

Page 141: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Lathe Accessories

LATHE CHUCKS 3 Jaw Self Centring

page141 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

LATHE CHUCKS 3 Jaw Self Centring

SOLID ONE PIECE SET OF SOFT JAWS

3 JAW SELF CENTRING Super Precision Steel Body Chuck D1 CAMLOCK (DIN 55029)

3 JAW SELF CENTRING Super Precision Steel Body C TYPE ( DIN 55027)

Dimension Characteristic Parameters

160mm D1-4 63.513 82.6 40 70 13 10 3-M10X1 10 4-216-164 200mm D1-6 106.375 133.4 50 86 16 13 6-M16X1.5 17 4-216-206250mm D1-6 106.375 133.4 70 98 16 13 6-M16X1.5 32 4-216-256315mm D1-8 139.719 171.4 105 103.5 18 14 6-M20X1.5 51 4-216-318400mm D1-11 196.869 235 135 118 20 16 6-M22X1.5 81 4-216-411500mm D1-15 285.775 330.2 210 135 21 17 6-M24X1.5 159 4-216-515

Model D D D H h h z-d WT. Stock No. 1 32 1 1

Dimension Characteristic Parameters

250mm C8 139.719 171.4 80 95 18 14 8 24.2 4-M16 30 4-217-258315mm C8 139.719 171.4 105 106 18 14 8 24.2 4-M16 53 4-217-318315mm C11 196.869 235 105 106 20 16 10 29.4 6-M20 53 4-217-311400mm C11 196.869 235 135 118 20 16 10 29.4 6-M20 79 4-217-411500mm C15 285.775 330.2 210 135 21 17 10 35.7 6-M24 159 4-217-515

Model D D D H h h h d z-d WT. Stock No. 1 32 1 1 2 1

Specification

80mm 4-242-080 100mm 4-242-100 125mm 4-242-125

160mm 4-242-160 200mm 4-242-200 250mm 4-242-250

1 Piece Soft Jaws for 3 Jaw Self Centering Chucks

Size Stock Num. Size Stock Num. Size Stock Num.

315mm 4-242-315400mm 4-242-400500mm 4-242-500

Size

D

Size

D

NEW

NEW

D TYPE

C TYPE

D = Outside Diameter D1 = Recess Diameter D2 = P.C.D of Fixing Studs D3 = Inside Bore

D = Outside Diameter D1 = Recess Diameter D2 = P.C.D of Fixing Studs D3 = Inside Bore

FOR STEEL BODY CHUCKS

MODEL RZM11 (DG)

FOR STEEL BODYCHUCKS

MODEL RZ11 SERIESFOR CAST IRON CHUCKS

SOLID ONE PIECE SET OF SOFT JAWS FOR CAST IRON & OPTIMUM

CHUCKS (K11 SERIES)

Specification

80mm 4-241-080 100mm 4-241-100 125mm 4-241-125

160mm 4-241-160 200mm 4-241-200 250mm 4-241-250

1 Piece Soft Jaws for 3 Jaw Self Centering Chucks

Size Stock Num. Size Stock Num. Size Stock Num.

315mm 4-241-315400mm 4-241-400500mm 4-241-500

Page 142: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

LATHE CHUCKS 4 Jaw Independent

Lathe Accessories

page142 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

PLAIN BACK CHUCKPlain back 4 Jaw Chucks (K72) are made of gray Cast Iron to high engineering standards.

160mm Plain back 4 Jaw Chuck 4-261-160 400mm Plain back 4 Jaw Chuck 4-261-400200mm Plain back 4 Jaw Chuck 4-261-200 500mm Plain back 4 Jaw Chuck 4-261-500250mm Plain back 4 Jaw Chuck 4-261-250 630mm Plain back 4 Jaw Chuck 4-261-630315mm Plain back 4 Jaw Chuck 4-261-315 800mm Plain back 4 Jaw Chuck 4-261-800

Size Stock No. Size Stock No.

LARGER SIZE AVAILABLE TO ORDER 1000, 1250, 1400, 1600 & 2000 mm

10x10mm Key for 160mm 4 Jaw Chuck 4-261-160k 10x10mm Key for 200mm 4 Jaw Chuck 4-261-200k 12x12mm Key for 250mm 4 Jaw Chuck 4-261-250k14x14mm Key for 315mm 4 Jaw Chuck 4-261-315k14x14mm Key for 400mm 4 Jaw Chuck 4-261-400k14x14mm Key for 500mm 4 Jaw Chuck 4-261-500k17x17mm Key for 630mm 4 Jaw Chuck 4-261-630k19x19mm Key for 800mm 4 Jaw Chuck 4-261-800k

4 JAW LATHE CHUCK KEYS

160mm 8-80 50-160200mm 10-100 63-200250mm 15-130 80-250315mm 20-170 100-315400mm 25-250 118-400500mm 35-300 125-500630mm 50-400 160-630800mm 70-540 200-800

Size A-A B-B

Internal Jaws Clamping Range

External Jaws Clamping Range

CLAMPING RANGES

PLAIN BACK CHUCKPLAIN BACK CHUCK KEY

Dimension Characteristic Parameters

160 65 95 45 93 65 5 4-M10 70 9 200 80 112 56 107 75 6 4-M10 100 15 250 110 130 75 120 80 6 4-M12 150 23320 140 165 95 134 90 6 4-M16 200 40400 160 185 125 143 95 8 4-M16 280 55500 200 236 160 161 106 8 4-M-20 350 102630 220 258 180 180 118 10 4-M20 400 159800 250 300 210 202 132 12 8-M20 500 255

D D D D H H h z-d 1 32 1Max. Input Torque Net WT.Kg

Size

NEW

NEW

NEW

NEW

D = Outside Diameter D1 = Recess Diameter D2 = P.C.D of Fixing Holes D3 = Inside Bore

D = Outside Diameter D1 = Recess Diameter D2 = P.C.D of Fixing Holes D3 = Inside Bore

Page 143: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Lathe Accessories

LATHE CHUCKS 4 Jaw Independent

page143 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

D D D D H H h z-d

NEW LATHE CHUCKS 4 Jaw Independent

DIAL TEST INDICATORS• For measuring internal &

external with data presetting function

• Absolute measurement & comparison measurement conversation at any position, metric/inch conversion at any position.

• Range 0.025/0.05mm

Specification Imperial Graduation Stock Number

DTI I 0.0001” 7-004-200

Metric

DTI M 0.01mm 7-004-201

Imperial/Metric

DTI D 0.01mm/0.0005” 7-004-100

• Metric• Graduation 0.01mm.DIAL

INDICATORSSpecification

Stock Number

DI 10 0-10mm Range 7-002-100DI 30 0-30mm Range 7-003-100

• Imperial/Metric• Zero at any position• Graduation 0.01mm/0.0005”.• Range 12.50 - 0.5mm

ELECTRONIC DIAL INDICATORS

EDI 12 7-001-100

Dimension Characteristic Parameters

200mm D1-4 63.513 82.6 56 107 75 13 10 3-M10X1 15 4-262-204250mm D1-6 106.375 133.4 75 120 80 16 13 6-M16x1.5 23 4-262-256315mm D1-6 106.375 133.4 95 134 90 16 13 6-M16x1.5 40 4-262-316400mm D1-8 139.719 171.4 125 143 95 18 14 6-M20x1.5 40 4-262-408500mm D1-11 196.869 235.0 160 161 106 20 16 6-M22x1.5 102 4-262-511630mm D1-11 196.869 235.0 180 180 118 20 16 6-M22x1.5 159 4-262-631800mm D1-15 285.775 330.2 210 202 132 21 17 6-M24x1.5 255 4-262-815

Size Model D D D H H h h z-d Weight Stock No. 1 2 1

4 JAW INDEPENDENTSGI Chuck Body D1 CAMLOCK (DIN 55029)

3

2

Dimension Characteristic Parameters

400mm C8 139.719 171.4 125 143 95 18 14 8.0 24.2 4-M16 55 4-263-408500mm C8 139.719 171.4 160 161 106 18 14 8.0 24.2 6-M20 102 4-263-508500mm C11 196.869 235.0 160 161 106 20 16 10.0 29.4 6-M20 102 4-263-511630mm C11 196.869 235.0 180 180 118 20 16 10.0 29.4 6-M20 159 4-263-631630mm C15 285.775 235.0 180 180 118 20 16 10.0 29.4 6-M20 159 4-263-635800mm C15 285.775 330.2 210 202 132 21 17 10.0 35.7 6-M24 255 4-263-815

4 JAW INDEPENDENT SGI Chuck Body C TYPE. (DIN 55027)

Size Model D D D H H h h h d z-d Weight Stock 1 2 3 1 1 2 1

NEW

NEW

D = Outside Diameter D1 = Recess Diameter D2 = P.C.D of Fixing Studs D3 = Inside Bore

D = Outside Diameter D1 = Recess Diameter D2 = P.C.D of Fixing Studs D3 = Inside Bore

Page 144: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

MICROMETERS/ VERNIERS

OUTSIDE MICROMETERS

• Carbide measuring faces• Chrome plated frame.

DIGITAL OUTSIDE MICROMETERS

• Carbide measuring faces, auto power off, zero setting at any position

• Metric/Inch conversion at any position• Data hold function, absolute measurement & comparison

measurement at any position.

For measuring internal & external with data presetting function. Absolute measurement and comparison measurement conversation at any position, metric/inch conversion at any position.

DIGITAL KNIFE EDGE VERNIERS

DIGITAL HEAVY DUTY VERNIERS

• For measuring internal external & depth• Thumb wheel for easy movement• Manual power on/off• Zero setting at any position, Metric / Inch conversion at

any position.

Specification

DOM 25 0-25mm / 0-1” 7-105-100DOM 50 25-50mm / 1-2” 7-105-200DOM 75 50-75mm / 2-3” 7-105-300DOM 100 75-100mm / 3-4” 7-105-400

Model Size Stock Number

Specification

DKEV 6 0-150mm / 6” 7-125-100DHDV 8 0-200mm / 8” 7-125-200DHDV 12 0-300mm / 12” 7-125-300

Model Size Stock Number

Specification Model Size Stock Number

DHDV 20 0-500mm / 20” 7-126-100DHDV 24 0-600mm / 24” 7-126-200 DHDV 32 0-800mm / 32” 7-126-300DHDV 40 0-1000mm / 40” 7-126-400

Specification Model Size Graduation Stock Number

OM 1 0-1” 0.001” 7-100-100OM 2 1-2” 0.001” 7-100-200OM 3 2-3 0.001” 7-100-300OM 4 3-4” 0.001” 7-100-400OM 25 0-25mm 0.01mm 7-101-100OM 50 25-50mm 0.01mm 7-101-200OM 75 50-75mm 0.01mm 7-101-300OM 100 75-100mm 0.01mm 7-101-400OM 125 100-125 0.01mm 7-101-500

Graduation: 0.001mm/0.00005

Graduation: 0.01mm/0.0005”Graduation: 0.01mm/0.0005”

page144 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Measuring Tools

Page 145: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Measuring Tools

• Precision Made• Wide range is covered by

6 models.

DIAL BORE GAUGES

Specification Precision Made. Wide range is covered by 6 models

DBG 6/10 6-10mm 9 Anvils, Depth 40mm 7-020-100DBG 10/18 10-18mm 9 Anvils, Depth 100mm 7-020-200DBG 18/35 18-35mm 7 Anvils, Depth 125mm 7-020-300DBG 35/50 35-50mm 3 Anvils, Depth 150mm 7-020-400DBG 50/160 50-160mm 5 Anvils, Depth 150mm 7-020-500DBG 160/250 160-250mm 5 Anvils, Depth 400mm 7-020-600DBG 240/450 240-450mm 5 Anvils, Depth 400mm 7-020-700

Specification Model 0-4” Stock Number

Model 0-100mm Stock Number

DMI 4 Graduation 0.001” 7-110-400

DMM 100 Graduation 0.01mm 7-111-400

CLOCK STAND / GAUGES

Graduation: 0.01mm

MICROMETERS/ VERNIERS

DIGITAL HEAVY DUTY VERNIERS

page145 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

TELESCOPIC GAUGES TSG 6 7-050-100

• 6 piece set• Range 8-150mm.

MAGNETIC CLOCK STAND MCS 7-040-100

• Powerful magnetic base• Easy to turn on/off.

VERNIER HEIGHT GAUGES• Carbide tipped scriber with fine adjustment• Height Gauge made of stainless Steel.

Specification Model Size Stock Number

VHG 20 0-500mm / 20” 7-130-100VHG 24 0-600mm / 24” 7-130-2002VH 40 0-1000mm / 40” 7-130-300

Graduation: 0.01mm/0.0005”

• Carbide tipped scriber with fine adjustment

• Manual power on/off• Zero setting at any position• Metric/Inch conversion at any

position• Absolute measurement & comparison

presetting function.

Specification Model Size Stock Number

DHG 24 0-600mm / 24” 7-131-100DHG 40 0-1000mm / 40” 7-131-200

Graduation: 0.01mm/0.0005”

DIGITAL HEIGHT GAUGES

DEPTH MICROMETERS

Page 146: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Measuring ToolsMEASURING EQUIPMENT

• Made to Din 861• Factory calibrated at 68°F (20°C)

• MGB 87/1 87 Piece set Grade 1 7-010-087, • MGB 87/0 87 Piece set Grade 0 7-010-88• Inspection Grade (Grade 1)• Calibration Certificate from Factory.• ‘O’ Inspection ‘1’ Workshop

• High Precision• Graduated to 10 second accuracy.

Metric Gauge Blocks MGB 87/1 MGB 87/0

• Stable Cast Iron frame

• Insulated frame for handling

• Two sides with flat bearing surface & other two sides flat + vee bearing surface.

Precision Frame Bubble Level

With magnifier, 200 & 300mmSpare BladesRange 0 – 360°Accuracy ± 5’ Reading 5’

Universal Bevel Protractor UBP 12

0 – 180° measuring rangeStock Number 7-025-200

Combination Square Set Protractor with 300mm Blade

Master Precision Level

Stock Number 7-025-100

Specification Model Size Graduation Stock Number

FL 150 150 x 150 0.02mm 7-016-150FL 200 200 x 200 0.02mm 7-016-200FL 250 250 x 250 0.02mm 7-016-250FL 300 300 x 300 0.02mm 7-016-300

Specification

9 Pieces 1.001 – 1.009mm in 0.001mm steps49 Pieces 1.01 – 1.49mm in 0.01mm steps19 Pieces 0.5 – 9.5mm in 0.5mm steps10 Pieces 10 – 100mm in 10mm steps

Specification Model Size Graduation Stock Number

MPL 150 150mm 0.02mm 7-015-150MPL 200 200mm 0.02mm 7-015-200MPL 250 250mm 0.02mm 7-015-250MPL 300 300mm 0.02mm 7-015-300

CSSP 12

NEW

page146 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 147: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Drill Sets DRILL SETS/ TAPER SHANK DRILLS

DRILL SETS

Specification Model Size Stock Number

DSM 13 13 Pc Drill Set 1.5-6.5mm x 0.5mm 7-500-100DSM 19 19 Pc Drill Set 1-10mm x 0.5mm 7-500-200DSM 25 25 Pc Drill Set 1-13mm x 0.5mm 7-500-300DSI 21 21 Pc Drill Set 1/16 - 3/8 x 1/64 7-500-400DSI 29 29 Pc Drill Set 1/16 -1/2 x 1/64 7-500-500

Set of 5 Centre Drills - 1 of eachno. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

CD 5 7-500-000

MEASURING EQUIPMENT

0 – 180° measuring rangeStock Number 7-025-200

Stock Number 7-025-100

NEW

page147 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

TAPER SHANK DRILLSNo 1 Morse Taper Shank Diameter Stock Number

12.5mm 7-501-12513.0mm 7-501-13013.5mm 7-501-13514.0mm 7-501-140

No 2 Morse Taper Shank Diameter Stock Number

14.5mm 7-502-14515.0mm 7-502-15015.5mm 7-502-15516.0mm 7-502-16016.5mm 7-502-16517.0mm 7-502-17017.5mm 7-502-17518.0mm 7-502-18018.5mm 7-502-18519.0mm 7-502-19019.5mm 7-502-19520.0mm 7-502-20020.5mm 7-502-20521.0mm 7-502-21021.5mm 7-502-21522.0mm 7-502-22022.5mm 7-502-22523.0mm 7-502-230

No 3 Morse Taper Shank Diameter Stock Number

23.5mm 7-503-23524.0mm 7-503-24024.5mm 7-503-24525.0mm 7-503-25025.5mm 7-503-25526.0mm 7-503-26026.5mm 7-503-26527.0mm 7-503-27028.0mm 7-503-28029.0mm 7-503-29030.0mm 7-503-30031.0mm 7-503-310

No 4 Morse Taper Shank Diameter Stock Number

32.0mm 7-504-32033.0mm 7-504-33034.0mm 7-504-34035.0mm 7-504-35036.0mm 7-504-36037.0mm 7-504-37038.0mm 7-504-38039.0mm 7-504-39040.0mm 7-504-40041.0mm 7-504-41042.0mm 7-504-42043.0mm 7-504-43044.0mm 7-504-44045.0mm 7-504-45046.0mm 7-504-46047.0mm 7-504-47048.0mm 7-504-48049.0mm 7-504-49050.0mm 7-504-500

M2 HSS

M2 HSS

Page 148: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Accessories for Milling MILLING CUTTERS

MILLING CUTTERS20 PC SET IN WOODEN BOX 7-510-100

• HSS Tin coated

• 10 pcs of 2 Flute Slot Drills

page148 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

• Universal insert to treat all Steel and NE metals• For surface & copy Milling• Made of special Steel - highly coated • High surface & true running accuracy• Milling body with offset division for very smooth running & constant cutting. • Base body & Clamping Shank are forming a unit, thus short projection length & stable clamping• No additional shell-type Milling Cutter is required• Special geometry for Milling at high speed• Commercial since it is possible to simply turn the plate further (can be used up to 12 times). • Including 5 Cutting Inserts RDET 1003 MOSN 8026 • Including Torx TX15.

Specification

Shank Taper MT 2/ M10 0335-0212Shank Taper MT 3/M12 0335-0213Shank Taper ISO 30/M12 0335-0215Shank Taper ISO 40/M16 0335-0216

• 10 pcs of 4 Flute End Mills

• Size 3,4,5,8,10,12,16,20mm.

COPY & PLANING CUTTER HEAD

• 5 Cutters• Outside diameter 52mm• Indexable inserts Ø10mm • ISO designation RDX. 1003 D52/R5

• 5 Cutters• Outside diameter 63mm• Indexable inserts Ø10mm • ISO designation RDX. 1003 D63/R5

RDET

HM REVERSIBLE CARBIDE TIPS 10 PCS

2

• RDET 1003 MOSN8026• Positive cutting geometry • PVD coated• To machine steel of up to 900 N/mm stainless steel, aluminium, non-ferrous heavy metal, cast iron.

• RDHT 1003 MO-FA HF7• Very positive cutting geometry• Polished• To machine AL alloy, copper base alloy, plastic material

RDHT 0335-0221RDET 0335-0220RDHT

ISO 30 / ISO 40

MT 2 / MT 3

NEW

Page 149: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Drillling & Milling Cutters - Inserts will be sold in packs of 10

Specification

Type Spec SGMB 50 R 4 50 22 40 6 7-514-050SGMB 63 R 4 63 22 40 6 7-514-063SGMB 80 R 5 80 27 50 6 7-514-080SGMB 100R 5 100 32 50 6 7-514-100

SECW1204AFN 7-514-900

Teeth Dimension Stock NumberZ D d L L c

Inserts Stock Number

Specification

Type Spec LXT 50 4 50 50 22 10.4 7-515-050LXT 63 4 63 50 22 10.4 7-515-063LXT 80 5 80 50 27 12.4 7-515-080LXT 100 6 100 63 32 14.4 7-515-100

APMT1604PDER 7-515-900

Teeth Dimension Stock NumberZ D L d b

Inserts Stock Number

45 FACE CUTTERS

O 90 FACE CUTTERSO

INDEXABLE HELICAL END MILLS

Long Cutting Edge Type

Type Spec KLXX32 2 32 43 65 125 32 7-512-032KLXX40 4 40 50 75 145 40 7-512-040

ADHW150308 7-512-900 1 (ADMT150308) 7-512-950 2

SDHW090308 7-512-901 5(SDMT090308) 7-512-951 12

Teeth Dimension Z D 1 L L D1

End Inserts (A) Stock Number Quantity of Inserts

Circle Inserts (B) Stock Number

With flats for Dead Lock Chuck

Stock Number

FACE /HELICAL/BALL HEAD END CUTTERSMILLING CUTTERS

Specification Type Spec Stock Number

ZXY 2007-120 2 20 120 30 20 7-511-020ZXY 2509-115 2 25 115 35 25 7-511-025

MPMT070308 7-511-900 CPMT090204Z 7-511-901MPMT090308 7-511-950 CPMT120308Z 7-511-951

Dimension D L L d 1

Inserts Stock Number

INDEXABLE END MILL/ SLOT DRILL PARALLEL SHANK

Teeth Z

page149 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

HM REVERSIBLE CARBIDE TIPS 10 PCS

Complete with inserts (cutters)

Complete with inserts (cutters)

Complete with inserts (cutters)

Complete with inserts(cutters)

NEW

Page 150: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Turning Tools - Inserts will be sold in packs of 10 TURNING / BORING

BORING BAR SET5 PC BORING BAR SET 7-521-100

SPARE INSERTS 7-521-100I

One of each of8mm 10mm 12mm 16mm 20mmEach bar with insert

TURNING TOOL HOLDERS SET9 PC MULTIPURPOSE INDEXABLE SET

Each holder complete with Indexable Inserts

Toot Shank Size Size Stock Number

10mm Shank 7-520-410 7-520-410I12mm Shank 7-520-412 7-520-412I16mm Shank 7-520-416 7-520-416I20mm Shank 7-520-420 7-520-420I25mm Shank 7-520-425 7-520-425I32mm Shank 7-520-432 7-520-432I

Spare Inserts Stock Num

page150 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Specification

Insert Number

41005 PSSNR/ PSBNR 1012/1215/1616 H09 7-520-450T31005A PWGNR 1012/1215/1616 H06 7-520-45241005FZ PSSNR 1012/1012/1612 J09/K09 7-520-453T31005AZ PWUNR/ PWKNR 1012/1012/1412 J06/K06 7-520-454JCL15-120 LN 1012/1215/1616 R04/R06 7-520-456M606 LW 1012/1215/1616 R06 7-520-457J200 QA 1020/1222/1622 R03 7-520-458

Suitable for tools Stock Number

Specification Insert Number

41310V PSSNR/PSRNR 2020K12 7-520-460T31305A PWGNR2020K08 7-520-46241305FZ PSSNR1518M12 7-520-463T31305FZ PWUNR/PWKNR 1518M08 7-520-464JCL25-120 LN 2020R-06 7-520-466M606 LW 2020R-08 7-520-467J201 QA2027A-04 7-520-468

Suitable for tools Stock Number

INSERT FOR 10mm-12mm-16mm 9PC TURNING TOOLS SET

Specification

Insert Number

41610V PSSNR/PSRNR 2525-15 7-520-470T3K1605A PWGNR2525-10 7-520-47241605FB PSSNR2020R-10 7-520-473T31605FB PWUNR/ PWKNR 2020R10 7-520-474M606 LW2520R-08 7-520-476JCL25-120 LN2520R-06 7-520-477J203 QA2527R-05 7-520-478

Suitable for tools Stock Number

INSERT FOR 25mm 9PC TURNING TOOLS SET

INSERT FOR 20mm 9PC TURNING TOOLS SET

Specification

Insert Number Suitable for tools Stock Number

INSERT FOR 32mm 9PC TURNING TOOLS SET

41910V PSSNR/PSRNR 3225-19 7-520-480T3K1910A PWGNR3225-10 7-520-48241605F6 PSSNR2525-15 7-520-483T31605FB PWUNR/PWKNR 2525510 7-520-484M608 LW3225R-08 7-520-486 JCL25-120 LN3225R-08 7-520-487J203 QA3234R-05 7-520-488

Stock numbers for 10 pieces of inserts in each pack

Complete with inserts (cutters)

LN I

nt. T

hrea

ding

PW

UN

R F

ine

Bor

ing

PW

KN

R T

hrou

gh B

orin

g To

ols

PS

SN

R B

orin

g (s

hank

roun

ded)

PW

GN

R E

xt. F

inis

h Tu

rnin

g

PS

BN

R/P

SR

NR

Bar

Tur

ning

LW E

xter

nal T

hrea

ding

PSSN

R T

urni

ng/F

acin

g/ C

ham

ferin

g

QA

Par

ting

Off

Page 151: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Tools for Manual & CNC - Inserts will be sold in packs of 10

ISO TURNING TOOLS

Specification

Model

SSSCR 1616H09 100 16 16 16 7-525-016SSSCR 2020K09 125 20 20 20 7-525-020SSSCR 2525K09 125 25 25 25 7-525-025

SCMT 09T3 7-525-900

Dimension Stock Number L b H h

Applicable Inserts Stock Number

SSSCR 45 O

FACING - TURNING & CHAMFERING FOR MANUAL

Specification

Model

PCLNR 1616H09 100 16 16 16 7-526-016PCLNR 2020K09 125 20 20 20 7-526-020PCLNR 2525M12 150 25 25 25 7-526-025PCLNR 3225P12 170 25 32 32 7-526-032

CNMG 0903 7-526-900 CNMG 1204 7-526-950

Dimension Stock Number L b H h

Applicable Inserts Stock Number

ROUGHING & HEAVY TURNING FOR MANUAL & CNC

Specification

Model

PDJNR 1616H11 100 16 16 16 7-527-016PDJNR 2020K11 125 20 20 20 7-527-020PDJNR 2525M15 150 25 25 25 7-527-025PDJNRL 3225P15 170 25 32 32 7-527-032

DNMG 1104 7-527-900 DNMG 1506 7-527-950

Dimension Stock Number L b H h

Applicable Inserts Stock Number

FINISHING TURNING TOOL FOR MANUAL & CNC

PDJNR 93 O

Specification

Model

SVJBR 1616H11 100 16 16 16 7-528-016SVJBR 2020K16 125 20 20 20 7-528-020SVJBR 2525M16 150 25 25 25 7-528-025

VBMT 1102 7-528-900 VBMT 1604 7-528-950

Dimension Stock Number L b H h

Applicable Inserts Stock Number

FINISHING TOOL FOR CNC

SVJBR 93 O

PCLNR 95 O

TURNING / BORING

page151 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Complete with insert (cutter)

Complete with insert (cutter)

Complete with insert (cutter)

Page 152: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

ISO TURNING TOOLSTools for Manual & CNC - Inserts will be sold in packs of 10

SVVBN 72.5 O

PROFILING TOOL FOR CNC

Specification

Model

SRACR 1616H08 100 16 16 16 7-530-016SRACR 2020K08 125 20 20 20 7-530-020SRACR 2525M08 150 25 25 25 7-530-025

RCMT 0803MO 7-530-900

Dimension Stock Number L b H h

Applicable Inserts Stock Number

GROOVING TOOL FOR MANUAL & CNC

Specification

Model

S16P-SCLCR06 170 16 15 7.5 20 7-531-016S20Q-SCLCR09 180 20 18 9 25 7-531-020S25R-SCLCR09 200 25 23 11.5 32 7-531-025S32S-SCLCR12 250 32 30 15 40 7-531-032

CCMT 0602 7-531-900CCMT 09T3 7-531-925CCMT 1204 7-531-950

Dimension Stock Number L d H h Dmin

Applicable Inserts Stock Number

Specification

Model

S16P-SDQCR07 170 16 15 7.5 20 7-532-016S20Q-SDQCR07 180 20 18 9 25 7-532-020S25R-SDQCR11 200 25 23 11.5 32 7-532-025S32S-SDQCR11 250 32 30 15 40 7-532-032

DCMT 0702 7-532-900 DCMT 11T3 7-532-950

Dimension Stock Number L d H h Dmin

Applicable Inserts Stock Number

FINISHING BORES MANUAL & CNC

S-SDQCR 107.5S-SCLCR 95 O

Specification

Model

SVVBN 1616H11 100 16 16 16 7-529-016SVVBN 2020K11 125 20 20 20 7-529-020SVVBN 2525M16 150 25 25 25 7-529-025

VBMT 1102 7-528-900 VBMT 1604 7-528-950

Dimension Stock Number L b H h

Applicable Inserts Stock Number

SRACR 90 O

O

ROUGHING OUT BORES HEAVY CUTTING - MANUAL & CNC

page152 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Complete with insert (cutter)

Complete with insert (cutter)

Complete with insert (cutter)

Page 153: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Tools for Manual & CNC

ISO TURNING TOOLSTools for Manual & CNC - Inserts will be sold in packs of 10

ISO TURNING TOOLS

EXTERNAL THREADING FOR MANUAL & CNC

SWR

Specification

Model

SWR 1616H16 100 16 16 16 7-533-016SWR 2020K16 125 20 20 20 7-533-020SWR 2525M16 150 25 25 25 7-533-025SWR 3225P16 170 32 25 32 7-533-032 VBMT1102 7-528-900 16ER 0.75-3.00 ISO 7-533-950

Dimension Stock Number L H b h

Applicable Inserts Stock Number

Specification

Model

SNR 16M16 150 15 16 20 7-534-016SNR 20M16 150 18 20 25 7-534-020SNR 25M16 150 23 25 32 7-534-025SNR 32R16 200 30 32 40 7-534-032 VBMT1102 7-528-900 16IR 0.75-3.00 ISO 7-534-900

Dimension Stock Number L H d Dmin

Applicable Inserts Stock Number

INTERNAL THREADING FOR MANUAL & CNC

SNR

Specification

Model

QZ 1616R 100 16 16 32 3.125 7-535-016QZ 2020R 125 20 20 40 4.125 7-535-020QZ 2525R 150 25 25 50 5.125 7-535-025QZ 3225R 170 32 32 60 6.400 7-535-032

QD 11-03 7-535-900 QD11-05 7-535-950QD 11-04 7-535-925 QD11-06 7-535-975

Dimension Stock Number L H h dmax B

Applicable Inserts

PARTING OFF & UNDER CUTTING FOR MANUAL & CNC

QZR

Specification

Model

QD 2525-4 4 25 25 42 52 125 7-536-254QD 2525-5 5 25 25 42 52 125 7-536-255QD 2525-6 6 25 25 42 52 125 7-536-256

QD 11-04 7-535-925QD 11-05 7-535-950QD 11-06 7-535-975

Dimension Stock Number B h = h b b H L

Applicable Inserts Stock Number

QD

1 1

PARTING OFF & UNDER CUTTING FOR CNC

ISO TURNING TOOLSTools for Manual & CNC - Inserts will be sold in packs of 10

GROOVING TOOL FOR MANUAL & CNC

FINISHING BORES MANUAL & CNC

page153 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Complete with insert (cutter)

Complete with insert (cutter)

Complete with insert (cutter)

Complete with insert (cutter)

Page 154: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

ISO TURNING TOOLS

Specification Tool ShankSize mm Grade P Grade K Grade P Grade K

Right Hand Tool Left Hand Tool

12 x 12 7-520-001 7-520-002 7-520-003 7-520-00416 x 16 7-520-005 7-520-006 7-520-007 7-520-00820 x 20 7-520-010 7-520-011 7-520-012 7-520-01325 x 25 7-520-015 7-520-016 7-520-017 7-520-018

Cutting Tools CARBIDE TIPPED BRAZED TOOLS

Boring Tools

• ISO 8• DIN 4973.

External Threading Tools

• 60° DIN 282• For Metric & Unified Threads.

Internal Treading Tools • 60° DIN 283• For Metric & Unified Threads.

P GRADE• For Machining Steel & other ferrous Metals (blue).

K GRADE • For Machining Cast Iron & other non-ferrous Metals (red).

Bar Turning Tools• ISO 1• DIN 4971.

Cranked Turning & Facing Tools

• ISO 2• DIN 4972.

Cranked Knife Tools

• ISO 3• DIN 4978.

Parting Off Tools

• ISO 7• DIN 4981.

Specification Tool Shank Size mm Grade P

Right Hand Tool

12 x 12 7-520-250 16 x 16 7-520-255 20 x 20 7-520-260 25 x 25 7-520-265

Specification Tool Shank Size mm Grade P

Right Hand Tool

12 x 12 7-520-30016 x 16 7-520-30520 x 20 7-520-31025 x 25 7-520-315

Specification Tool Shank Grade P Grade K Grade P Grade KSize mm

Right Hand Boring Tool

12 x 12 7-520-050 7-520-051 7-520-052 7-520-05316 x 16 7-520-055 7-520-056 7-520-057 7-520-05820 x 20 7-520-060 7-520-061 7-520-062 7-520-06325 x 25 7-520-065 7-520-066 7-520-067 7-520-068

Specification

Size mm Tool Shank Right Hand Tool Left Hand Tool

12 x 12 7-520-100 7-520-101 7-520-102 7-520-10316 x 16 7-520-105 7-520-106 7-520-107 7-520-10820 x 20 7-520-110 7-520-111 7-520-112 7-520-11325 x 25 7-520-115 7-520-116 7-520-117 7-520-118

Grade P Grade K Grade P Grade K

Specification

Size mm Grade P Grade K Tool Shank Right Hand Tool

12 x 8 7-520-150 7-520-15116 x 10 7-520-155 7-520-15620 x 12 7-520-160 7-520-16125 x 16 7-520-165 7-520-166

Specification Tool Shank Size mm Grade P Grade K

Right Hand Boring Tool

12 x 12 7-520-200 7-520-20116 x 16 7-520-205 7-520-20620 x 20 7-520-210 7-520-21125 x 25 7-520-215 7-520-216

page154 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 155: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

1. INTERPRETATION i. In these conditions “the Company” means Excel

Machine Tools Limited whose registered office is at Colliery Lane, Exhall, Coventry, CV7 9NW; “the Customer” means the person firm company or body who accepts a quotation of the Company for the sale of Goods or whose order for Goods is accepted by the Company; “Goods” means the goods (including any instalment of the goods or any part of them) which the Company is to supply or has supplied to the Customer in accordance with these Conditions; “Conditions” means the standard terms and conditions of sale as set out in this document, and(unless the context otherwise requires) includes any special terms and conditions agreed in Writing between the Company and the Customer; “Contract” means the contract for the sale and purchase of the Goods; “Writing” includes facsimile transmission and comparable means of communication

ii. Any reference in these Conditions to any provision of any statute shall be construed as a reference to that provision as amended re-enacted or extended at the relevant time

2. BASIS OF THE SALE i. The Company shall sell and the Customer shall

purchase the Goods in accordance with any written quotation of the Company which is accepted by the Customer or any written order of the Customer which is accepted by the Company, subject in either case to these Conditions, which shall govern the Contract to the exclusion of any other terms and conditions subject to which any such quotation is accepted or purported to be accepted, or any such order is made or purported to be made, by the Customer

ii. No variation to these Conditions shall be binding unless agreed in Writing between the authorised representatives of the Company and the Customer

iii. These Conditions shall apply to the Contract between the Company and the Customer and to all subsequent contracts between the Company and that Customer unless and until replaced by a revised edition of which the Customer has received a copy

iv. Save as hereinafter provided no communication from the Company or any of its servants or agents is of any contractual effect or is to be treated as a representation condition or warranty affecting the contractual obligations of the Company and the Customer under this or any other contract unless expressly incorporated in writing in the Company’s form of acceptance signed by a director of the Company. In entering into the Contract, the Customer acknowledges that it does not rely on and waives any claim for breach of any such representations, conditions or warranties which are not so expressly incorporated

v. Any typographical, clerical or other error or ommission in any sales literature, quotation, price list, acceptance of offer, invoice or other document or information used by the Company shall be subject to correction without any liability on the part of the Company

3. ORDERS AND SPECIFICATION i. No order submitted by the Customer shall be deemed to

be accepted by the Company unless and until confirmed in Writing by the company’s authorised representative. Any such acceptance shall be on the terms of these Conditions

ii. The Customer shall be responsible to the Company for ensuring the accuracy of the terms of any order (including any applicable specification) submitted by the Customer and for giving the Company any necessary information relating to the Goods within a sufficient time to enable the Company to perform the Contract in accordance with its terms

iii. The quantity, quality and description of and any specification for the Goods shall be those set out in the Company’s quotation (if accepted by the Customer) or the Customer’s order (if accepted by the Company)

iv. If the Goods are to be manufactured or any process is to be applied to the Goods by the Company in accordance with a specification submitted by the customer, the Customer shall indemnify the Company against all loss, damages, costs and expenses awarded against orincurred by the Company in connection with or paid or agreed to be paid by the Company in settlement of any claim for infringement of any patent, copyright, design, trademark or other industrial or intellectual property rights of any other person which results from the Company’s use of the Customer’s specification

v. The Company reserves the right to make any changes in the specification of the Goods which are required to conform with any applicable statutory or EC Requirements or, where the Goods are to be supplied to the Company’s specification, which do not materially affect their quality or performance

vi. No order which has been accepted by the Company may be cancelled by the Customer Except with the agreement in Writing of the Company and on terms that the Customer shall indemnify the Company in full against all loss (including loss of profit), costs (including the cost of all labour and materials used), damages, charges and expenses incurred by the company as a result of cancellation

4. PRICE OF THE GOODS i. The price of the Goods shall be the Company’s

quotation price or, where no such price has been quoted (or the quoted price is no longer valid), the price listed in the Company’s published price list current at the date of the acceptance of the Customer’s order. Where the Goods are supplied for export from the United Kingdom the Company’s published export price list (if any) shall apply. All prices quoted are valid for 30 days only or until earlier acceptance by the customer, after which time they may be altered by the Company without giving further notice to the Customer

ii. The Company reserves the right, by giving notice to the Customer at any time before delivery, to increase the price of the Goods to reflect any increase in cost to the Company which is due to any factor beyond the Company’s control (such as, without limitation, any foreign exchange fluctuations, currency regulation, alteration of duties, significant increase in the cost of labour, materials or other cost of manufacture), any change in delivery dates, quantities or specifications for the Goods which is requested by the Customer, or any

delay caused by any instructions of the Customer or failure of the Customer to give the Company adequate information or instructions

iii. Except as otherwise stated under the terms of any quotation or on any price list of the Company and unless otherwise agreed in Writing between the Company and the Customer, all prices are given by the Company on an ex-works basis and where the Company agrees to deliver the Goods otherwise than at the Company’s premises, the Customer shall be liable to pay the Company’s charges for transport, packaging and insurance

iv. The price is exclusive of any applicable Value Added Tax which the Customer shall be additionally liable to pay to the Company

v. The cost of pallets and returnable containers will be charges to the Customer in addition to the price of the Goods, but full credit will be given to the Customer provided they are returned undamaged to the Company before the due payment date

5. TERMS OF PAYMENT i. Subject to any special terms agreed in Writing between

the Customer and the Company, the Company shall be entitled to invoice the Customer for the price of the Goods on delivery of the Goods, unless the Goods are to be collected by the Customer or the Customer wrongfully fails to take delivery of the Goods, in which event the Company shall be entitled to invoice the Customer for the price at any time after the Company has notified the Customer that the Goods are ready for collection or (as the case may be) the Company has tendered delivery of the Goods

ii. Unless otherwise agreed payment for any Goods (credit being duly allowed for any deposit paid by the Customer) shall be made in cash upon delivery of the Goods unless the Goods are to be collected by the Customer or the Customer wrongfully fails to take delivery of the Goods in which casepayment shall be made in cash upon submission by the Company to the Customer of an invoice for the Goods in accordance with Clause 5.1 The time of payment for the price shall be of the essence of the Contract. Receipts for payment will be issued only upon request

iii. If the Customer fails to make any payment on the due date then, without prejudice to any other right or remedy available to the Company, the Company shall be entitled to: a. cancel the Contract or suspend any further deliveries

to the Customer b. repossess the Goods c. appropriate any payment by the Customer to any

debt due from the Customer to the Company however long-standing as the Company may in its absolute discretion think fit notwithstanding any purported appropriation by the Customer

d. charge the Customer interest (both before and after any judgment) on the amount unpaid at the rate of 4% per annum above the base rate of National Westminster Bank PLC from time to time

6. DELIVERY i. Any dates given for delivery are estimates only and in

no circumstances shall the Company be liable for any delay in delivery or performance howsoever arising. Time for delivery shall not be the essence of the Contract unless previously agrees by the Company in Writing. The Goods may be delivered by the Company in advance of the quoted delivery date upon giving reasonable notice to the Customer

ii. Delivery of the Goods shall be made by the Customer collecting the Goods at the Company’s premises at any time after the Company has notified the Customer that the Goods are ready for collection, or, if some other place for delivery is agreed by the Company, by the Company delivering the Goods to that place

iii. Where the goods are to be delivered in instalments, each delivery shall constitute a separate contract and where for any reason howsoever arising the Company considers that it is unable to make complete delivery of any parcel or instalment of Goods the Company may delay such delivery or make such partial delivery on one or more occasions as it considers possible and the Customer’s obligation to pay shall be correspondingly delayed or as the case may be proportionately reduced. Failure by the Company to deliver any one or more of the instalments in accordance with these Conditions, or any claim by the Customer in respect of any one or more such instalments shall not entitle the Customer to treat the Contract as a whole as repudiated

iv. If the Company fails to deliver the Goods for any reason other than any cause beyond the Company’s reasonable control or the Customer’s fault, and the Company is accordingly liable to the Customer, the Company’s liability shall be limited to the amount (if any) by which the cost to the Customer (in the cheapest available market) of similar goods to replace those not delivered exceeds the price of those not delivered

v. If the Customer fails to take delivery of the Goods or fails to give the Company adequate delivery instructions at the time stated for delivery (otherwise than by reason of any cause beyond the Customer’s reasonable control or by reason of the Company’s fault) then, without prejudice to any other right or remedy available to the Company, the Company may: a. store the Goods until actual delivery and charge

the Customer for the reasonable costs (including insurance) of storage; or

b. sell the Goods at the best price reasonably obtainable and (after deducting all reasonable storage and selling expenses) account to the Customer for the excess over the price under the Contract or charge the Customer for any shortfall below the price under the Contract

7. RISK AND TITLE i. The risk of damage to or loss of the Goods shall pass to

the Customer (notwithstanding that the property may not have been passed to him) on the earlier of the following: a. where delivery is to be ex-works, at the time when

the Company notifies the Customer that the Goods are available for collection or

b. where the Company and the Customer agree that the Goods are to be delivered otherwise than at the Company’s premises at the time of delivery or, if

the customer wrongfully fails to take delivery of the goods, the time when the Company has tendered delivery of the Goods

ii. Notwithstanding delivery and the passing of risk in the Goods, or any other provision of these Conditions, the property in the Goods shall not pass to the Customer until the Company has received in cash or cleared funds payment in full of the price of the Goods and all other goods agreed to be sold by the Company to the Customer for which payment is then due

iii. Until payment of the price as aforesaid, the Customer shall hold the Goods as the Company’s fiduciary agent and bailee, and shall keep the Goods separate from those of the Customer and third parties and properly stored, protected and insured and identified as the Company’s property

iv. Until such time as the property in the Goods passes to the Customer (and provided the Goods are still in existence and have not been resold) the Company shall (without prejudice to any other available rights and remedies of the Company) be entitled at any time to require the Customer to deliver up the Goods to the Company and, if the Customer fails to do so forthwith, the Company may by its servants or agents enter upon any premises of the Customer or any third party where the Goods are stored and repossess the Goods

v. The Customer shall not be entitled to pledge or in any way charge by way of security for any indebtedness any of the Goods which remain the property of the Company and if the Customer does so, all monies owing by the Customer to the Company shall (without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the Company) forthwith become due and payable

8. EXTENT OF OBLIGATIONS, OF LIABILITIES AND REMEDIES i. Subject to the conditions set out below, the

Company warrants that the Goods will correspond with their specification at the time of delivery and will be free from defects in material and workmanship for a period of twelve months from the date of delivery

ii. The above warranty is given by the Company subject to the following conditions: a. The Company shall be under no liability in respect

of any defect in the Goods arising from any drawing, design or specification supplied by the Customer

b. The Company shall be under no liability in respect of any defect arising from fair wear and tear, wilful damage, negligence, abnormal working conditions, failure to follow the Company’s instructions (whether oral or in writing) miuse or alteration or repair of the Goods without the Company’s approval;

c. The Company shall be under no liability under the above warranty (or any other warranty, condition or guarantee) if the total price for the Goods has not been paid by the due date for payment;

iii. Subject as expressly provided in these Conditions, and except where the Customer is dealing as a consumer (as defined by the Unfair Contract Terms Act 1977), all conditions, warranties or other terms implied by statute or common law in respect of the Goods are excluded to the fullest extent permitted by law

iv. Where the Goods are sold under a consumer transaction (as defined by the Consumer Transactions (Restrictions on Statements Order 1976 ) the statutory rights of the Customer are not affected by these Conditions

v. Within 14 days of becoming aware of any alleged defect, the Customer shall notify the Company in writing of such alleged defect in the Goods, the nature thereof and the respect in which the Company is alleged to be in breach of contract or duty. If the Customer does not notify the Company accordingly, the Customer shall not be entitled to reject the Goods and the Settler shall have no liability for such defect or failure, and the Customer shall be bound to pay the price as if the Goods had been delivered in accordance with the Contract

vi. Where any claim in respect of any of the Goods which is based on any defect in the quality or condition of the Goods or their failure to meet specification is notified to the Company in accordance with these Conditions, the Company shall be entitled to replace the Goods (or the part in question) free of charge or, at the Company’s sole discretion refund to the Customer the price of the Goods (or a proportionate part of the price) but the Company shall have no further liability to the Customer

vii. Save as provided for in these Conditions and except in respect of death or personal injury caused by the Company’s negligence the Company shall not be liable to the Customer by reason of any representation, or any implied warranty condition or term, or any duty at common law, or under the express terms of the Contract for any loss or damage, costs, expenses or claims for consequential compensation ( whether for loss of profit or otherwise) whatsoever (and whether caused by negligence of the Company, its servants or agents or otherwise) which arise out of or in connection with the supply of Goods or their use or resale by the Customer

viii. The requirements and recommendations of the Company relating to the fitting and /or installation servicing inspection testing and use of any Goods must be strictly adhered to. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing Conditions or any other Condition herein contained, the Company shall be under no liability whatever for or in respect of any damage or loss arising directly or indirectly from the failure to comply with or adhere to the provisions contained or referred to in this Condition 8.8

9. EXPORT SALES i. In these Conditions “Incoterms” means the international

rules for the interpretation of trade terms of the International Chamber of Commerce as in force at the date when the Contract is made. Incoterms shall apply to this Contract save to the extent that they are inconsistent with any of the Conditions herein. Unless the context otherwise requires, any term or expression which is defined or given a particular meaning by the provisions of Incoterms shall have the same meaning in these Conditions, provided that if there is any conflict between the provisions of Incoterms and these Conditions, the latter shall prevail

ii. When the Goods are supplied for export from the United Kingdom the provisions of these Conditions shall apply

and in particular the provisions of Conditions 9.3, 9.4 and 9.5 shall (subject to any special terms agreed in Writing the Company and the Customer) apply notwithstanding any other provisions of these Conditions which may be inconsistent with Condition 9

iii. Prior to the anticipated date of delivery of any Goods, the Customer shall obtain all consents licences and permissions which are required for the import of the Goods into the country or place where the same are to be delivered and shall be liable for the payment of any duties thereon. If any such consents, licences or permissions are not obtained prior to such anticipated date of delivery, this shall not in any way relieve the Customer of its obligations to pay for the Goods but the Customer shall forthwith notify the Company in writing of the failure to obtain the same and (notwithstanding any other terms in this or any other contract relating to the Goods) the Company shall be deemed to have made complete delivery when such Goods are available for collection ex-works from the Company’s premises

iv. Unless otherwise agreed in Writing between the Company and the Customer, delivery of the Goods shall be made in accordance with Condition 6.2 herein, and in no circumstances shall the Company be under any obligation to give notice under Section 32(3) of the Sale of Goods Act 1979

v. The Customer shall be responsible for arranging for testing and inspection of the Goods at the Company’s premises before shipment. The Company shall have no liability for any claim in respect of any defect in the Goods which would be apparent on inspection and which is made after shipment, nor any liability in respect of any damage during transit

10. FORCE MAJEURE i. The Company shall not be liable to the Customer or be

deemed to be in breach of the Contract by reason of any delay in performing, or any failure to perform, any of the Company’s obligations in relation to the Goods, if the delay or failure is due to any cause beyond the Company’s reasonable control. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the following shall be regarded as being beyond the Company’s reasonable control; (a) Act of God, explosion, flood, tempest, fire or accident; (b) war or threat of war, a national emergency, an outbreak of hostilities (whether or not involving the United Kingdom and whether or not war is declared), sabotage, insurrection, civil disturbance or requisition; (c) acts, restrictions, regulations, by-laws, prohibitions or measures of any kind on the part of any governmental, parliamentary or local authority; (d) imort or export regulation or embargoes; (e) strikes, lock-outs, trade disputes or other industrial actions (whether involving employees of the Company or any third party); (f) power failure or breakdowns in machinery, other breakdowns, delays in transport, accidents, fire, delay in delivery of raw materials or components or difficulties in obtaining raw materials, labour, fuel, parts or machinery or contracts under priority directions so as to prevent, hinder or delay work on other contracts

ii. Should the performance by the Company of any of its obligations under the Contract be prevented hindered or delayed by or in consequence of any occurrence referred to in Condition 10.1 above, the Company shall be entitled at any time, on notice to the Customer, to make partial deliveries only or to determine the Contract without liability and without prejudice in any case to rights which have already accrued to the Company in respect of deliveries already made

11. INSOLVENCY OF THE CUSTOMER i. This Condition applies if (a) the Customer makes

any voluntary arrangement with its creditors or becomes subject to any administration order or (being an individual or firm) becomes bankrupt or (being a company) goes into liquidation (otherwise than for the purposes of bona fide amalgamation or reconstruction) or (b) any resolution or petition to wind up the Customer’s business shall be passed or presented otherwise than for a bona fide amalgamation or reconstruction or (c) an encumbrancer takes possession or a receiver is appointed of any of the property or assets of the Customer or (d) the Customer shall have any distress or execution levied upon it, its property or assets or (e) the Customer ceases, or threatens to cease, to carry on business or (f) a partner in the Customer (being a firm) shall have any distress or execution levied on him, his property or assets, or shall become insolvent or make or offer to make any arrangement or composition with his creditors, or commit any act of bankruptcy, or shall have any petition or receiving order in bankruptcy presented or made against him (g) the Company suffers the equivalent of any of the above events in any other jurisdiction or (h) the Company reasonably apprehends that any of the events mentioned above is about to occur in relation to the Customer and notifies the Customer accordingly

ii. If Condition 11.1 above applies then, without prejudice to any other rights or remedy available to the Company, the Company shall be entitled to cancel the Contract or to suspend further deliveries under the Contract without any liability to the Customer, and if the Goods have been delivered, but not paid for, the price shall become immediately due and payable notwithstanding any previous agreement or arrangement to the contrary

12. GENERAL i. Any notice required or permitted to be given by either

party to the other under these Conditions shall be in Writing addressed to that other party at its registered office or principal place of business or such other address as may at the relevant time have been notified pursuant to this provision to the party giving the notice

ii. No waiver by the Company of any breach of the Contract by the Customer shall be considered as a waiver for any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision

iii. The Contract between the Company and the Customer shall be governed by the laws of England and Wales and the Parties hereby submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of England and Wales.

Excel Machine Tools - Always Excel !

CARBIDE TIPPED BRAZED TOOLS

page155 WE RESERVE THE RIGHT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS WITHOUT NOTICE. COPYRIGHT © E. & 0. E.

Page 156: Excel catalogue 2013 2014

Over 25 years membership of: Accreditations

WHY NOT CALL IN - COLLIERY LANE, EXHALL, COVENTRY. CV7 9NW

Call: +44 (0) 24 7636 5255 | Email: [email protected]

Your Local Stockist -For our marketing records please quote this ‘2013/14 Catalogue’.

Fax: +44 (0) 24 7636 6666